ST Engineering Annual Report 2015

Annual
Report
2015
engineering
your
future
engineering
your
future
At ST Engineering, knowing what matters in

tomorrows world requires a clear vision. As a global,
multi sector business operating in a complex and fast
paced environment, incisiveness and focus are vital.
This involves knowing what our customers really
need and how we can innovate to deliver the best
solutions. With foresight, we envision tomorrows
demands and engineer the future today.
Integrity
vision
Value Creation
Be a global defence and

engineering group.
Compassion
mission
Bring value to our
customers and partners
by delivering total
integrated quality
solutions and support.
Courage
Commitment
values
CONTENTS
02
04
10
12
18
Financial Highlights
Letter to Shareholders
A Personal Note from the CEO
Board of Directors
Senior Management
26
56
58
60
61
Operating and Financial Review

Investor Relations
Awards
Corporate Information
Risk & Sustainability
91
108
273
IBC
Corporate Governance
Financial Report
Shareholding Statistics
Contact Information
Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD
Financial
Highlights
Revenue
6.34
Revenue Breakdown
EaRnings Per share
By Customer Type
17.05
2014: 17.06
36
Defence
dividend Per share
2014: $6.54b
64%
Commercial
15.0
2014: 15.0
Net Profit
529.0
2014: $532.0m
return on equity
By Location of Customers
24.8%
9%
Others
24%
USA
5%
2014: 24.9%
62%
Asia
Europe
operating cash flow
0.47b
2014: $0.62b
By Location of Business Entity
order book
11.7b
1%
Others
24
USA
1%
Europe
2014: $12.5b
74%
Asia
return on sales
8.4%
2014: 8.2%
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Aerospace
Electronics
Land Systems
Marine
Others
Revenue by sector
6.34b
2015
33%
27%
22%
15%
3%
6.54b
2014
32%
24%
21%
21%
2%
ebitda by sector
697.6m
2015
42%
31%
12%
15%
725.5m
2014
44%
-2%
29%
11%
18%
net profit by sector
529.0m
2015
43%
31%
10%
16%
532.0m
2014
42%
29%
9%
20%
Letter to
Shareholders
Dear Shareholders
In 2015, ST Engineering again navigated
an uneven global business environment.
On one hand, the US economy returned
to sustained growth while on the other,
the Eurozone stayed economically
stagnant with business sentiment
adversely impacted by various events
such as the Greek debt crisis. Closer
to home in Asia, the slowing China
economy dampened business sentiment
and created headwinds across many
economic sectors. We also faced an
environment where low crude oil and
industrial commodity prices resulted
in a global inflation level that was
too low to stimulate the multiplier
effect required for business activity,
investment and GDP growth.
Given many headwinds we faced,
ST Engineering closed 2015 with a
revenue of $6.34b which is broadly
Left: Mr Kwa Chong Seng,

Chairman
Right: Mr Tan Pheng Hock,
President & CEO
comparable to the $6.54b for 2014.

Profit before tax (PBT) was $630.3m,
a decline of 3% against the year
before. Our net profit attributable
to shareholders at $529.0m was
comparable to the $532.0m for our
2014 financial year.
Comparing 2015 against 2014 at our
business sectors, revenue and PBT for
the Aerospace sector was flat at $2.09b
and $290.6m respectively. Revenue for
the Electronics sector was higher by
8% at $1.71b and PBT increased 4% to
$191.0m. At the Land Systems sector,
revenue remained flat at $1.40b but
it posted 16% higher PBT of $65.0m
mainly due to lower allowance for
inventory obsolescence and lower
goodwill impairment. The Marine sector
was impacted at the revenue and PBT
levels, down 29% and 28% respectively
to $0.96b and $88.3m, due to weaker

shipbuilding performance from both
its Singapore and US operations. The
financial and operational review of
these business sectors can be read
starting from page 26.
Group revenue in 2015 continued to
show a healthy diversification across
business sectors, geographical regions
and customer-type. The spread of
Group revenue by Sector was 33%
from the Aerospace sector, 27% from
the Electronics sector, 22% from
the Land Systems sector and 15%
from the Marine sector. In terms of
geographic distribution, 74% of Group
revenue accrued from business units
in Asia (including Singapore), while our
businesses in the US generated 24%
of revenue. Revenue split between
commercial and defence remained
steady at 64%: 36%.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Our capital expenditure for this

year was $293m (2014: $240m). A
significant amount was invested into
the Aerospace sector to commence its
aircraft leasing business and to support
its growing portfolio of the engine
leasing business.
We continued with our programme of
share buybacks where we repurchased
about 27.6 million shares over the
course of year, out of our authorised
limit of 62.4 million shares or 2% of
the total number of issued equity as
at date of the 2015 EGM.
Your Board of Directors proposes a
Final Dividend of 10 cents per share
for this year, consisting of an Ordinary
Dividend of 5 cents per share, and a
Special Dividend of 5 cents per share.
Together with the Interim Dividend of
5 cents per share paid in September
2015, the total dividend for the full year
will be 15 cents per share representing
a total payout to our shareholders of
$467.7m. The dividend yield for 2015
is slightly higher at 4.68% compared to
4.08% for 2014.
We Built Strong Fundamentals
ST Engineering maintained its strong
fundamentals. Our order book at yearend was $11.7b compared to the order
backlog we had at end-2014 of $12.5b.
We expect to realise $3.8b of this order
book into revenue in 2016. Our cash and
cash equivalents at 31 December 2015
including funds under management
was $1.4b and our net cash position
was $252m (2014: $1.7b and $686m
respectively). The lower net cash
position arose mainly from utilisation
of cash for share buyback, additional
investment in bonds to enhance yield,
and acquisition of property, plant and
equipment.
Order book, cash and our balance
sheet strength are one part of the
fundamentals that underpin our
business operations. Equally important
is a strong governance framework to
give us the checks and balances needed
to manoeuvre the complexities of
expanding and doing business globally.
The combination of our financial

strength and governance puts us in
a position to work in the long-term
interests of our shareholders. We
can take concentrated and strategic
investment positions in technologies
and capabilities when opportunities
arise with no strain on our cash position
or the need to seek additional funding
from our shareholders. We also have
the resilience to weather any shocks
that may occur suddenly as often
happen in a volatile world.
We are Making a Mark Globally
Over the course of 2015, we created
new solutions and products, served
new customers and won contracts
in new markets even while facing
economic and business headwinds.
We would like to spotlight three
developments which are to us symbolic
of the innovation that will define our
path in the years ahead as a global
engineering group:
We designed and built Singapores
first commercial earth observation
satellite, the TeLEOS-1. This satellite
was launched in mid-December 2015
and now orbits 550km above us in
a Near Equatorial Orbit for remote
sensing applications. After a sixmonth period of in-orbit testing,
TeLEOS-1 will be able to contribute
to highly responsive applications
in maritime security and safety,
humanitarian aid, disaster relief and
environmental activity verification.
The launch of TeLEOS-1 is yet
another mark of our innovation, an
achievement in pushing new frontiers
in space technology and engineering.
Our cutting-edge 8x8 wheeled
armoured vehicle, Terrex 2 is one
of two vehicles selected by the
United States Marine Corps (USMC)
for the next phase of evaluation
for their Amphibious Combat
Vehicle 1.1 programme. Following
the announcement of the selection,
one of the competitors protested
the USMCs decision, as allowed
for in the US tender process.
Science Applications International
Corporation, our partner for the

programme, has received a stop
work order from the USMC. The
stop work can be up to 100 days
as the Government Accountability
Office looks into the protest. The
programme schedule will restart
when the order is rescinded. To be
shortlisted for this highly contested
programme means that our
innovation, our engineering capability
and the products we develop are
recognised by First World advanced
military forces.
We engineered a breakthrough
protective mask, the AIR+ Smart
Mask. This innovative protective
mask with a powered micro
ventilator is a global first. We
designed and then launched this
product in early 2015 to address
gaps in existing mask design.
The Air+ Smart Mask, certified to
meet both EU and N95 standards,
protects people of all ages including
children and the elderly from
airborne contaminants given the
annual transboundary haze that
affects Singapore, Indonesia and
Malaysia. Engineers at our Advanced
Engineering Centre applied creativity,
problem solving skills, and out-of-thebox thinking to develop this product
which is now marketed overseas. For
bringing an innovation to life through
advanced engineering ingenuity, our
AIR+ Smart Mask was named Design
of the Year in 2015 Presidents Design
Award Singapore.
These three examples have one
common factor the ethos of our
engineers who say we can do better
than what defines the status quo.
At ST Engineering, it is this spirit of
innovation that will sustain us into the
decades ahead. We have a disciplined
process carried out by a management
team who plans for the future and
invests our resources regardless of
where we may be in a business cycle.
We approach this on two levels:
First, we invest to keep extending the
capabilities of our business sectors
5
Letter to
Shareholders
to meet evolving market trends
and needs, including during difficult
economic cycles such as in the past
few years.
Above and beyond this, we identify
the technology drivers of tomorrow
and research how these will change
the world as we know it. For these
technology game-changers, we take a
position and address them at Grouplevel as the ST Engineering Group
so we can scale up more rapidly to be
in the right place for our customers
when the future arrives.
We Strengthened our Core Operations
Our aircraft maintenance, repair and
overhaul (or MRO) operations are
the largest in the world. While this
market is fiercely competitive, we are
still able to hold our leading position
globally. Our Aerospace sector further
invested in our Passenger-to-Freighter
(P2F) business by increasing our
shareholding in Elbe Flugzeugwerke
(EFW) to 55%. We entered into an
arrangement with Airbus where we
will carry out P2F conversions of the
A320 and A321 aircraft at the EFW
facility in Dresden, Germany. We have
a good market position for P2F with
our conversion capability for Boeing
757 and 767, Airbus A330 and now
the A320/321 aircraft. Our Aerospace
sector has added an aircraft seating
solutions business, further deepening
our one stop cabin interior solutions,
from aircraft cabin design, engineering
and product installation through to
certification.
Our Electronics sector is developing
new solutions for the Smart Cities
of tomorrow. In 2015, we introduced
a suite of new products designed to
provide connectivity for the smart
urban centres of tomorrow. We have,
for instance, created a suite of products
for healthcare services, providing
intelligent operations control to
hospitals, remote health monitoring of
patients as well as the ability to predict
system bottlenecks and infrastructure
stress. On another front, our rail
6
electronics business continued to build

its track record with many more of our
rail electronics solutions implemented
across cities in Asia, Canada, the US
and now Brazil and Turkey. This is a
growth area for us given the trends of
urbanisation and the need for cities to
build more metro lines to cope with the
mobility needs of their growing urban
populations. In cyber security where
vulnerabilities and threats have risen in
parallel with the technology revolution,
we continue to develop a trusted and
resilient cyber security ecosystem for
our customers and ourselves.
Our Land Systems sector is focusing
on developing the combat mobility
platforms of tomorrow. In addition
to the Terrex 2 - USMC trial, we are
also participating in the Australian
Department of Defences Project Land
400 acquisition programme, where
we believe a variant of our Terrex
family of vehicles can be a strong
contender for the Australian armys
next-generation combat reconnaissance
vehicle. We are also entering new
markets with our defence products
in 2015, we won a contract in Brazil
for our 40mm ammunition.
This sector continued to face challenges
in its construction equipment business,
especially in China and Brazil, although
the same business picked up in the US
as industrial, housing and construction
activities began to ramp up due to the
economic recovery there.
Our Marine sector continues to have a
healthy naval business operation with a
steady order book and repair contracts.
We are strengthening our military
vessel design-and-build capability to
serve the requirements of countries
whose national spending is less
affected by the depressed oil prices.
One example is our effort to participate
in Australias Offshore Patrol Vessel
Programme (Sea 1180). To this effect,
ST Marine is offering our proven
Fearless 75 Patrol Vessel, incorporating
a mission bay where modular mission
modules can be embarked, and a stern
launch and recovery system for more
efficient operations at sea.
On the other hand, demand for

new Offshore Supply Vessels saw a
steep fall in demand in 2015 due to
a depressed shipbuilding industry
caused by low oil prices. Despite this,
the interest level for new builds of
complex special purpose ships such as
the inspection, maintenance and repair
(IMR) vessels remain high. We remain
focused in this segment and target the
higher-value end of this market, namely
with designs focused on dive support
and heavy construction vessels. Ship
repair business in our US yard gained
traction, picking up steady demand
over the last year.
We are Investing in the Next Chapter
of our Expansion
We have over the last few years
conducted research into unmanned
technologies. You would have read
in past Annual Reports about our
Unmanned Vehicles that operate in
the air, on water and on land. The
next frontier and the next chapter
of ST Engineerings expansion will
be largely related to Robotics a
disruptive technology (this is actually
a family of different technologies
that span machine intelligence,
communications to mobility platforms)
that will have application in aviation,
transportation, health care and
security. Robotics will open the door
to a large number of opportunities for
us that will require a combination of
expertise and skills from our business
sectors while allowing us to reach new
customers and industries. Simply put,
we see robotics as a pivotal area of
growth for us and a new place where
we can in time exert global leadership.
To augment our in-house R&D into
robotics, we set up a joint research
laboratory with the Nanyang
Technological University of Singapore
(NTU) in April 2015 to develop advanced
robotics and autonomous systems.
Named the ST Engineering-NTU
Corporate Laboratory, it will initially
focus on research developing robotics
to improve airport operations and
disaster rescue efforts. For more
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
information on our robotics initiative,

see page 28 of this Annual Report.
Alongside robotics, we are investing
in 3D printing. This is another
revolutionary technology and a
breakaway from the traditional way of
manufacturing objects from individual
components. ST Engineering is the first
company in Singapore to implement a
commercial metal 3D printing facility
and our Aerospace sector is integrating
its bespoke VIP jet cabin interiors with
3D printed parts and fixtures. We are
also collaborating with The Singapore
Centre for 3D Printing to develop
disruptive 3D printing applications
applied in particular to aerospace and
defence sector.
Sustainability is Everyones Mission
including Ours
We believe that ultimately every
business must operate sustainably,
responsibly and ethically. This year,
we are sharing our second
Sustainability Report in these pages
where we report how we have
performed compared to 2014.
In the Sustainability Report, we have
updated the way we report our risk
and sustainability management and
started involving our US operations
in our sustainability programmes. In
Singapore, we are also developing our
Water Efficiency Management Plans in
response to regulation from the Public
Utilities Board and we established a
Sustainable Procurement Vision and
Statement to guide how we procure
raw materials, goods and services
responsibly.
In our commitment to be a responsible
military technology manufacturer,
ST Engineering is now no longer in the
business of designing, producing and
selling of anti-personnel mines and
cluster munitions or any related key
components.
Applying Innovation for Good
You have read earlier of our
development of the AIR+ Smart Mask.
The research and product development

was carried out to protect people
during the annual transboundary
haze that affects Singapore and its
neighbours almost every year. Within
nine months since the product was
launched, we donated 75,000 Air+
Smart Masks - to protect the vulnerable
children and elderly in Singapore, to
support haze relief efforts in Indonesia,
and for protection against the Middle
East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS)
outbreak in South Korea.
also a member of the Audit Committee.

We look forward to working with
Sim Seng, Perry and Ah Doo and look
forward to their contributions as they
expand the breadth and strength of
our Board.
The ST Engineering Enabling

Technology Centre (formerly called
iLAT@Enabling Village) at the Enabling
Village was opened in October 2015.
We sponsored this facility because
catering for the needs of people with
disabilities is important, in order to help
them lead mobile and fulfilling lives.
This Centre will also allow our engineers
to contribute their engineering skills to
help people with disabilities.
The Journey Onwards
As a friend and partner of the

communities that we operate in,
ST Engineering works to support
education and gives assistance to the
needy. There is a fuller description of
how we come alongside communities
and people in the Community section
on page 87.
Leadership in Transition
In October, we appointed Mr Vincent
Chong as President & CEO (Designate)
of ST Engineering. Vincent was,
before this, our Groups Deputy CEO
(Corporate Development) and he now
oversees our four business sectors
and continues to be responsible for
the Groups corporate functions
as he prepares to assume the top
management position of our Group.
We bade farewell to two Directors

Mr Quek Poh Huat, who had been on
our Board since 2002 and LG Ng Chee
Meng who joined us in 2013. We thank
them for being part of our journey
over the years.
In our Letter to you in 2014, we

wrote that the new normal for
ST Engineering, in fact for any global
company, is to continually face diverse
operating conditions across markets
and countries. We are sure that the
coming years will bring many conditions
and situations to test the mettle of
everyone in our Group. As we face the
future, we will always take a long-term
view and work to build lasting value
for our shareholders.
We want to thank those who have
worked hard to make us what we are
and what we will become our 23,000
people. We also want to express our
sincere appreciation to customers,
business partners and shareholders.
We will continue to build value for you
as we journey onwards.
Sincerely,
kwa chong seng

Chairman
Board Movements
During 2015, we welcomed three
new directors to our Board Mr Lim
Sim Seng, MG Perry Lim Cheng
Yeow and Mr Lim Ah Doo. Perry is
a non-independent non-executive
Director while Sim Seng and Ah Doo
are independent Directors. Ah Doo is
Tan pheng hock

President & CEO
7 March 2016
7
2015
GDP
2015
$63.42014
$65.43%
$6.303$5.29
2014$5.32
20142015
$20.9
$2.9068%
$17.14%$1.91
$14
16%$6,500
29%28%$9.6$8,830
26
2015
33%27%
22%15%
74%24%
64%:36%
2015$2.932014
$2.4
27
606240
2015
2%
10
5 5
2015952015
15$4.677
20154.68%2014
4.08%
$117 (2014$125
) 3820162015
$14$2.522014
$17$6.86
2015
TeLEOS-1201512
550
TeLEOS-12016
TeLEOS-1
8x8Terrex
2 Amphibious
Combat Vehicle 1.1
Science Applications International

Corporation
100
2015,
- Air+
,N95Air+
,
,
Air+
Air+2015
Presidents Design Award
Elbe Flugzeugwerke (EFW)

55%
EFWA320
A321
757767A330
A320/321
2015
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
400
(Project Land 400)
Terrex
2015
40
75 Fearless
2015
20154
(NTU)
28
3D
3D
3D
3D (The Singapore Centre for

3D Printing) 3D
2014
Public Utilities Board
Air+
9
75,000Air+
MERS
(ST Engineering
Enabling Technology Centre
iLAT@
Enabling Village201510
(Enabling Village)
87
10
2015
2002
2013
2014
23,000
2016 37
9
A Personal Note
from the CEO
Dear shareholders,
What you have just read is the fourteenth
Shareholder Letter that I have written to
you together with my Chairman. It is also the
final one from me as the President & CEO of
this Group. At end-September 2015, I took
the decision to retire from this position while
recuperating from a mild stroke, and to hand
the baton to the next generation of business
leaders who will take ST Engineering forward.
As the Chief Executive of our Group since
2002, I have had the privilege to be part of
the management team that, over a period
of 14 years, took ST Engineering from being
largely dependent on business in Singapore to
a global engineering company that now serves
customers in more than 100 countries.
Our world is about to experience a technologydriven wave of change in everything from

computing to communications, to transport,
healthcare and even personal entertainment.
ST Engineering is positioning itself to face
this new world we have developed new
capabilities in Smart Cities and Smart Combat
systems, we designed a satellite that is now
in space and we are going to invest and focus
on robotics as a Group. These are by no
means comprehensive.
Given the dynamics of our changing world
and marketplace, alongside acquiring new
capabilities, we also need to take a fresh look
at ourselves and what direction ST Engineering
is going to take in the next 10 or 20 years.
This, I believe, should be done through a fresh
pair of eyes.
At the same time, I also felt that it was time
for me to seek professional fulfilment and
satisfaction in new vistas. The Board did an
extensive search to shortlist potential internal
and external CEO candidates to undergo a
structured selection process.
We found the most suitable person within our
Group in Vincent Chong, who will understudy
me till sometime in the second half of 2016 and
then take over from me.
Vincent has excellent credentials and global
experience. He is an engineer who has had
hands-on work in the petrochemical industry,
he has served customers and has managed
global profit centres successfully. I am
confident that Vincent will excel as your
next Chief Executive.
10
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
CEO
My time in ST Engineering has been

good at times and challenging at other
occasions. Each time we overcame
the challenges and moved on.
Whatever recognition ST Engineering
or I received over the years is simply
recognition of the excellence of
everyone in our Group. My thanks
to all of you who worked shoulder
to shoulder with me.
I want to thank the Chairmen whom
I served under and my fellow Board
members. I am honoured that you
trusted me to guide our people and
the Group, and for supporting me all
this time.
Finally, to our customers, business
partners and shareholders, my thanks
are certainly due. We exist for you,
to create long-term sustainable value
for you.
As I move towards a new phase in my
life and career, ST Engineering will
remain in my thoughts. I will be your
friend, cheering you on as the Group
continues to strengthen and grow.
Thank you and goodbye.
20159
(ST Engineering)
2002
CEO
CEO
(Vincent
Chong)
2016
Tan pheng hock

President & CEO
11
Board of
Directors
1 Mr KWA Chong Seng
2 Mr TAN Pheng Hock

3 Mr KOH Beng Seng
4 Major-General
Perry LIM
5 Mr NG Chee Khern
6 Mr QUEK Tong Boon
10
7 Mr Venkatachalam
KRISHNAKUMAR
8 Mr Davinder SINGH
9 Dr Stanley LAI
Tze Chang
10 Mr KHOO Boon Hui
11 Mr QUEK See Tiat
12 Ms Olivia LUM Ooi Lin
11
12
13
15
16
17
14
13 Dr BEH Swan Gin

14 Mr LIM Sim Seng
15 Mr lim ah Doo
16 Colonel Alan GOH

Kim Hua
17 Mr vincent chong

sy feng
12
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
The names of the directors holding office at the date of

this report are set out below together with details of their
academic and professional qualifications, age, date of first
appointment as Director, date of last re-election as Director,
as well as other directorships and principal commitments.
*
listed on the SGX-ST

^ listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Mr KWA Chong Seng

(Chairman)
Mr Kwa Chong Seng, 69, was appointed
an independent non-executive Director
on 1 September 2012. He was appointed
Chairman on 25 April 2013. Mr Kwa is
due for re-election at the 2016 AGM
under Article 98 of the Companys
Constitution. He has more than 40
years experience in the petroleum
industry - he served as Chairman and
Managing Director of ExxonMobil Asia
Pacific Pte. Ltd. before retiring in 2011.
Mr Kwa is currently the Chairman of
Neptune Orient Lines Limited* and

several of its key subsidiaries. He is
also Chairman of Olam International
Limited* and Deputy Chairman of the
Public Service Commission, Singapore.
Mr Kwa currently serves on the boards
of Singapore Exchange Limited*,
SeaTown Holdings Pte. Ltd. and Delta
Topco Limited. He is a member of the
Defence Science & Technology Agency
(DSTA). He is also the Chairman of the
Advisory Committee of Dymon Asia
Capital Ltd. Mr Kwa graduated from

the former University of Singapore
with a Mechanical Engineering degree.
He was awarded the Distinguished
Engineering Alumni Award by the
National University of Singapore (NUS)
in 1994 and is a Fellow of the Academy
of Engineering Singapore. In 1999,
Mr Kwa was conferred the Honorary
Ningbo Citizenship. He was awarded
the Singapore Public Service Star
in 2005.
Board and a Fellow of the Singapore

Institute of Directors. Mr Tan was
named Outstanding CEO of the Year
at the Singapore Business Awards in
2014 as well as Asia Business Leader
of the Year at the 12 th CNBC Asia
Business Leaders Awards in 2013. He
was conferred the esteemed Honorary
Fellowship by the ASEAN Federation
of Engineering Organisations for
his contribution to the engineering
profession. In 2012, Mr Tan was
honoured as the Best Chief Executive

Officer (for companies with $1b and
above in market capitalisation) by
the Singapore Corporate Awards.
He received the Public Service Medal
in 2011. Mr Tan has been with the
Group since 1981. He holds a Bachelor
of Science (First Class Honours)
in Marine Engineering from the
University of Surrey, UK and a Master
of Science in Management from
Stanford University, USA.
Ltd, and Advisor to Bank of China and

the International Monetary Fund from
1998 to 2000. Mr Koh has extensive
experience in the financial services
sector. He was with the Monetary
Authority of Singapore from 1973
to 1998, where he served as Deputy
Managing Director from 1988 to 1998.
Mr Koh is Chairman of Great Eastern
Holdings Limited* and Director of
Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited^,

BOC Hong Kong (Holdings) Limited,
Hon Sui Sen Endowment CLG Limited
and United Engineers Limited*.
Mr Koh holds a Bachelor of Commerce
(First Class Honours) from the former
Nanyang University, Singapore, and
a Master of Business Administration
from Columbia University, USA.
the Singapore Armed Forces (SAF) in

1990 and has held various command
and staff positions in the SAF, including
the Chief of Army and Commander,
Headquarters 3rd Singapore Division.
He was awarded the Presidents cum
SAF Overseas Scholarship in 1991 and
the Public Administration Medal (Silver)

(Military) in 2010. He holds a Bachelor
of Engineering (First Class Honours)
(Mechanical Engineering) from the
University of Cambridge, UK and a
Master of Business Administration
from INSEAD, Singapore.
Mr TAN Pheng Hock

Mr Tan Pheng Hock, 58, is the
President & CEO of ST Engineering
and an executive Director. He was
appointed Director on 1 May 2001 and
is due for re-election at the 2016 AGM
under Article 98 of the Companys
Constitution. He is Chairman of the
Singapore Workforce Development
Agency, Deputy Chairman of the
Singapore Quality Award Governing
Council, a board member of the
Singapore Economic Development
Mr KOH Beng Seng
Mr Koh Beng Seng, 65, is the CEO of
Octagon Advisors Pte. Ltd. He was
appointed an independent nonexecutive Director on 15 September
2003 and was last re-elected Director
on 23 April 2015. Mr Koh was Deputy
President of United Overseas Bank
Limited from June 2000 to 31 January
2005. Prior to this, Mr Koh was Senior
Advisor to Asia Pulp & Paper Company
Major-General Perry LIM

MG Perry Lim, 43, is the Chief of
Defence Force in Singapores Ministry of
Defence (MINDEF). He was appointed a
non-executive Director on 20 October
2015 and is due for re-election at the
2016 AGM under Article 104 of the
Companys Constitution. MG Lim joined
13
Board of
Directors
Mr NG Chee Khern
Mr Ng Chee Khern, 50, is the
Permanent Secretary (Defence
Development) in MINDEF. He was
appointed a non-executive Director on
20 May 2014 and was last re-elected
Director on 23 April 2015. Prior to
this, Mr Ng had held various senior
positions in the SAF, including that of
Chief of Air Force and Director of Joint

Operations and Planning Directorate.
He is Chairman of DSTA, DSO National
Laboratories, Saver-Premium Fund
Board of Trustees (Singapore) and the
SAF Fund Care. Mr Ng is a Director
of CapitaMall Trust Management
Ltd*, and a member of the National
Research Foundation, Prime Ministers

Office. He holds a Bachelor of Arts
(Second Class Honours (Upper)) (Arts
& Social Sciences) and Master of Arts
(Arts & Social Sciences) from the
University of Oxford, UK; and a Master
of Public Administration (Humanities
& Social Sciences) from Harvard
University USA.
Companys Constitution. He joined

the Defence Science Organisation of
MINDEF in 1980 and in the course
of his career, has held various key
appointments, including that of
Deputy Secretary (Technology and
Transformation) of MINDEF and
CEO of the DSO National Laboratories.
Mr Quek is a board member of the
Public Utilities Board and an Adjunct

Professor at the Department of
Electrical & Computer Engineering
in NUS. He holds a Bachelor of
Arts (Honours) (Engineering) from
the University of Cambridge, UK,
and a Master of Science (Electrical
Engineering) from NUS.
for the Asia Pacific Consumer Bank

of Citigroup when he retired on
28 February 2005 (after a 31-year
career with the group). During
his career with Citigroup, he held
several senior appointments in India,
Singapore and New York. He was
appointed an independent nonexecutive Director on 15 April 2002
and was last re-elected Director on

23 April 2015. He is a Director of
MediaCorp Pte. Ltd., Aspen Holdings
Limited and CIMB Bank Berhad.
He holds a Bachelor of Engineering
and Master of Business Administration
from the Indian Institute of
Management, India.
on 23 April 2015. Mr Davinder Singh

has been in legal practice for more
than 30 years. He was in the first
batch of Senior Counsel appointed
in 1997. He is a Director of
Petra Foods Limited* and PSA

International Pte Ltd. He holds
an LLB (Honours) from NUS.
Mr QUEK Tong Boon

Mr Quek Tong Boon, 60, is Chief
Defence Scientist of MINDEF. Prior
to this, he had concurrently held
the position of Chief Research &
Technology Officer until 1 July 2013.
Mr Quek was appointed a
non-executive Director on 1 March
2008 and is due for re-election at
the 2016 AGM under Article 98 of the
Mr Venkatachalam KRISHNAKUMAR
Mr Venkatachalam Krishnakumar,
66, is Chairman of Oracle Financial
Services Software Pte. Ltd. (Singapore).
Prior to this, he had held senior
advisory roles at McKinsey and
Company, Barclays Bank PLC, Global
Retail and Commercial Banking and
DBS Bank. He was Chief Operating
Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Mr Davinder SINGH
Mr Davinder Singh, 58, is the CEO
of Drew & Napier LLC. He was
appointed an independent nonexecutive Director on 1 August 2007
and was last re-elected Director
14
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Dr Stanley LAI Tze Chang

Dr Stanley Lai Tze Chang, 48, is Head
of Intellectual Property & Technology
Practice at Allen and Gledhill LLP.
He was appointed an independent
non-executive Director on 8 October
2009 and is due for re-election at
the 2016 AGM under Article 98 of
the Companys Constitution.
Dr Lai was appointed Senior Counsel

at the Opening of the Legal Year
2010. He is a Director of Singapore
Shipping Corporation Limited* and
currently serves as Chairman of
the Intellectual Property Office of
Singapore (appointed on 1 April 2013).
He obtained his law degree from the
University of Leicester (UK) in 1992

and qualified to practise as a Barrister
in England and Wales in 1993. Dr Lai
is a member of Lincolns Inn. He was
called to the Singapore bar in 1995.
Dr Lai also holds a Masters in Law
(LLM) and Doctorate (Ph.D) in law from
the University of Cambridge, UK.
become Senior Deputy Secretary,

MHA till January 2015. He was also the
President of INTERPOL from 2008 to
2012. Mr Khoo is currently Chairman
of Singapore Island Country Club,
Singapore Golf Association Governing
Council and Deputy Chairman of
Singapore Quality Award Governing
Council and a board member of
Singapore Health Services Pte Ltd,
the Casino Regulatory Authority,
Certis CISCO and Temasek Foundation
CLG Limited. He sits on the advisory
panels of the Singapore National
Cybersecurity R&D Programme, the

Qatar-based International Centre
for Sports Security and is also an
Advisor for the Board Financial Crime
Risk Committee (Standard Chartered
PLC). He holds a Bachelor of Arts
(Engineering Science & Economics)
degree from Oxford University and
a Master in Public Administration
from the Harvard Kennedy School
of Government. Mr Khoo attended
the Advanced Management Program
at the Wharton School.
in the firm that spanned 31 years.

Mr Quek is a board member of
Singapore Press Holdings Ltd*,
Neptune Orient Lines Limited*, the
Energy Market Authority and the
Monetary Authority of Singapore.
He is also a Council Member/Deputy
President of the Council of Estate
Agencies. He was conferred the
Public Service Medal in 2009 and

the Public Service Star in 2014.
Mr Quek holds a Bachelor of Science
(Economics) Honours from the
London School of Economics and
Political Science, and is a Fellow of
the Institute of Chartered Accountants
in England and Wales.
plc. She is a board member of

International Enterprise Singapore,
Singapore Mediation Centre, a
Trustee Member of The Chinese
Development Assistance Council
and a Council Member of the
Singapore Business Federation.
Ms Lum is the first woman to win
the Ernst & Young World Entrepreneur

Of The Year 2011 award in recognition
of her pioneering work in the
Singapore-based water-treatment
company, Hyflux. Ms Lum holds
an Honours degree in Chemistry
from NUS.
Mr KHOO Boon Hui

Mr Khoo Boon Hui, 61, is a Senior
Fellow of the Ministry of Home Affairs
(MHA), Home Team Academy and the
Civil Service College. Prior to this,
he was Senior Advisor, MHA until
20 January 2016. He was appointed an
independent non-executive Director
on 1 September 2010 and was last
re-elected as Director on 24 April
2014. Mr Khoo was appointed
Commissioner of the Singapore
Police Force (SPF) in July 1997, and
relinquished this post in January 2010
after serving 32 years in the SPF to
Mr QUEK See Tiat

Mr Quek See Tiat, 61, is Chairman
of the Building and Construction
Authority, Singapore. He was
appointed an independent nonexecutive Director on 1 July 2013
and was last re-elected Director on
24 April 2014. He retired as Deputy
Chairman of PricewaterhouseCoopers
Singapore in 2012, after a career
Ms Olivia LUM Ooi Lin

Ms Olivia Lum, 55, is Executive
Chairman and Group CEO of Hyflux
Ltd* (Hyflux). She was appointed an
on 20 May 2014 and was last
re-elected Director on 23 April 2015.
Ms Lum started her corporate life
as a chemist in GlaxoSmithKline
15
Board of
Directors
Dr BEH Swan Gin

Dr Beh Swan Gin, 48, is Chairman of
the Singapore Economic Development
Board (EDB). Prior to this, he
was Permanent Secretary of the
Ministry of Law from 1 July 2012
to 30 November 2014. Dr Beh
was appointed an independent
non-executive Director on
1 September 2014 and was last

re-elected Director on 23 April 2015.
He was previously Managing Director
of EDB from 2008 to 2012. Dr Beh also
serves as Chairman of EDBI Pte Ltd
and EDB Investments Pte Ltd and is
also a Director of Ascendas-Singbridge
Pte. Ltd. He is a medical doctor by
training and graduated from NUS.

Dr Beh is also a Sloan Fellow with a
Master of Science in Management
from Stanford Universitys Graduate
School of Business, and completed the
Advanced Management Program at
the Harvard Business School in 2012.
DBS in 2010 as Country Head, DBS

Singapore. With Citigroup/Citibank,
he served Citigroup in various senior
appointments in Kuala Lumpur, Tokyo,
New York, Saudi Arabia, Singapore
and Hong Kong. Mr Lim is the
Chairman of Singapore Land Authority
and Nanyang Polytechnic Business
Management Advisory Committee,
and the Vice Chairman of ASEAN
Business Group, Singapore Business

Federation. He is a Director of
ASEAN Finance Corporation Limited,
Asfinco Singapore Limited and
Nikko Asset Management Co., Ltd.
Mr Lim was a Japanese Government
Monbusho scholar and graduated
with a Bachelors in Business
Administration from Yokohama
National University, Japan.
International Pte Ltd). Mr Lims past

working experience includes an 18-year
banking career in Morgan Grenfell from
1977 to 1995, during which he held
several key positions including that of
Chairman of Morgan Grenfell (Asia)
Limited. He is currently an independent
director of SembCorp Marine Limited*,
ARA-CWT Trust Management (Cache)
Limited, GP Industries Ltd*, SM

Investments Corporation, U Mobile
Sdn Bhd, Bracell Limited and GDS
Holdings Limited. Mr Lim graduated
with an honours degree in Engineering
from the Queen Mary College,
University of London and a Master
in Business Administration from the
Cranfield School of Management.
that of Deputy Director, Defence

Policy Office, Head Naval Personnel
and Commanding Officer of the
RSNs Missile Corvette Squadron.
He was awarded the SAF Overseas
Scholarship in 1995, the SAF
Overseas Postgraduate Scholarship
(General Development) in 2011 and
the Public Administration Medal
(Bronze) (Military) in 2013. COL Goh

holds a Bachelor of Arts (Honours)
(Mathematics) from the University
of Cambridge, UK, and a Master of
Business Administration (Sloan
Fellow) from the Sloan School of
Management, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, USA.
Mr LIM Sim Seng

Mr Lim Sim Seng, 57, is currently
Country Head, DBS Singapore and
Chairman of DBS Vickers Securities
Holdings Pte Ltd. He was appointed
on 15 May 2015 and is due for reelection at the 2016 AGM under Article
104 of the Companys Constitution.
Mr Lim was a senior banker for 26
years with Citibank before joining
MR lim ah Doo
Mr Lim Ah Doo, 66, was appointed
on 10 November 2015 and is due for
re-election at the 2016 AGM under
Article 104 of the Companys
Constitution. He was formerly the
President and subsequently the
non-executive Vice Chairman of RGE
Pte Ltd (formerly known as RGM
Colonel Alan GOH Kim Hua

COL Alan Goh Kim Hua, 39, is
Head Naval Plans in the Republic
of Singapore Navy (RSN). He was
appointed Alternate Director to
MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry on
20 October 2015. COL Goh joined
the SAF in 1995 and has held various
command and staff positions in
MINDEF/SAF since 1999, including
16
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
MR vincent chong sy feng

Mr Vincent Chong, 46, is President
& CEO (Designate) and Alternate
Director to Mr Tan Pheng Hock. He
is responsible for the Groups four
business sectors and corporate
functions. Prior to this, he was Deputy
CEO (Corporate Development) and
before that President of Strategic
Plans & Business Development at the
Groups aerospace arm. Mr Chong had
a 20-year career in the petroleum
industry holding a variety of technical,
operations and senior management
positions from refining & supply,

product marketing, to strategic
planning. His professional experience
has been global with postings in Hong
Kong, Japan, the United Kingdom and
the United States. Before joining the
ST Engineering Group in April 2014, he
was Director of Asia Pacific Lubricants
Sales at ExxonMobil Asia Pacific
Private Limited, responsible for the
automotive and industrial lubricants
business in more than 20 countries.
He had also been Global Director for
ExxonMobils worldwide marine fuels

business. Mr Chong currently sits on
the Singapore Government-convened
Committee on the Future Economy.
He graduated with First Class Honours
in Mechanical Engineering from
NUS. Mr Chong has also attended
executive leadership programmes
at the Thunderbird School of Global
Management and the Columbia
Business School.
PAST DIRECTORSHIPS IN THE LAST THREE YEARS

Mr KWA Chong Seng
Major-General Perry LIM
Dr BEH Swan Gin
APL Logistics Ltd

Fullerton Fund Management
Company Ltd
Singapore Technologies Holdings
Pte Ltd
Singapore Technologies Dynamics

Pte Ltd
Singapore Technologies Electronics
Limited
Singapore Technologies Kinetics Ltd
International Enterprise Singapore
Esplanade Co. Ltd

Maxwell Arbitration Holdings Ltd
Enactus Singapore Institute
Mr NG Chee Khern
Mr Lim Ah Doo
Mr TAN Pheng Hock

Cradance Services Pte Ltd
Nanyang Polytechnic International
Private Limited
School of Mechanical & Aerospace
Engineering (NTU, Industry
Advisory Panel)
Singapore-China Association for
Advancement of Science
& Technology
ST Aerospace Resources Pte. Ltd.
ST Engineering Financial I Ltd.
ST Engineering Financial II Pte. Ltd.
Temasek Defence Systems Institute
The International Institute for
Strategic Studies (Asia) Ltd
VT Systems, Inc
Mr KOH Beng Seng
Fraser and Neave Limited*
Sing-Han International Financial
Services Limited
Mr LIM Sim Seng
Public Utilities Board
Linc Energy Limited
Mr Venkatachalam
KRISHNAKUMAR
Mr Vincent CHONG Sy Feng
Cypress Holdings Limited

Pactera Technology International Ltd#
Mr Davinder SINGH
Singapore Exchange Limited*
ExxonMobil Asia Holdings Pte. Ltd.

ExxonMobil Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
ExxonMobil India Inc.
ExxonMobil International Corporation
ExxonMobil Lubricants Private Limited
Mobil Korea Lube Oil, Inc.
P.T. ExxonMobil Lubricants Indonesia
Mr KHOO Boon Hui

Home Team Academy Board
of Governors
Institute of Leadership and
Organisation Development,
Civil Service College

listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market
17
Senior
Management
TAN Pheng Hock
LIM Serh Ghee
Mr Tan Pheng Hock is President & CEO

of ST Engineering and a Director of the
ST Engineering Board. (Mr Tans profile
is on page 13)
Mr Lim Serh Ghee, 56, was appointed

President of ST Aerospace in
December 2014. Prior to this, he was
Chief Operating Officer from 2010
and President, Defence Business,
where he was responsible for forging
strategic relationships with the
Groups core defence customers.
Mr Lim also served as Executive
Vice President of Aircraft Maintenance
& Modification (AMM), a business
segment of ST Aerospace. He began
his career with ST Aerospace as a
mechanical engineer in 1984 and
has held many senior management
appointments within the Group.
Mr Lim holds a Second Class Upper
Honours degree in Mechanical
Engineering from the National
University of Singapore. He obtained
his Master of Science in Aerospace
Engineering from the University of
Michigan and attended the Program
for Management Development at
Harvard Business School.
Vincent CHONG Sy Feng

Mr Vincent Chong is President & CEO
(Designate) of ST Engineering and
Alternate Director to Mr Tan Pheng
Hock on the ST Engineering Board.
(Mr Chongs profile is on page 17)
LEE Fook Sun

Mr Lee Fook Sun, 59, was appointed
President of ST Electronics in August
2009 and took on the role of President,
Defence Business of ST Engineering
in March 2013, driving the strategic
relationship with the Groups core
defence customers. In December 2014,
he was concurrently appointed Deputy
CEO of ST Engineering to explore
additional synergies across the Groups
four business sectors. Mr Lee joined
ST Electronics in 2000 as President
of Defence and International Business
and was appointed the companys
Deputy President (Operations) in 2005.
Mr Lee is also the Deputy Chairman
of the Building and Construction
Authority and Director of DSO National
Laboratories. He holds a Bachelor
of Arts (Honours) and a Master of
Arts (Engineering Science) from the
University of Oxford, UK and attended
the Stanford Universitys Executive
Program. Mr Lee is a Fellow of The
Institution of Engineers, Singapore.
18
Ravinder SINGH
Mr Ravinder Singh, 51, was
appointed President of ST Kinetics
in March 2015. He joined the Group
in August 2014 as Deputy President,
Corporate and Market Development
at ST Electronics. He joined the Group
after a 30-year career with MINDEF
and the Singapore Armed Forces
(SAF) where he held various senior
command and staff appointments.
In his last appointment in the SAF,
he served as Chief of Army. Before
that, he was Deputy Secretary
(Technology) in MINDEF. Mr Singh
graduated with a Bachelor of Arts

in Engineering Science (First Class
Honours) in 1986 and a Master of Arts
in Engineering Science in 1992, both
from the University of Oxford, UK. He
also completed his Master of Science
in Management from Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, USA in
1996 and the Wharton Advanced
Management Program in 2014.
NG Sing Chan
Mr Ng Sing Chan, 55, was
appointed President, ST Marine in
May 2010. Prior to this, Mr Ng was
Deputy President and President,
Defence Business of ST Marine.
He joined ST Marine in 1987 as an
engineer. Mr Ng left in 1991 and later
became the Deputy General Manager
of Pan-United Shipyard Pte Ltd.
He subsequently took on the positions
of President of Changshu Xinghua
Changjiang Dev Co and Executive
Director of Pan-United Marine Ltd
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
(now known as DDW-PaxOcean

Shipyard Pte. Ltd.). Mr Ng re-joined
the Group in March 2008 as Executive
Vice President, Special Projects,
ST Engineering and moved to
ST Marine as Deputy President in
April 2009. Mr Ng holds a Master of
Business Administration (Finance
& Banking) from the Nanyang
Technological University, Singapore
and a Masters in Engineering from the
University of Hamburg, Germany.
commands in the US Army with 60,000

employees and an annual budget of
more than US$50b with activities in
42 states and 28 foreign countries.
Gen (Ret) Coburn is the recipient of
many medals, and is a noted author
and speaker. He holds a Juris Doctor
from the University of Missouri, and a
Doctors Degree from Eastern Michigan
University and many other degrees.
He is also a member of the Supreme
Court, State of Kentucky; Supreme
Court, State of Michigan and the
Supreme Court of the United States.
2004, when STPL was restructured,

and its assets transferred to Temasek.
Prior to 2003, Ms Tan had held
various key finance positions in the
ST Engineering Group over a period
of 13 years and last held the position
of Group Financial Controller of
ST Engineering. Ms Tan holds a
Bachelor of Accountancy (Honours)
from NUS and attended the Harvard
Business Schools Advanced
Management Program in 2013.
She is a member of the Institute of
Singapore Chartered Accountants.
John G COBURN
General (Retired) John G Coburn, 74,
was appointed Chairman and CEO
of ST Engineerings US subsidiary,
VT Systems, in December 2001. Gen
(Ret) Coburn joined the Group after
an illustrious 39-year career with the
US Department of Defense, where
he commanded at all levels. Prior
to assuming this position, he was
Commanding General of the US Army
Materiel Command, one of the largest
Eleana TAN Ai Ching

Ms Eleana Tan Ai Ching, 53, was
appointed Chief Financial Officer of
ST Engineering in March 2008.
Ms Tan was previously Managing
Director, Finance, Temasek Holdings
(Private) Limited (Temasek). Prior
to that, she was Director Finance at
Singapore Technologies Pte Ltd (STPL)
from August 2003 until December
From left to right (standing):

John G Coburn, Lim Serh Ghee,
Ravinder Singh.
From left to right (seated):
Eleana Tan, Vincent Chong,
Tan Pheng Hock, Lee Fook Sun,
Ng Sing Chan.
19
knowing
where
In an age where few boundaries exist across
geographies and time zones, we are able to go where
our customers are and where they are going. While
seeking new markets, we are also simultaneously
extending our reach and capabilities by engaging
in collaborations and global partnerships.
Extends rail
electronics
solutions to
Ho Chi Minh City
Setting up greenfield
MRO facility in
Pensacola Florida
Provides internet
access to 45,000
students from the
Amazon Basin in
Brazils largest
distance learning
programme
Provides smart
solutions globally
including smart
lighting solutions in
New Zealand, France,
Israel and the US
Continues to export
120mm Super
Rapid Advanced
Mortar System
knowing
when
Timing is crucial when it comes to technology.
Catching the right wave at the right time ensures that
our new products are optimised to meet immediate
demand and expectations. By staying at the forefront
of technology, we are also able to create in anticipation
of future needs. We always strive to identify
opportunities that will hone our competitive edge.
Extends aircraft
cabin offerings with
seat solutions
Introduces AIR+ Smart Mask,
a protective facemask with
breakthrough innovation
Launches first Littoral

Mission Vessel built for the
Republic of Singapore Navy
Launches Singapores
first commercial
earth observation
satellite, TeLEOS-1,
into a 550km Near
Equatorial Orbit
Deepens
competencies in
robotics solutions
Introduces
new version of
8x8 wheeled
armoured vehicle
knowing
how
Technical know-how is just part of our advantage.
Our pursuit of productivity, human resource
development and sustainability allows us to build
a brighter future for our business, our people
and our community.
All Singapore business

units achieved OHSAS
18001:2008 standards
(international standard
for occupational health
and safety)
Supports
SkillsFuture
initiatives
PEOPLE
EXCELLENCE
HEALTH &
SAFETY
ENVIRONMENT
COMMUNITY
Awards 19
scholarships
to outstanding
students
All Singapore business

units certified to
ISO 14001:2004
(international standard
for environmental
management system)
Supports persons
with disabilities through
the ST Engineering
Enabling Technology
Centre in Enabling Village
Operating &
Financial Review
We serve our customers

through a global network of
100 subsidiaries and associated
companies in 46 cities across
24 countries.
north america
Aerospace
Electronics
Land Systems
south america
Marine
Others
SINGAPORE
TECHNOLOGIES
ENGINEERING LTD
100%
Singapore Technologies Aerospace Ltd
100%
Singapore Technologies Electronics Limited
100%
100%
Singapore Technologies Marine Ltd
100%
Singapore Technologies Dynamics Pte Ltd
100%
ST Synthesis Pte Ltd
For complete Group structure,
please refer to www.stengg.com
26
100%
Vision Technologies Systems, Inc.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Europe
Asia
Middle east
Africa
Singapore
Australia
Group Overview
ST Engineering is an integrated engineering group that
provides innovative solutions and services in the Aerospace,
Electronics, Land Systems and Marine sectors. Incorporated
in 1997 and headquartered in Singapore, we rank among the
largest companies listed on the Singapore Exchange, and are
one of Asias leading engineering groups.
Our network of over 100 subsidiaries and associated
companies, supported by a workforce of about 23,000
allows us to serve customers globally. A leader in each of
our core businesses, ST Engineering leverages multi sector
capabilities to develop advanced solutions for commercial
and defence customers across industries.
Our Aerospace sector offers a wide spectrum of aircraft
maintenance, engineering and training services for both
military and commercial aircraft operators. These services
include airframe, components and engine maintenance,
repair and overhaul, engineering design and development,

materials support, asset management and pilot training.
Our Electronics sector specialises in the design,
development and integration of advanced electronics
and communications systems for government, defence,
commercial and industrial customers worldwide.
Our Land Systems sector delivers integrated land systems,
specialty vehicles and their related through-life support for
defence, homeland security and commercial applications.
Our Marine sector provides customised shipbuilding,
repair and conversion services to both naval and
commercial vessels, at our yards in Singapore and the US.
We also provide a host of environmental solutions through
our environmental engineering subsidiary.
27
Operating Review
& Outlook
robotics
ST Engineerings Next Frontier
ST Engineering started developing robotics

capabilities in the early nineties to serve
a variety of air, land, sea and underwater
applications for the Singapore Armed Forces.
Notably, in 2010, ST Aerospace fielded a Close
Range Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (CR-UAV)
for the Singapore Army. A longer endurance
UAV is also being developed and this is
expected to be fielded in the near future.
With superior range and payload, this longer
endurance UAV will afford the Singapore
Army unprecedented battlespace influence.
In addition, ST Electronics also launched the
multi-mission Venus Unmanned Surface Vehicle
(USV) that can undertake numerous hazardous
mission-critical tasks for navies.
In 2011, ST Kinetics was selected by the
Port of Singapore Authority to develop
seaport Automated Ground Vehicles to
transport containers in the port.
Recognising the disruptive nature of
unmanned technologies and the potential
explosive demand for unmanned solutions,
ST Engineering has identified robotics as
28
our pivotal new business growth area. Our

deep engineering expertise, coupled with our
flexibility to leverage the interplay between
our defence and commercial businesses offer
us strength in deepening our competencies in
robotics solutions.
A group-wide initiative on Advanced
Autonomous and Collaboration Exploitation
(ADVANCE) was set up in 2014 to
orchestrate the concerted development
of robotics business and capabilities within
ST Engineering. The mission of ADVANCE
is to harness capabilities across the Group
to develop collaborative robotics solutions
that will integrate seamlessly and safely in
extreme environments, multiply operational
effect, whilst reducing manpower demand.
In July 2015, the Group achieved another
milestone in our quest for excellence in
robotics. The ST Engineering-NTU Corporate
Lab was jointly formed with Nanyang
Technological University, Singapore and
National Research Foundation to accelerate
the development of core proprietary robotics
technology. In addition to cutting edge
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
The Autonomous People

Mover will provide on-demand
shuttle service at Singapores
Gardens by the Bay.
The 16m Venus USV for mine

countermeasure with Towed
Synthetic Aperture Sonar to
conduct underwater scans of
the seabed safely and with
reduced manpower.
A longer endurance CR-UAV with

superior range and payload is being
developed for enhanced deployment.
platform technologies, the

ST Engineering-NTU Corporate Lab
focuses on developing leapfrog
collaborative technologies in the areas
of command and control, machine
learning and artificial intelligence to
enable multiple heterogeneous
robots to work together to complete
complex tasks.
In view of severe labour constraints
in Singapore and in line with
Singapores national imperative to
develop a Smart Nation, the Group
continues to deepen our robotics
capabilities, while at the same time
leverage our experience and solid
portfolio of foundational robotics
technologies to build unmanned
solutions for crisis response, airport,
seaport, logistics, urban transport
as well as many other applications.
In July 2015, we were one of several
companies selected by the Civil
Aviation Authority of Singapore,
under its Aviation Challenges

programme, to develop prototypes
that aim to transform the current
manpower intensive way of handling
baggage and cargo at Changi Airport.
Our solutions will see customised
robotic manipulators work in unison
with unmanned ground vehicles
reliably and safely to complete these
manual tasks whilst minimising
labour demands.
Bay (GBTB). The APM is currently

undergoing trials at GBTB and will
be fielded to provide on-demand
shuttle service for visitors in early
2016. In October 2015, ST Engineering
signed an MOU with the Singapores
Ministry of Transport and Sentosa
Development Corporation to jointly
develop and deploy APMs to provide
a driverless on-demand transport
solution by 2017.
The ST Engineering-NTU Corporate

Lab also unveiled its APART (Airside
Precision Automation and Robotics
Technology) blueprint to develop
a spectrum of robots to assist in
completing a range of apron related
tasks, which are typically very labour
intensive in nature.
Robotics will create unprecedented

opportunities. Unmanned technology
is truly a game changer that will
fundamentally transform the way we
live, the way we work, and the way
we deliver services. We recognise
that the Group must take radical
transformation in our robotics
organisation and capability so that
we can be in a position to ride this
next wave.
In August 2015, ST Kinetics drew

upon the deep robotics experience
and expertise in the Group to deploy
an Autonomous People Mover
(APM) at Singapores Gardens by the
29
Operating Review
& Outlook
As a global total aviation support provider, the Aerospace sector

continues to leverage our strong geographic presence, diverse customer
base and wide range of offerings in MRO and engineering development.
2015 REVIEW
Amidst a challenging landscape with the global
airline industry managing modest growth in
profitability in the near term, the Aerospace
sector remained resilient with a strong
emphasis on a balanced services portfolio,
innovation and productivity improvements.
We secured a steady stream of new orders
worth $2.04b in 2015, and continued to focus
on our core business streams.
Aircraft Maintenance & Modification (AMM)
The AMM business continued to grow in capacity
and capability during the year. The Aerospace
sector redelivered 1,217 aircraft for airframe
maintenance and modification work.
Growing our line maintenance support
globally, our Mobile-based facility was granted
authorisation by the US Federal Aviation
Administration to perform line maintenance
services, while our airframe facility in
Singapore started providing line support
for an existing customers Boeing 787 fleet.
During the year, the Aerospace sector extended
our maintenance services to support the worlds
first commercial spaceline, as our San Antonio
facility welcomed Virgin Galactics Boeing 747
aircraft - the carrier aircraft for its small satellite
launch vehicle, into the hangar for a series of
D-level heavy maintenance checks.
30
In China, notwithstanding it being newly

established, our airframe facility in Guangzhou
inducted its first Airbus A320 aircraft from an
Asian low-cost airline for heavy maintenance in
the beginning of 2015, and has since completed
a series of C-checks for a total of 42 A320 and
ten Boeing 767 aircraft through the year.
Separately, our airframe facility in
Dresden received its first Airbus A380 for
heavy maintenance.
Our VIP aircraft completions business
redelivered its first green completion for
its VIP 737 BBJ customer, while remaining
on track with the nose-to-tail Boeing 777
cabin completion project. As part of its
business expansion plan, the VIP completions
facility started work to add 14,000 sq ft of
space to house new cabinet and upholstery
shops as well as an additional building for the
design, sales and marketing teams. This
new expansion is expected to be completed
in mid-2016.
Additionally, our new end-of-lifecycle aircraft
part-out and green harvesting business in
Hondo, Texas, continued to gain traction,
securing several aircraft part-out contracts
in the year.
In terms of commercial pilot training, our flight
training academy became the only training
centre in Singapore to be equipped with an
Airbus A320 full flight simulator, certified
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
contribution to
groups revenue
Revenue
33%
Aerospace
by the European Aviation Safety

Agency. ST Aerospace signed a fiveyear agreement with a Middle Eastern
customer for a Multi-crew Pilot
Licence programme, while securing
a two-year training agreement
with an Asian airline for dry and
wet simulator training solutions for
pilots. A three-year contract was also
sealed with Tigerair Singapore for
the provision of simulator training
services. Additionally, our US-based
flight school received its first batch
of students in Hondo, Texas for pilot
training. These student cadets are
expected to receive their wings by
mid 2016.
On the military side of maintenance,
we successfully completed the full
scale maintenance and modernisation
programme for three of the Royal
Air Force of Omans C-130 aircraft,
extending the service life of these
aircraft for another 20 years.
profit before tax
2,090m
2015
2,061m
2014
2015
2014
Component/Engine Repair &

Overhaul (CERO)
ST Aerospace continued to invest in
new capabilities, expand our global
footprint and leverage existing OEM
relationships for our CERO business.
While our component repair and
overhaul facilities delivered a good
stream of 45,092 components and 165
landing gears, our engine repair and
overhaul businesses completed 176
engines and over 5,461 EcoPower
engine washes in 2015, supporting
over 200 aircraft operators globally.
During the year, the Aerospace
sector secured several Boeing 737NG
landing gear overhaul and exchange
contracts for airline operators in
Asia and Oceania, as well as Super
Puma transmission component repair
contracts from helicopter operators
in the region.
290.6m
283.0m
In terms of engine support, we

signed an agreement for the heavy
maintenance of six CFM56-7B
engines for a low-cost carrier in
Southeast Asia, while we continued
to secure contracts for EcoPower
green engine washes.
In terms of strengthening component
capability, we continued to develop
repair capabilities for engine fan cowls
for the GEnX and Trent 100 installed
on Boeing 787 aircraft, as well as the
engine fan cowls for the Trent 700
installed on the A330 aircraft. We
also continued to add on high value
repair capabilities for the Boeing 787
electrical systems.
As part of our rationalisation
programme to build our Singapore
base as the Centre of Excellence for
landing gear MRO, we acquired the
remaining 50% stake in Singapore
Precision Repair and Overhaul, a
company specialising in the repair
and overhaul of aircraft landing gear
systems and components. At the same
time, an agreement was signed with
Messier-Bugatti-Dowty to remain
as an authorised service centre for
the OEMs landing gears installed on
turboprops, helicopters and regional
jets, as well as wheels, brakes and
hydraulic components overhaul.
Recognising that engine MRO will
continue to lead the global MRO
market as the largest segment with
the highest growth rates over the
next decade, ST Aerospace has been
enhancing our engine MRO value
ST Aerospace started providing line maintenance

support for Jetstars Boeing 787 fleet.
31
Operating Review
& Outlook
chain with an expansive range of

aftermarket services to stay ahead
of the competition. We continued to
invest in new MRO capabilities for
engine repair and overhaul, eco engine
wash and engine leasing. We also
increased focus on engine parts and
accessories repairs, on-wing support
and engine parts trading, while
adding capacity to build up a larger
pool of spare engines to support our
customers growing requirements.
The engine leasing joint venture
received additional capital injection
in the year as the business expanded
in market reach.
Engineering & Materials Services (EMS)
The EMS business continued
to provide a wide spectrum of
engineering and design development
services, as well as aviation material
support to customers worldwide.
Centre of Excellence for Freighter
Conversions
ST Aerospace has built a very successful
freighter conversions business, with
over two decades of experience across
various aircraft platforms. Over 400
freighters have been converted to-date,
making us the largest specialist with the
widest freighter conversions portfolio.
With air cargo demand anticipated to
grow at a compound annual growth rate
(CAGR) of 4.1% over the five years, the
industry expects about 1,330 freighters
to be converted in that period.
Following the successful collaborative
launch of the A330P2F conversion
programme in 2013, ST Aerospace,
Airbus and Elbe Flugzeugwerke
launched a new freighter conversion
programme for the A320/A321
aircraft. Besides adding a new freighter
conversion capability, we increased
our stake in Elbe Flugzeugwerke to
55%, welcoming the Dresden-based
facility into the ST Aerospace network
as a subsidiary in January 2016. Apart
from being the exclusive supplier of
32
composite flat panels for all Airbus

aircraft, the company will serve as
ST Aerospaces centre for passenger-tofreighter conversions, aircraft MRO, as
well as engineering services in Europe,
leveraging our global network, track
record and expertise in aircraft MRO
and engineering.
MBHTM of another airlines fleet of Q400

over six years. Additionally, we secured
a five-year component MBHTM contract
with an existing Asia-based airline
customer operating a fleet of Boeing
737NG aircraft.
On the Airbus A330P2F programme,

ST Aerospace has since completed
the critical design review of the
A330-300P2F and secured NTO
(No Technical Objection) from Airbus,
with entry into service for the first
A330-300P2F targeted for late 2017/
early 2018. As for the A330-200P2F
variant, we have secured a contract
with Egyptair Cargo, for two A330200P2F plus options for two additional.
The critical design phase for the A330200P2F is planned for first quarter 2016.
As a one-stop cabin reconfiguration

solutions provider, we also continued
to grow our cabin interiors value
chain, developing cabin products
and offering a full suite of turnkey
cabin retrofit solutions from design
conceptualisation and engineering, to
implementation and certification.
The 757-200SF freighter conversion

programme continues to be an
important platform for ST Aerospace.
The sector has redelivered 127 757200SF converted freighters since
2001, which are now in service around
the world. Establishing ourselves as
a Centre of Excellence for freighter
conversions, ST Aerospace now offers
14/14.5-pallet, 15-pallet and an 8-pallet
combi cargo configuration for the
757-200SF converted freighters. The
first 15-pallet converted freighter was
successfully redelivered to SF Airlines
during the year, upon receipt of the
supplemental type certificate from the
US Federal Aviation Administration.
At the end of 2015, 17 converted
freighters are scheduled to be
redelivered over the next two years.
Value-Adding through Customised
MBH Solutions
The Aerospace sector won multiple
Maintenance-By-the-Hour (MBHTM)
contracts during the year. These
included a seven-year component
MBHTM worth over US$100m, to support
European airline Flybes growing fleet of
Bombardier Dash 8 Q400 aircraft, and
a contract extension for the component
Integrated Cabin Interiors Offering
As part of our expansion into cabin

interior product engineering design
and manufacturing, ST Aerospace
established a new joint venture with
Tenryu Holdings, for the end-to-end
design and manufacturing of a series
of economy, business and first class
aircraft seating solutions. During the
year, we received the SAR-21 Design
Organisation Approval from the Civil
Aviation Authority of Singapore (CAAS),
for the design and development of
aircraft seating systems.
The Aerospace sector secured a cabin
reconfiguration contract with Air
Canada for eight Airbus A330 aircraft,
for which ST Aerospace will be installing
additional premium economy seats and
enlarging the economy class section.
This came on the back of a successful
ongoing full cabin reconfiguration
programme secured in 2013 for up to 20
of Air Canadas Boeing 767-300 aircraft.
Remaining Focused on Aircraft Leasing
In terms of asset management,
ST Aerospace extended our offering
beyond engine and component leasing
two years ago, to include mid-life to
end-of-life aircraft assets. The aircraft
leasing business was reorganised during
the year as we forged ahead on our own
to build up a portfolio of mid-life and
end-of-life aircraft assets focused on the
Airbus A320 and Boeing 737NG family,
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
ST Aerospace, Airbus and Elbe Flugzeugwerke launched a new

freighter conversion programme for the A320/A321 aircraft.
which align best with our technical

capabilities and service offering. During
the year, we made successful purchases
of an Airbus A320 and a Boeing 737NG
aircraft, and will continue to grow the
portfolio in 2016.
Enhancing Product Offering
through Innovation
With a strong engineering pedigree,
ST Aerospace continued to invest
in innovative development of the
unmanned aerial systems. Our suite
of vertical-take-off and-landing (VTOL)
multi rotor unmanned aerial vehicles
named USTAR, introduced in 2014,
was further enhanced in 2015 for
market deployment.
INDUSTRY OUTLOOK
Aircraft OEMs expect the global fleet
of commercial aircraft to increase by
an average of 3.7% annually over the
next two decades. However, industry
experts expect the global airline
industry to record modest growth in
operating profits in the near term. The
global landscape remains challenging,
due to ongoing macro concerns over
aviation safety, health scares, terrorism,
geopolitical conflicts, territorial disputes
and economic uncertainty.
It is also expected that global MRO
spending on aircraft maintenance and
modification will grow at a slower
pace with the newer generation of
aircraft requiring less maintenance,
and prescribed maintenance intervals
further apart. Nonetheless, industry
watchers believe that fleet expansion
and increasing outsourcing will result
in MRO maintaining a 4.1% CAGR to
US$100.4b by 2025.
ST Aerospace introduced a new range of

economy class seats.
Major MRO spending increases will

come from Asia Pacific and the Middle
East. Asia Pacific, which includes China,
will become the largest MRO market
by 2025, with expected growth to
US$34.8b over the next 10 years. With
a strong and expanded presence in this
region, ST Aerospace is well positioned
to address this growing market.
Growth prospects remain stable
for our aircraft maintenance and
modification segment, driven by
an increase in demand for aircraft
modification services. Aircraft
upgrades, including cabin interior
reconfigurations, will drive growth
in the modification segment.
While the air cargo market has been
weak, demand is expected to see a
CAGR of 4% over the next two decades.
This will create a corresponding
demand for nearly 2,200 freighter
aircraft deliveries over the next
20 years, of which 1,330 will be
converted freighters. In the narrowbody segment, the industry anticipates
an increased demand of 612 converted
freighters in the same timeframe.
With many airfreight operators fleets
due for renewal, ST Aerospace expects
growth in the freighter conversion
segment for the next few years,
notably with the 757-200 and A320/
A321P2F as good candidates for
narrow-body conversions due to good
payload and range capabilities, while
the A330P2F and Boeing 767BCF are
expected to provide a good solution for
the medium-sized freighter segment.
As the market evolves, demand
for cabin interior upgrades and
modifications will continue to grow.
Seizing the opportunity, ST Aerospace

will leverage existing strengths in
aircraft maintenance and continue
to build capabilities in higher value
modification activities such as cabin
retrofits, cabin product development,
VIP completions and freighter
conversions.
Engine MRO will drive market growth,
occupying 40% of the global market,
while component MRO is expected
to grow as fast as engine MRO in the
next five years. In line with the above
forecast, ST Aerospace will focus on
growing both our component and
engine repair capabilities to tap these
growing segments.
With a more pronounced demand for
quality pilots and the industrys need
for an additional 533,000 pilots over
the next two decades, ST Aerospace
remains focused on growing our
commercial pilot training in Asia and
the US.
The Aerospace sector recorded flat
revenue and profits in 2015, on the
back of intense operational cost and
price pressures. Moving forward in
a similarly competitive environment
plagued by continued global economic
softness, we will continue to review
our operations and invest for the
future, broadening our service
offerings to stay ahead of the curve.
As a global total aviation support
provider, we will continue to leverage
our strong geographic presence,
diverse customer base and wide range
of offerings in MRO and engineering
development.
33
Operating Review
& Outlook
Increasing urbanisation brings significant opportunities for

infrastructure development including Smart Cities solutions
and our ability to leverage this trend across all our businesses
is underpinned by R&D. We are at the forefront of technology
to develop best-in-class products and build a pipeline of solutions
to meet customers future needs.
2015 REVIEW
The Electronics sector continues to focus
on expanding our core strengths in the key
areas of Intelligent Transportation Systems,
Satellite Communications and Information
Communications Technologies (ICT). In 2015,
we see robust demand for our solutions,
reflected in a steady stream of orders through
the year for all our business segments.
With the pace of urbanisation increasing
globally, we have been seeing growing
interest in our suite of smart city solutions
across multiple business segments such as
transportation, environment, healthcare
and communications. Smart solutions
showcased this year include the Galaxy M2M
Communications System (Galaxy) and the
Intelligent Aggregation Box (iAG Box) which
were exhibited at CommunicAsia 2015.
These innovations support the objectives of
building a Smart City by providing ubiquitous
connectivity for a variety of applications
and enabling greater collaboration between
different city stakeholders. The Galaxy
system, which provides a single platform
for multiple smart city and IOT (Internet of
34
Things) applications including street light

management, water resource management,
smart metering and various other applications,
has already been deployed in Israel, New
Zealand, UK and the US. Looking to help cities
enhance their healthcare services delivery
and efficiency, our Hospital C2 Operations
Centre, Remote Telehealth Monitoring and
mediCAP Fall Detection System help healthcare
service providers to monitor stresses on their
healthcare infrastructure and extend service
delivery beyond hospitals and clinics.
Large-Scale Systems Group
Increasing urban density continues to drive
demand for our Intelligent Rail Transportation
solutions that serve tens of millions of
commuters daily. In 2015, ST Electronics
grew our global footprint in Intelligent Rail
Solutions, breaking into the Vietnam market
while expanding our presence in China, India,
the Middle East and the US. New contracts
include the provision of the Supervisory
Control and Data Acquisition System in
Vietnams Ho Chi Minh City Line 1, a Platform
Screen Door System in Saudi Arabias Riyadh
Lines 1 and 2, and the Integrated Supervisory
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
contribution to
groups revenue
Revenue
27%
Electronics
Control System in Chinas Fuzhou Line

1 and Guangzhou Lines 9 and 13. Our
Passenger Information System will
also be deployed in Indias Kochi Metro
as well as in 365 new cars for the San
Francisco Bay Area Rapid Transit.
In Singapore, we will be deploying
the Communications System and
Platform Screen Door System for the
new Canberra Mass Rapid Transit
(MRT) Station on the North-South
Line, and will continue to be involved
in enhancement and maintenance
projects for existing MRT lines.
In the area of building security
solutions, we have secured several
projects including comprehensive
maintenance of the Integrated
Security Management System for
the Immigration & Checkpoints
Authority of Singapore (Woodlands
and Tuas Checkpoints), Singapore
Civil Defence Force (Headquarters),
Singapore Prison Service and
Singapore Police Force. We are also
profit before tax
1,709m
2015
1,583m
2014
2015
2014
upgrading the security system for

Nanyang Technological University
to support the Contactless e-Purse
Application (CEPAS).
Responding to the global call to
combat climate change and enable
more efficient use of water and energy
resources, we have been expanding
our portfolio of environment-related
solutions. For instance, we support
Singapores National Environment
Agency in various projects such as the
supply and maintenance of C-Band
Meteorological Doppler Weather
Radars System, 3D Scanning Doppler
Wind and Raman Lidar Systems and
maintenance of the S-Band Weather
Radar System.
In 2015, ST Electronics also
launched the Smart Building Energy
Management System which identifies
performance gaps and improvement
opportunities by measuring energy
performance indicators against the
original building design.
191.0m
184.0m
Communications & Sensor

Systems Group
On 16 December 2015, ST Electronics
made history with the launch of
TeLEOS-1, Singapores first commercial
Earth Observation Satellite, from
the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in
India. Capable of providing images of
one-metre resolution, the satellites
In-Orbit Test is in good progress, and
images from TeLEOS-1 are expected
to be commercially available in the
first half of 2016.
ST Electronics also continues to work
with Inmarsat, following the launch of
the third satellite in the Global Xpress
constellation in August, to provide
commercial broadband services to
users in the maritime, aviation, oil
and gas, government and other
industries worldwide.
Both the Galaxy and iAG Box

provide ubiquitous connectivity
infrastructure for a Smart Nation.
ST Electronics continues to
secure contracts for Intelligent
Rail Transportation Solutions in
Asia, the Middle East and the US.
35
Operating Review
& Outlook
Our Agilis VSAT RF products have

been well received by customers such
as Globecomm Systems Inc in the
US, which deployed them to upgrade
a global multilateral organisations
private network, improving the
connectivity of field offices in
hundreds of remote locations.
To conduct R&D and build
competencies in satellite cell backhaul
technology that will address the
growing need for mobile services
globally, VT iDirect (iDirect), the
sectors affiliate, set up VT iDirect
Solutions Limited in Ireland in July.
Rising concerns about public safety
and security worldwide have
spurred increasing demand for
ST Electronics security sensing
solutions. Our AgilFence Perimeter
Intrusion Detection System has
attracted new projects both locally
and overseas, ranging from high
security installations to airports and
even in a high-end gated community
in Malaysia. Enabling autonomous,
reliable and non-intrusive mass
fever screening in real time, our next
generation Infrared Fever Screening
System, IFSS2, has been deployed
in several airports in Mexico as well
as in Ho Chi Minh City. At Interpol
World 2015, ST Electronics unveiled
the Searchman Survivor Locator
System which enables search teams
to locate victims quickly in a disasterhit environment by detecting the
presence of cellular signals.
In the area of Intelligent Road
Transportation solutions, ST Electronics
is delivering a unified intelligent bus
management solution to enhance
operations control, fleet and
information management for
the Land Transport Authority of
36
Singapore. Having successfully

delivered the countrys Expressway
Monitoring and Advisory System
(EMAS), we were awarded a contract
to enhance and maintain the system.
Addressing the shortage of cyber
security professionals locally, the
DigiSAFE Cyber Security Centre
continued to provide operational
centric training that equips cyber
security professionals to respond to
real life cyber threats and attacks.
ST Electronics (Info-Comm Systems)
also acquired the remaining 49% stake
in STELCOMMS to enable the business
to better meet the new security and
business intelligence requirements of
both public and private sectors.
Software Systems Group
With 30 years of experience delivering
Modelling and Simulation solutions,
ST Electronics developed the
integrated Driving & Service Control
(iDSC) Simulation System at the
Singapore Bus Training & Evaluation
Centre which opened in July.
The system facilitates team-based
training for bus captains and service
controllers.
In training and consultancy,
ST Education & Training (STET) won
several consultancy projects in various
sectors including banking, energy,
hotel and resorts, public utilities and
transportation. STET has successfully
completed the Crew Familiarisation
and Onboard System Training for
ST Marines newly built patrol vessels.
STET also designed, developed and
conducted the inaugural 15-month
Port Limit Tug Master programme
in collaboration with Singapores
Maritime and Port Authority.
In line with our strategy of optimising

resources and capitalising on new
business opportunities, ST Electronics
(Training & Simulation Systems)
acquired the remaining 30% equity
stake in STET with plans to expand
and provide training services in the
maritime, aerospace, land services
and commercial industries.
Overseas, the Groups US-based
simulation software experts, VT MK
(MK), secured several contracts
including support for an Air and
Missile Defense Operations Center for
Raytheon; high-performance network
integration using the MK RTI and
the HLA Evolved standard for
Thales; and DI-Guy human character
simulation for the National Advanced
Driving Simulator at the University
of Iowa. MK also released several
innovative 3D visualisation and web
technology products.
In France, Antycip Simulation delivered
the immersive Virtual Reality Suite to
IndustriLAB, providing a platform for
companies to develop and test their
innovations; secured new engineering
research projects under the new UK
Ministry of Defence (MOD) Towers
of Excellence Technical Columns;
and was approved as a Niteworks
Partner. Niteworks provides a unique
collaborative environment which
enables the UK MOD and industry
to work together to make informed
decisions for the MOD.
In China, new projects include
provision of a Car Rental Management
System for Beijing Shouqi and a Smart
Town Portal System for Anhui Wuhu
Qingshui Town Government.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
We continue to work on the maintenance

and enhancement of Singapores Expressway
Monitoring and Advisory System.
Our marketing collaboration with

AZIMUT has also led to the first
successful sale of ST Electronics
Tower Simulators in Russia.
ST Electronics secured a contract
from the Office of the Chief
Science and Technology Officer of
Singapores Ministry of Home Affairs,
for the design, build, installation,
commissioning and maintenance of
its Human Performance Centre. This
Centre will house various facilities
with projects including the qualitative
measurement of human performance
to different scenarios. We will also be
providing content and instructional
design, and project management
services for the Singapore Armed
Forces LEARNet Phase 2.
INDUSTRY OUTLOOK
Intelligent Transportation
The growth of mega cities around
the world has generated immense
stress on urban transportation
infrastructure. Consequently, Asia, the
Middle East and South America are
investing heavily in rail transportation.
China is pushing ahead with
developments in its second and third
tier cities, and Saudi Arabia is taking
the lead amongst Gulf Cooperation
Council countries in developing world
class MRT lines. Meanwhile, developed
cities in the US and Europe, are
looking to improve their existing
infrastructure.
TeLEOS-1, Singapores first commercial

Earth Observation Satellite, was successfully
launched in December 2015.
ST Electronics continues to lead in

this sector, being one of the few
corporations in the world that is able
to provide a comprehensive suite
of Intelligent Rail Transportation
solutions. We also offer highly efficient
intelligent transportation, traffic and
fleet management systems that enable
cities to implement effective and safe
modes of transportation.
Satellite Communications
The need for connectivity by
consumer and enterprise users in
unserved and underserved areas will
continue to drive demand for more
satellite bandwidth and coverage.
Satellite operators such as Inmarsat,
Intelsat and Yahsat have separate
plans to roll out their High Throughput
Satellites services. Corporate giants
like Google, Facebook, O3b and
OneWeb have proposed InternetFrom-The-Sky network systems based
on technologies such as Low Earth
Orbit satellites and drones, to blanket
the earths surface with Internet
connectivity by the end of the decade.
Smart Cities
Urbanisation and advances in ICT
have created a demand for smart
functionality in everything. Globally,
there is a drive towards smart cities
with the focus on transportation,
environment and utilities, public
safety and security, and healthcare.
With an established track record
and wide-ranging solutions spanning
the entire value chain from sensors
to communications systems, data
management platforms, data analytics
and domain-specific operational
systems, The Groups Electronics
sector is well positioned to help
customers realise their ambitions
for smart and connected cities.
As the worlds largest enterprise

VSAT systems manufacturer with
a 32% market share (according to
the 13th Edition of The VSAT Report
published by UK-based market analyst
COMSYS), iDirect has the cutting edge
technology to leverage these trends.
37
Operating Review
& Outlook
We continue to pursue international and local defence

programmes with our proven platforms and solutions.
2015 Review
The Land Systems sector took steps to
expand our footprint in the global defence
market and pursued new growth areas in
our commercial business.
Automotive Defence
2015 saw us expanding our presence in the
global defence market with the launch
of the newest version of the Terrex 8x8
wheeled armoured vehicle, and participation
in key international tenders.
The Terrex 2 was unveiled amidst international
interest and anticipation. The newest addition
to our stable of proven armoured platforms is
a cutting edge 8x8 wheeled armoured vehicle,
encompassing superior mobility, innovative
survivability and network centricity that can
enhance the capabilities of global armed forces
to fight as a mobile, networked force. With the
new Terrex, we seek to address the wheeled
armoured vehicle and infantry fighting vehicle
segments two growing segments in the
international defence market.
38
The Terrex 2 is one of only two candidate

vehicles that secured the engineering and
manufacturing development contracts from
the US Marine Corps for their Amphibious
Combat Vehicle (ACV) Phase 1 Increment 1 (1.1)
programme. With the Science Applications
International Corporation of the US as the
prime contractor, ST Kinetics will deliver up
to 16 prototype vehicles for evaluation testing
by the Marines over the next few years.
We continued to pursue international defence
programmes to grow our defence export
business. Together with Elbit Systems of
Australia, ST Kinetics submitted the enhanced
Terrex 2 as one of the candidate vehicles for
the Australian Armys LAND 400 Phase 2
Mounted Combat Reconnaissance Capability
programme. The enhanced Terrex 2 will feature
higher payload and survivability to address
the requirements of the LAND 400 Phase 2
programme. With 225 combat reconnaissance
vehicles expected to be procured as part of
this programme, the Australian Department
of Defence is expected to announce the shortlist
of tenderers to participate further in the
programme in March 2016.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
contribution to
groups revenue
Revenue
22%
Land Systems
Automotive Commercial
Autonomous Vehicles
New Growth Area
During the year, we embarked into
the new growth area of robotics
and autonomous vehicle solutions.
ST Kinetics set up a new division,
Kinetics Advanced Robotics, to
spearhead the development and
commercialisation of robotics and
autonomous vehicle solutions.
ST Kinetics, jointly with ST Electronics,
collaborated with A*STARs Institute
for Infocomm Research to respond
to a Request for Information (RFI)
on self-driving vehicle technology
issued by Singapores Land Transport
Authority (LTA). The RFI sought
proposals on using self-driving vehicle
technology for land transport mobility
profit before tax
1,396m
2015
1,397m
2014
2015
2014
concepts such as point-to point

mobility-on-demand services, and
self-driving buses. LTA is evaluating
all proposals submitted for the RFI
and the conclusion of their evaluation
is expected in 2016.
Leading the autonomous vehicle
initiative by Gardens by the Bay,
ST Kinetics is overseeing the trial
of Gardens by the Bays Auto Rider
autonomous vehicle for full scale
deployment by 2016. Through an
MOU with Singapores Ministry of
Transport and Sentosa Development
Corporation, ST Kinetics was
appointed as the technology
integrator for the self-driving Shuttle
System study in Sentosa. Expected
to be completed in two years
beginning from 2016, ST Kinetics
will contribute our experience and
expertise in the development of
autonomous vehicle solutions.
65.0m
56.2m
Construction Equipment &

Specialty Vehicles
The global construction equipment
(CE) and specialty vehicles (SV)
market continued to be a challenging
one in 2015. Inventory overhang and
sustained weak conditions in some
markets continued to impact the
performance of all players. Despite
this, the Land Systems sector forged
ahead with strategies to mitigate
challenging conditions while building
capabilities for future growth in
niche segments.
The Chinese market saw continued
slow down in construction, mining and
housing demand, seriously impacting
the overall CE market in 2015.
According to Off Highway Research,
2015 saw a full year decrease of more
than 30% compared to 2014. Against
this backdrop, ST Kinetics Chinese
subsidiaries mitigated the markets
weakness by controlling costs and
adjusting production levels.
Jiangsu Huatong Kinetics (JHK)
continued to develop innovative
products to meet the expected growth
in the road and rail construction and
maintenance segments. For example,
JHKs SPSE series of Hydraulic Pavers
ST Kinetics unveiled the Terrex 2

in 2015 to address the wheeled
armoured vehicle and infantry
fighting vehicle segments.
39
Operating Review
& Outlook
were deployed in road construction

and city development projects in
Hubei, Jilin and Sichuan provinces,
capitalising on the expansion of road
networks under Chinas One Belt,
One Road development strategy.
Meanwhile, another Chinese
subsidiary, Guizhou Jonyang Kinetics
(GJK), made progress in targeting the
Emergency Response and Disaster
Recovery vehicle segments by offering
its All Terrain Vehicles and establishing
market leadership through alignment
and collaboration with Chinese
national initiatives.
In the road construction equipment
market, VT LeeBoy continued to
grow its market share and diversify
its revenue by expanding to new
international markets. It sold its
first units of Rosco RA400 Pothole
Patchers to Saudi Arabia in 2015 and
continued to secure orders from the
Middle Eastern markets for its road
construction equipment.
In Brazil, LeeBoy Brazil continued
with the localisation of VT LeeBoys
US road construction equipment
designs. LeeBoy Brazil continued to
secure orders amidst the challenging
market conditions and has adjusted
its production levels in anticipation
of a much weaker 2016.
In India, LeeBoy India saw a better
year with recovery in the Indian
market as well as expansion of its
international sales. LeeBoy India
enlarged its dealer network in India
and continued to spread its dealer
network across the African continent
and the Middle East. The year also
saw LeeBoy Indias 200th motor
grader rolling out from its production
facilities. Motor graders continue to
be LeeBoy Indias leading product,
with its motor graders increasing
market share in the Indian motor
grader market.
40
In the US, the higher demand for

refrigerated truck bodies and trailers
saw our US affiliates looking to
capitalise on the opportunity to
grow market share. VT Hackney
extended its market leadership with
new offerings and breakthroughs in
new segments. VT Hackney released
a new Performer body for the Ford
Transit chassis, expanding its offering
of specialty truck bodies for the
plumbing, heating, ventilating and air
conditioning industry. With the new
Cleaning and Restoration Hackney
Performer, VT Hackney also addressed
the cleaning and restoration industry,
with custom shelving and side door
compartments to meet operator
requirements and increase job site
efficiency.
Munitions & Weapons
We continued to build on ST Kinetics
global leadership in 40mm ammunition
solutions with new contracts and
deliveries. A significant milestone
was the securing of our first 40mm
ammunition contract with Brazil in
2015. Having sold 40mm solutions to
over 30 countries, this is a landmark
contract for us in the South American
ammunition export market.
We also clinched an overseas
contract for our 120mm Super Rapid
Advanced Mortar System (SRAMS).
This is the latest of several orders
for the advanced mortar system in
recent years.
The development of the Bullpup
Multi-Role Combat Rifle (BMCR),
first unveiled at the Singapore
Airshow in 2014, is now ready for
production. The BMCR is designed
to be lightweight with reliability and
ergonomics as core considerations
for its design.
Services, Trading & Others

Exploring new opportunities in the
power sector, Singapore Test Services
(STS), ST Kinetics testing, inspection
and certification subsidiary, signed
an MOU with the National University
of Singapore Centre for Energy
Research and Technology and the
Singapore Institute of Power and
Gas on integrating energy storage
systems with Singapores power
grid. Energy storage systems are
technologies capable of storing
electricity on a large scale. These could
be used to support the large scale
deployment of intermittent electrical
generation sources like solar energy.
The collaboration will see STS as the
primary anchor for the development
of a product technical standard for
energy storage systems in Singapore.
In Myanmar, we appointed a single
dealer for MAN trucks and buses
and successfully delivered MAN CLA
trucks and various coaches to several
customers. In Singapore, we continued
to build up our MAN trucks and bus
distribution business, with ST Kinetics
successfully securing our first order of
the reliable MAN double-decker buses
to SMRT Buses. This contract follows a
series of contracts awarded by SMRT
Buses in recent years for the MAN city
buses in Singapore.
Industry Outlook
The Land Systems sector will continue
to participate in key international
defence programmes, expand its
capabilities in products and solutions
for new growth areas and adapt
growth strategies to mitigate
the challenging conditions in its
construction equipment specialty
vehicles markets.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
VT LeeBoy successfully sold its first

units of the Rosco RA400 Pothole
Patchers to Saudi Arabia in 2015.
Defence
Reducing security threats continue
to be the focus of many nations.
Thus, there will be sustained demand
for advanced armoured platforms,
weapon systems and munitions in
the coming years as armed forces
look to replace ageing equipment
or procure new ones for new
capabilities. ST Kinetics will continue
to pursue international and local
defence programmes with our proven
platforms and solutions.
Commercial
ST Kinetics will continue to pursue
opportunities globally for its
intelligent driveline business with
our NexDrive and InfiniDrive range
of innovative transmissions. In the
area of robotics and autonomous
vehicle solutions, we will explore
new opportunities while delivering
the various autonomous vehicle
programmes we are involved in.
According to reports, investments
in public infrastructure in the US,
like the anticipated long term Federal
Highway spending programme,
will sustain road and other
infrastructure-related construction,
spurring the demand for road
construction equipment. VT LeeBoy
will continue to focus on enhancing
its product lines to meet the
infrastructure development needs
of the US states.
In 2015, VT Hackney released the new

Performer body for the Ford Transit
chassis, expanding its offering of specialty
truck bodies for the plumbing, heating,
ventilating and air conditioning industry.
In the trailers and specialty bodies

segment, VT Hackney will focus on
pursuing major tenders and growing
its market share.
For China, the slowdown in the CE
market in 2015 is expected to continue
into 2016. However, there is optimism
for longer-term growth. Oxford
Economics in their Global Construction
2025 report expects the Chinese
construction market to grow in the
medium term and represent over a
quarter of global output by 2025.
The Chinese governments One Belt,
One Road development strategy
to connect and extend road and
rail networks to Central Asia is
expected to fuel infrastructural
development in the long run
and create positive demand for
construction equipment . The setting
up of the Asian Infrastructure
Investment Bank further helps to
provide funding for Chinese CE
original equipment manufacturers
to tap on infrastructure projects
in Asia Pacific.
ST Kinetics Chinese CE subsidiaries
will continue to improve and enhance
their existing construction and road
construction equipment to meet
the demand expected from Chinas
development strategy. For example
we are already focusing on enhancing
our product lines to target Chinas
road maintenance segment which will
be a new growth area.
ST Kinetics secured the first order

from SMRT Buses for the reliable
MAN double-decker buses.
For India, infrastructure development

is a priority for the government and
market watchers expect the total
spend on Indian infrastructure to
reach US$19 billion by 2017. LeeBoy
India will continue to enhance its
product lines to target the growth in
the road construction segment.
2016 is expected to continue to be
a very challenging year for Brazil.
LeeBoy Brazil will continue to adjust
its growth strategy and focus on
gaining market share in the greater
Latin American region to mitigate the
sustained downturn in Brazil.
In Singapore, ST Kinetics will
continue to grow the MAN trucks
distribution business by capitalising
on potentially higher demand for
new trucks as fleet owners seek to
replace their ageing trucks in order
to comply with the Euro V emissions
standard. In the bus business, we will
continue to deliver MAN city buses
as part of our contracts with SMRT
Buses. In the bus segment, we will
continue to capitalise on the higher
demand for city buses with Singapore
LTAs continued rolling out of the
Government Contracting Model for
the public bus industry. In Myanmar,
we will continue to grow our market
share through targeting government
contracts for the supply of trucks
and buses, as well as continue to
drive sales for the MAN CLA trucks.
41
Operating Review
& Outlook
We believe that our strength and diversity in the

naval segment will cushion us against the sluggish
commercial segment, which is dragged by low oil
prices and declining demand for OSVs and SSVs.
2015 REVIEW
Depressed oil prices and cutbacks in
exploration and production activities by oil
majors, caused a significant reduction in the
utilisation rate of drilling rigs worldwide. This
resulted in an oversupply of offshore and
subsea support vessels as many of them had
to be laid up. The shipbuilding segment of
the oil and gas industry entered a period of
adjustment as ship owners scaled back on their
newbuilding orders while waiting for market
conditions to improve.
To mitigate these headwinds, we focused on
ensuring our current shipbuilding projects
stayed on track in terms of costs, quality and
schedule. In shiprepair, we continued to deliver
excellent services with fast turnaround times,
and at the same time expanded our reach with
a wider agency network that now includes
Norway, Korea and Vietnam. In the US, we
continued to build on our good track record in
the second full year of shiprepair operations.
We participated in major exhibitions and
conferences including the International
Maritime and Defence Exhibition (Singapore),
42
Pacific 2015 (Sydney, Australia), Norshipping

(Oslo, Norway), MarineLog-Ferries (Boston,
US), International Workboat Show (New
Orleans, US) and Offshore Patrol Vessels
(Toulon, France). In addition to driving brand
visibility, these shows presented valuable
opportunities to showcase new as well as
proven products, designs and solutions to
potential customers.
Shipbuilding
We celebrated milestones for shipbuilding
programmes with customers like the Royal
Navy of Oman (RNO), the Republic of Singapore
Navy (RSN), Hornbeck Offshore Services,
Inc (Hornbeck), Bouchard Transportation Co.
Inc. (Bouchard), Pasha Hawaii, and Crowley
Maritime Corporation (Crowley).
In Singapore, the Al-Ofouq programme
remained on track, with delivery of the
fourth vessel by 3Q2016. The second vessel
(RNOV Shinas) has completed her live firing
trials in Oman since her departure in October
2015, while Interim Acceptance of the third
(RNOV Sadh) and naming of the fourth (RNOV
Khassab) took place in January 2016. Littoral
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
contribution to
groups revenue
Revenue
profit before tax
15%
Marine
Mission Vessel (LMV) Independence,

the first of eight LMVs for the RSN,
was launched in July 2015. These
vessels are expected to be delivered
progressively from 2016 onwards.
In the US, VT Halter Marine
successfully completed the delivery
of ten 97.2m Super 320 Offshore
Support Vessels (OSVs) to Hornbeck.
The four vessels delivered in 2015
were HOS Caledonia, HOS Crestview,
HOS Carousel and HOS Cedar Ridge.
The first of two Articulated Tug
Barges (ATBs), MV Kim M. Bouchard
and B.No.270, were delivered to
Bouchard, with sister unit MV Donna
J. Bouchard and B.No.272 expected
to be delivered in 2016. We also
delivered the second Container
Roll-on/Roll-off (ConRo) vessel,
MV Marjorie C, to Pasha Hawaii.
958m
2015
1,341m
2014
2015
2014
The MV Marjorie C is the second

US Flag, Jones Act-qualified vessel
built for Honolulu-based Pasha
Hawaii, and will join sister ship
MV Jean Anne in providing additional
services to Hawaii via the Hawaii/
Mainland trade lane.
VT Halter Marine was contracted
to build two liquefied natural gas
(LNG) powered ConRos for Crowley.
El Coqui and Taino, had their keels
laid in January and August 2015
respectively. Both are expected to
be delivered in 2H2017.
In the naval segment, VT Halter Marine
completed delivery of A. GAD, the
last of four Fast Missile Craft to the
US Navy for the Egyptian Armament
Department. VT Halter Marine is now
pursuing opportunities to market the
88.3m
122.8m
Ambassador design vessels to the

US Navy via the Foreign Military Sales
(FMS) or Foreign Military Funding
(FMF) programmes as well as directly
to commercial customers.
On new business, we see several
tender opportunities. We are tendering
for a Hydrographic and Oceanographic
Vessel, and several OSVs which our
repeat customers have called for. We
will be participating in the Australias
SEA 1180 Programme which is the
design, build and long term support
of offshore patrol vessels. ST Marine
will be offering our proven classes of
patrol vessels, incorporating a mission
bay where modular mission modules
can embark, and a stern launch and
recovery system for more efficient
operations of boats at sea.
VT Halter Marine delivered the first

of two ATBs, Kim M. Bouchard and
B.No.270 to Bouchard.
43
Operating Review
& Outlook
Shiprepair
Shiprepair in Singapore saw a
decline in activity during the year
due to the absence of major repairs
and conversions in the market. The
sector was also hit by the reduction
in maintenance expenses of the OSV
segment as more ships were laid up.
Projects delivered include the repair
of livestock carriers Ocean Drover,
Ocean Swagman, Bison Express and
Al Shuwaikh; fisheries vessels Demiku
and NOAA Oregon II; chemical tankers
Stolt Sun, Songa Eagle, Tasco 1 and
CPO Malaysia; seismic vessel BGP
Explorer and Duke; trailing suction
hopper dredger Cornelis Zanen; cargo
vessel Fair Player; research vessel
Fugro Stout; and multi-purpose
offshore vessel Lewek Atria, UOS
Navigator and Seven Eagle.
In a declining market where owners
are cutting maintenance costs,
we will deepen our focus on quality
service and faster turnaround times.
We will further strengthen our
relationship with repeat customers,
who currently contribute about 80%
of our shiprepair work, and ensure
that our offerings remain relevant
to their needs.
For the naval segment, we were
engaged in various upgrading, logistics
management and maintenance
programmes for the RSN, marine
police and foreign navies. These
included upgrading of the existing
Landing Ships Tank, extension in
scope of logistics management and
maintenance contracts to cover shore
units and new ships. Our focus on
operations and support services,
including engine servicing for overseas
navies, contribute to our reputation
as a Total Naval Solutions provider.
This, along with our established track
record in the naval segment, gives us a
competitive advantage, especially with
customers whose platforms we built.
44
In the US, VT Halter Marine saw

strong demand for its services as
it completed its second full year of
shiprepair operations. During the
year, it delivered the conversion of
a pipe-layer vessel to EMAS and
the conversion of the tug Honor for
Express Marine. The latter involved
installing a 3.66m (12 ft) mid-body,
repowering the tug as well as the
overhaul and replacement of all major
equipment. Other works completed
include repeat contracts from the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA), Crowley, and
Hornbeck. It also saw new customers
for both dock-side and dry-dock
repairs, such as Kirby and Signet
Maritime. Enquiries continued to
remain strong, and VT Halter Marine
is in negotiations with many existing
and new customers.
significant milestone in STSEs water

treatment projects.
Engineering
INDUSTRY OUTLOOK
The Roll-on/Roll-off Passenger

(Ropax) Vessel, MV Nova Star
completed her second season in the
ferry service between Yarmouth,
Nova Scotia, and Portland, Maine.
This service restored an international
link between the Canadian and
American ports after cessation of the
CAT ferry in 2009. The charter of the
Vessel was terminated in November
2015 when the charterer of Nova
Star did not win the concession
to operate the service from 2016
onwards. We have re-possessed the
vessel and are working with brokers,
potential charterers and buyers to
find a meaningful employment for
her in 2016.
Shipbuilding
In the environmental engineering

segment, STSE Engineering Services
Pte Ltd (STSE) won a contract by
Singapores Public Utilities Board
for the design, build, testing and
commissioning of a 5m gallon per
day extension to the existing Kranji
NEWater Plant. This marked a
STSE also won an extension

contract from the Brunei Economic
Development Board for the operation
and maintenance of the countrys
Integrated Waste Management
System (IWMS). Built and operated
under a design, build, operate and
transfer contract since 2010, the
IWMS comprises a sanitary landfill
at Sungai Paku and a transfer station
at Sungai Akar. The extension affirms
our proven track record in the solid
waste segment.
In China, STSE delivered a Pneumatic
Waste Collection System for the
collection of recyclables, nonrecyclables and food waste in the
Eco Business Park in Tianjin Eco-City.
The drop in oil prices has dampened

demand for our products and services
in the oil and gas segment, and we
do not foresee any improvement in
commercial shipbuilding until 2017/18.
However, we believe that OSVs and
Subsea Support Vessel (SSVs) will
continue to be the backbone of the
offshore industry. In anticipation of
the eventual rebound, our engineers
are developing new OSV designs
to meet future needs. Our track
record puts us in a good position to
benefit from a recovery in the OSV
and SSV segment.
In the US, rigs are likely to continue
to be pulled out from the Gulf of
Mexico (GOM) at the current pace.
Hence, we do not foresee the
utilisation rates of OSVs improving
there. However, as the US economy
continues to recover, there is
potential demand for ATBs,
Inspection/Maintenance/Repair
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Launch of LMV Independence at

ST Marines Benoi Yard on 3 July 2015.
(IMR) vessels and multi-purpose

tankers, new designs in fishing
trawlers, dredgers and product
tankers. Another positive factor is
that the Jones Act continues to give
US shipyards like VT Halter Marine an
advantage in shipbuilding and related
works. Meanwhile, the FMS and FMF
programmes provide opportunities
for naval projects. VT Halter Marine is
also pursuing direct commercial sales
to foreign navies with whom we have
a good track record.
Shiprepair
The offshore oil and gas industry
has been challenging since late 2014
following the slump in oil prices. A
stronger US dollar also impacted
OSV owners in Southeast Asia. In the
shipping sector, the decline in Chinas
trade, coupled with an oversupply
of container ships, sharply reduced
freight rates and in turn the repair
budgets of vessel owners. On the
other hand, crude oil and product
tanker earnings grew as low oil prices
accelerated crude oil throughput and
increased demand for transportation
of feedstock and refined oil products.
We are working closely with our
repeat and new customers during this
time, anticipating to grow with them
when the offshore market rebounds.
Our excellent track record in repairing
chemical and product carriers makes
ST Marine an attractive option for
customers. Moving forward, dredging
activities are expected to increase in
East Asia due to projects such as land
The Interim Acceptance of RNOV Shinas

and the Naming of RNOV Sadh took
place on 10 September 2015.
reclamation and port development.

We will continue to invest in dredger
repairing capabilities in order to
attract new customers and maintain
partnerships with current ones.
In the US, VT Halter Marine will focus
on attracting more repair businesses
from repeat customers. To mitigate
increasing competition, it will seek
customers on the East Coast as well
as customers operating in the GOM.
VT Halter Marine will also pursue
additional certifications for its repair
facility in order to qualify for repair
work from the US Navy.
Engineering
In environmental engineering, our
core markets in Singapore, Southeast
Asia, China and the Middle East will
continue to enjoy steady growth
as governments invest in tackling
environmental pollution and waste
treatment. Solid waste treatment
and disposal represents a rapidly
growing business segment in
Southeast Asia as local governments
move away from open dump sites
to sanitary landfills. We will use our
experience in designing and operating
the Brunei IWMS to cater to this
growing demand.
45
Financial
Review
RESILIENCE AMIDST A CHALLENGING

ENVIRONMENT
the Group continued to deliver positive

Economic Value Added (EVA) of $366.2m.
The Group registered comparable year-on-year

Revenue, Profit Before Tax (PBT) and Net Profit
of $6.34b, $630.3m and $529.0m respectively
for FY2015.
The Board is proposing to pay shareholders

a final dividend of 10 cents per share. Together
with the interim dividend of 5 cents per share
paid in September 2015, a total of 15 cents
dividends per share would have been paid
for FY2015.
In 2015, the Group invested $293m of capital

expenditure in new capabilities and capacity
to tap the growth opportunities across the four
sectors. We ended the year with an order book
of $11.7b, which provides good visibility of the
Groups future revenue stream and will further
add to our resilience.
FINANCIAL POSITION
As at 31 December 2015, the Groups total
assets of $8,169m was $150m or 2% lower
than that of 31 December 2014. The lower
total assets were mainly due to lower cash
and advances from customers, partially offset
by increases in property, plant and equipment,
inventory & work-in-progress, and intangible
assets.
The Group continued to generate good

operating cash flow, ending the year with cash
and cash equivalents balance (including funds
under management) of $1.4b. In addition,
Total assets deployment ($M)
Bank Balances and

Other Liquid Funds
& Funds under
Management
2015
1,709
1,370
1,943
1,694
Trade Receivables,
Deposits &
Prepayment
1,453
Inventories &
Work-in-Progress
Intangibles &
Other Assets
2014
1,578
1,311
1,802
1,916
Property, Plant
& Equipment
1,712
Total Assets by Geography

2%
4%
19%
2%
5%
Asia excluding China
18%
China
USA
8%
46
2015
67
8%
2014
67
Europe
Others
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
During the year, the Group continued to invest
for growth with capital expenditure of $293m
(2014: $240m). About 91% or $267m of the
total capital expenditure was for investments
in new capacity and capability. Additional
capital expenditure included purchase of

rotable components to support the growth
in MBHTM programmes, engines to support
the portfolio of engine leasing business, and
aircraft to support the new aircraft leasing
business.
Capital Expenditure by sector

6%
1%
8%
4%
Aerospace
16%
27%
13%
2015
Land Systems
Marine
2014
72%
Electronics
Others
35
18%
Capital Expenditure by Geography

1%
13%
1%
1%
Asia
21%
Europe
USA
2015
Others
2014
85%
78%
capital employed ($M)

Borrowings
2015
242
2,362
1,367
2014
280
2,384
1,374
Equity
Others*
* Others include adjustments

for foreign currency
translation, present value
of leases, etc.
Average capital employed in 2015 was $3,971m compared to $4,038m in 2014.

47
Financial
Review
TREASURY MANAGEMENT
ST Engineering operates internationally and is
exposed to financial risks, comprising currency,
interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. The
Group recognises that prudent management
of financial risks is important and has in place
a set of treasury policies and guidelines to
mitigate these risks. Treasury activities are
managed through the Group Treasury Division.
Banking Facilities
Banking facilities ($B)

2015 Available
936
1,540
Trade
Finance
5,648
7,515
Interest
Rates
Swaps
& Cross
Currency
Swaps
2015 Utilised
466
701
596
Loans
2,232
To support the Groups business operations

2014 Available
globally, banking facilities have been secured
in regions where the Group has its footprints.
The Group has approximately $15.6b (2014:
956
1,342
5,236
$14.7m) of banking facilities as at year end.
These facilities include trade financing line
2014 Utilised
for performance bonds, bankers guarantees,
and letters of credit, foreign exchange facilities,
Cross-Currency Swap (CCS) and Interest
342
787
Rate Swap (IRS) facilities and loan facilities.
477
1,964
Of the $15.6b of banking facilities, the Group
has utilitised $4.0b (2014: $3.6b), $11.6b
(2014: $11.1b) or 74% remain available for use.
Foreign Exchange
The Group has receivables and payables
denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign
currency exposure arises from fluctuation of
exchange rate against the Singapore dollar,
which is the Groups reporting currency. The
Group actively manages its currency exposure
through netting across our business units,
and the net exposure is hedged through plain
vanilla foreign exchange forward contracts.
The top three currencies which the Group is
exposed to are USD, EUR and GBP. During the
year, the Group engaged in approximately
$1.0b equivalent of foreign exchange
transactions. As at year end, $0.7b (2014:
$1.0b) remained as outstanding foreign
exchange transactions.
7,202
banking facilities by nationality of banks

6%
Asia
19%
USA
Europe
2015
53%
2014
52%
22%
8%
20%
20%
48
Foreign
Exchange
Others
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Liquidity
The Group takes an integrated approach to
cash management across its business units
through a sweep arrangement. Cash from
business units with surplus funds is lent to
those units which have funding requirements.
Further unutilised cash of the Group is
pooled and placed out as fixed deposits with
Financial Institutions of high credit rating
as well as managed through a portfolio of
investment bonds by a fund manager. As
at 31 December 2015, ST Engineerings cash
and cash equivalents including funds under
management was at $1.4b, compared to
$1.7b as at 31 December 2014. The decrease,
compared with 2014, was due to the utilisation
of cash for share buyback and the acquisition
of property, plant and equipment to support
growth.
During the year, effort to enhance yield was
made to tighten liquid funds left as working
capital. Funds under management increased
from $0.2b as at 31 December 2014 to
$0.5b as at 31 December 2015. Funds under
management which primarily invested in fixed
income instruments, earned higher yields
ranging from 1.50% to 4.95% per annum as
compared with interest income from fixed
deposits which earned an average yield of
0.95% in 2015 (2014: 0.87%).
instruments and/or enter into interest rate

swaps, where appropriate. The Group actively
manages its interest rate risk exposure through
close tracking of developments in the financial
market. In view of the rate hike by the US
Federal Reserve, the Group refinanced U$100m
term loan with the bank ahead of maturity
in 2016. The Group also unwind U$100m of
IRS in 2015 to convert floating rate to fixed
rate borrowings. 80% of the Groups total
borrowings were on fixed interest rate as
at end 2015, as compared with 63% as at
end 2014.
Borrowing profile by Currency ($M)
65
RMB
2014
713
246
60
Borrowing profile by maturity ($m)

< 1 Year
2015
175
As at 31 December 2015, the Group has

borrowings amounting to $1.2b (2014: $1.0b)
comprising $0.7b (2014: $0.6b) from bonds
and $0.5b (2014: $0.4b) short & long term
loans from banks, lease obligations and other
loans. Borrowings are predominately in USD
(89%), RMB (6%) and SGD (5%) to support the
Groups operations in USA and China.
2014
The Group seeks to minimise its interest

rate risk exposure through tapping different
sources of funds to refinance the debt
SGD
1,065 63
Borrowings
78% of the Groups total borrowings mature

in 4-5 years time as at end 2015, compared
to 68% as at end 2014.
USD
2015
75
2 to 3 Years
75
238
927 16
690
4 to 5 Years
> 5 Years
16
Borrowing by fixed and floating rate

Fixed
2015
Floating
80%
20%
2014
63%
37%
49
Financial
Review
INTEREST COVER RATIO

The Groups interest cover reduced from
16.7 times in 2014 to 15.4 times in 2015. The
lower interest cover was attributable to lower
profits and an increased in interest expense by
$1.9m due to the impact of stronger US dollar
on the USD bond coupon payments and also
higher interest rate as a result of converting
more floating rate borrowings to fixed rate
borrowings.
2015
2014
2013
Gross Debt/Equity Ratio
0.5
0.4
0.6
Operating Cash Flow ($M)
465
624
930
Free Cash Flow ($M)
(12)
467
672
Net Cash ($M)
252
686
856
Interest cover ratio
Gross debt/equity ratio increased from

0.4 times in 2014 to 0.5 times in 2015 with
additional borrowings for investments,
including the new aircraft leasing business.
15.4x
PBT before
Associates /
Joint Ventures
and Interest
Expense
16.8x
16.7x
Interest
Expense
Interest
Cover
Operating Activities
Compared to FY2014, net cash from operating
activities of $465 million in FY2015 was
lower by $159 million. This was mainly due to
unfavourable working capital movements from
inventories and work-in-progress, progress
billings in excess of work-in-progress, partially
offset by favourable working capital movement
from trade receivables.
Investing Activities
The Groups net cash used in investing activities
of $477 million in FY2015 was higher than that
of FY2014 by $320 million. The higher cash
outflow was due to increased purchases of
property, plant and equipment (by $49 million),
including aircraft for leasing, and investments
in bonds, net (by $259 million).
Financing Activities
611.7m
39.8m
2015
631.4m
37.9m
2014
742.8m
44.2m
2013
Cash Flows ($M)

Financing Activities
2015
2014
( 519 )
$
($925m)
The Groups net cash used in financing activities

of $519 million for FY2015 was lower than that
of FY2014 by $406 million, mainly attributable
to increase in bank loans in FY2015 (by $103
million) vis--vis net repayment of bank loans
in FY2014 (by $391 million), partially offset by
utilisation of cash for the purchase of treasury
shares (by $83 million).
Investing Activities
( 477 )
$
($157m)
Operating Activities
465m
624m
(1,200)
50
1,200
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
TAX
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
The Group continues to benefit from the

Governments Productivity and Innovation
Credit (PIC) scheme and enjoyed tax
deductions/allowances for the investments
in innovation and productivity improvements,
building on our strengths to bring engineering
and technology together to create solutions
that will give our customers an edge in what
they do. Our operations in the US have also
tapped on government incentives and have
successfully obtained more tax credits for
research and development expenditures.
With positive cash flow generated from

operating activities, the Group ended the
year with $1.4b of cash and cash equivalents
including funds under management.
Management will continue to recommend
return of excess cash generated from its
operations to the shareholders. ST Engineering
paid an interim ordinary dividend of 5 cents
per share to shareholders in September 2015
and would recommend to shareholders at
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting a
final dividend of 10 cents per share. The total
Dividend Per Share (DPS) for FY2015 will
amount to 15 cents. Based on the average
share price of $3.21, the DPS of 15 cents
translates to a dividend yield of 4.68%.
In compliance with the updated transfer

pricing (TP) guidelines released by the Inland
Revenue Authority of Singapore, requiring
taxpayers to prepare contemporaneous TP
documentation, the Group has reviewed
existing TP documentation and put in place
a TP policy framework.
The Groups effective tax rate for 2015 is 16%
(2014:17%).
ST Engineering share price ended the year at

$3.01, a drop of 11.5% compared to a year ago.
Over the same period, the STI Index declined
by 14%. With dividend yield at 4.68%, the total
return to ST Engineering shareholders was
negative 6.8%.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Groups significant accounting policies are
presented in Notes to the Financial Statements,
Note 3 (pages 135 to 158). The Group has
applied the same accounting policies and
methods of computation in the preparation
of the financial statements for the current
reporting period compared with the audited
financial statements as at 31 December
2014 except for the adoption of all the new
and revised Singapore Financial Reporting
Standards, that are mandatory for financial
years beginning on or after 1 January 2015 as
indicated on page 157 to 158.
Total Shareholder return

Capital Gain
(6.8%)
(10.0%)
(11.5%)
4.7%
Dividend Yield
2015
(14.1%)
4.1%
2014
3.7%
3.9%
2013
7.6%
42.0%
2012
(16.2%)
(21.3%)
5.2%
47.2%
5.1%
2011
0
51
Financial
Review
ECONOMIC VALUE ADDED (EVA)

The Group generated yet another year of positive EVA. Groups FY2015 EVA attributable to ordinary shareholders of
$366.2m was 6% or $21.7m higher than that achieved in FY2014. The increased EVA was mainly attributable to higher
Net Operating Profit After Tax (NOPAT) and a lower capital charging arising from a decrease in the Weighted Average
Cost of Capital (WACC) to 5.5% in 2015 from 5.6% in 2014.
EVA STATEMENT
Net profit before tax
2015
$M
2014
$M
572.0
593.5
Adjust for:

Share of results of associates and jointly controlled entities, net of tax
58.3
57.2
Interest expense
49.4
46.3
Others
(13.7)
(18.5)
Adjusted profit before interest and tax
666.0
678.5
Cash operating taxes (Note 1)
(88.1)
(113.0)
NOPAT - (a)
577.9
565.5
3,971.0
4,038.1
5.5
5.6
Capital charge - (b)
(218.4)
(226.1)
EVA - [(a) - (b)]
359.5
339.4
6.7
5.1
366.2
344.5
Average capital employed (Note 2)

Weighted average cost of capital (Note 3) (%)
Non-controlling share of EVA

EVA attributable to ordinary shareholders
Unusual items (UI) losses (Note 4)
EVA attributable to ordinary shareholders (exclude UI)
Note 1:
The reported current tax is adjusted for the statutory tax impact of interest expense.
Note 2:
Monthly average equity plus interest bearing liabilities, timing provision and present value of operating leases.
2.6
14.6
368.8
359.1
Major Capital Components

$M
Borrowings
1,367.1
Equity
2,362.0
Others
241.9
3,971.0
52
Note 3:

The Weighted Average Cost of Capital is calculated in accordance to ST Engineering Group EVA Policy as follows:
i) Cost of Equity using Capital Asset Pricing Model with market risk premium at 5.0% (2014 @ 5.0%);
ii) Risk-free rate of 2.15% (2014 @ 2.48%) based on yield-to-maturity of Singapore Government 10 years Bonds;
iii) Ungeared beta at 0.73 (2014 @ 0.74) based on ST Engineering risk categorisation; and
iv) Cost of Debt at 3.49% (2014 @ 3.07%) using actual cost of debt of the borrowings in US, Europe, China and Singapore.
Note 4:
UI refer to divestment of investment properties, subsidiaries and associates, long term investments and disposal of major property, plant and equipment.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Value Added
The Groups total value added for FY2015 of $2,702m was comparable to that of FY2014.
Value Added STATEMENT
2015
$M
2014
$M
Value added from:

Revenue earned
6,335.0
6,539.4
Bought in materials and services
(3,792.5)
(4,022.0)
2,542.5
2,517.4
55.4
40.2
Other income
Finance income
56.2
43.5
Finance costs (exclude interest expenses)
(10.1)
(7.3)
Share of results of associates and joint ventures, net of tax
58.3
57.2
2,702.3
2,651.0
1,807.7
1,739.2
118.4
136.5
39.7
37.9
Total value added

Distribution of total value added
To employees in wages, salaries and benefits
To government in taxes and levies
To providers of capital on:

Interest paid on borrowings
Dividends to shareholders
497.6
498.8
2,463.4
2,412.4
187.3
170.5
36.3
48.2
Balance retained in business

Depreciation and amortisation
Retained profits
Non-controlling interests
Non-production costs
Total distribution
2.6
5.0
226.2
223.7
12.7
14.9
2,702.3
2,651.0
53
Financial
Review
5-year key financial data
Income statement ($M)

Revenue
Profit
EBITDA
2014
$M
2013
$M
2012
$M
2011
$M
6,335
6,539
6,633
6,380
5,991
697.6
725.5
815.2
795.0
742.7
EBIT
PBT
Net Profit
510.3
630.3
529.0
555.0
650.7
532.0
673.2
729.7
580.8
658.0
715.4
576.2
607.7
655.2
527.5
Balance Sheet ($M)

Property, plant and equipment, and investment property
Intangible and other assets
Inventories and work-in-progress
Trade receivables, deposits and prepayment
Bank balances and other liquid funds and funds under management
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
1,709
1,370
1,943
1,694
1,453
3,720
2,188
1,578
1,311
1,802
1,916
1,712
3,716
2,339
1,520
1,290
1,808
1,860
2,229
4,094
2,353
1,213
1,049
1,922
1,777
2,070
3,890
2,128
1,358
1,027
1,594
1,659
1,769
3,479
2,052
Share capital
Treasury shares
Capital and other reserves
Retained earnings
896
(67)
48
1,255
129
889
(6)
24
1,225
132
853
71
1,192
144
782
(20)
1,133
118
723
10
1,033
110
Financial Indicators
Earnings per share (cents)
Net assets value per share (cents)
Return on sales (%)
Return on equity (%)
Return on total assets (%)
Return on capital employed (%)
17.05
68.74
8.4
24.8
6.5
14.6
17.06
68.38
8.2
24.9
6.5
14.0
18.73
68.14
8.9
27.4
6.8
15.4
18.76
61.51
9.2
30.4
7.3
17.4
17.28
57.79
9.0
29.9
7.3
19.8
Dividend
Gross dividend per share (cents)
Dividend yield (%)
Dividend cover
15.00
4.68
1.13
15.00
4.08
1.14
15.00
3.86
1.25
16.80
5.16
1.11
15.50
5.07
1.11
22,388
282,965
23,630
1,813.7
0.29
22,671
288,449
23,464
1,745.8
0.27
22,837
290,456
25,434
1,789.7
0.27
22,560
282,795
25,540
1,760.2
0.28
22,193
269,944
23,771
1,633.2
0.27
366.2
9.1
16,357
344.5
8.4
15,197
413.8
10.2
18,118
437.9
12.1
19,411
405.0
12.0
18,250
2,702.3
120,704
1.49
0.78
0.43
2,651.0
116,935
1.52
0.83
0.41
2,731.7
119,616
1.53
0.91
0.41
2,710.5
120,149
1.54
1.06
0.42
2,494.5
112,398
1.53
0.90
0.42
Productivity Data
Average staff strength (numbers)
Revenue per employee ($)
Net profit per employee ($)
Employment costs ($m)
Employment costs per $ of revenue ($)
Economic Value Added ($m)
Economic Value Added spread (%)
Economic Value Added per employee ($)
Value added ($m)
Value added per employee ($)
Value added per $ of employment costs ($)
Value added per $ of gross property, plant and equipment ($)
Value added per $ of revenue ($)
54
2015
$M
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Aerospace
Electronics
Land Systems
Marine
Others
profit before tax by sector ($M)
Revenue by sector ($M)
6,335m
630.3m
2015
2015
6,539m
650.7m
2014
2014
6,633m
729.7m
2013
2013
6,380m
715.4m
2012
2012
5,991m
655.2m
2011
2011
Net profit by sector ($M)
10 Year order book ($B)
529.0m
14
2015
12
532.0m
2014
Global Financial Crisis

$
11.7b
10.6b
10
580.8m
2013
6
576.2
2012
527.5m
2011
0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
55
Investor
Relations
ST Engineering is committed to high standards
of transparency and timely disclosures to
the investing community. We aim to provide
comprehensive information through various
platforms to enable stakeholders to make
informed decisions.
Our investor relations team engages investors
and analysts regularly to communicate the
Groups results, strategies and outlook. These
meetings, conducted as one-on-one meetings,
teleconferences, sell-side conferences,
non-deal roadshows or luncheons, allow
for candid discussion of the Groups various
opportunities and challenges. In 2015, the
team held about 200 investor meetings.
Quarterly financial results briefings are
webcast live and are accessible by the public
and viewers can pose questions realtime.
Analysts and the media are invited to these
briefings, which are led by the President
and CEO of the Group and supported by
the CFO and senior management. All SGX
announcements, marketing press releases
and results briefing presentation materials
are archived on our corporate website.
Through these varied channels, we offer
platforms for long term and open dialogues
with our various stakeholders, so that they
gain a better understanding of our businesses,
while we better understand our investors
concerns.
2015 investor relations event Highlights
Q1
Q2
56
Post-results investor lunch
18th Annual General Meeting

1Q2015 results briefing for media
and analysts with live webcast
DB Access Asia Conference
Singapore
Non-Deal Roadshow to USA
and Canada
Q3
Q4
Facility visits for analysts, such as this visit

to ST Electronics, allow them to gain a
better understanding of the business.
FY2014 results briefing for media


Post-results investor lunch
Analysts visit to ST Electronics
DBS Corporate Day Kuala Lumpur

Morgan Stanley Asia-Pacific Summit
Singapore
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Shareholding
18%
Singapore
Asia (ex Singapore)
12%
Europe
2015
5%
North America
64%
Others
(including unidentified
holdings and holdings
below analysis threshold)
1%
As at end of 2015, shareholders

from Singapore held about 64%
of our shares, followed by North
America at 12% and Europe at 5%.
Temasek Holdings remained our
single largest shareholder, with
about 50% of the shareholdings.
(For list of major shareholders,
please refer to page 274.)
(Based on Share Register Analysis as at 31 December 2015)
ST Engineering Share Price vs Straits TImes Index (STI)

4.00
4,000
ST Engineering
Share Price
3.50
3,500
STI
3.00
3,000
2.50
2,500
2.00
2,000
1.50
1,500
1.00
1,000
0.50
500
ST Engineerings market capitalisation

was $9.3b as at 31 December 2015.
The average share price for the year
was $3.28 and average daily trading
volume was about 3m shares.
0
Jan
Feb
Mar Apr
May Jun
Jul
Aug Sep Oct
Nov Dec
2015
Source: Bloomberg
Dividend
10.00
5.00
2015
Ordinary
Special
8.00
7.00
2014
7.00
8.00
2013
7.00
9.80
2012
7.00
2011
15.00
8.50
15.00
15.00
16.80
15.50
For FY2015, the Board has proposed

a final dividend of 10 cents per share,
consisting of ordinary dividend of
5 cents per share and special dividend
of 5 cents per share. Together with
the interim dividend of 5 cents
per share paid to shareholders in
September 2015, the total dividend
for the full year will amount to
15 cents per share, same as FY2014.
This translates to a dividend yield of
4.68% (computed using the average
closing share price of the last trading
day of 2015 and 2014.)
57
Awards
BUSINESS
EXCELLENCE
Internal Audit Excellence
Award 2015 Hall of Fame
at the 16th Investors
Choice Awards
by Securities Investors
Association (Singapore)
ST Engineering
Business Excellence
Gold Jacket
by the SQA Governing
Council and the SQA
Management Committee
ST Engineerings
Harnek Singh for
significant contributions
to the BE initiative
Defence
Total Defence Award 2015
NS Advocate Award for
Small and Medium-sized
Enterprises
by MINDEF
ST Electronics
(Info-Security)
STELCOMMS
WORKPLACE
SAFETY AND HEALTH
LTA Annual Safety Award
Convention (ASAC)
by Land Transport Authority
Most Improved
Contractor Award
ST Electronics
Accident Free Million
Man-hours Award
(Category 3)
ST Electronics
Certificate of Merit
(E&M Category)
ST Electronics
Certificate of Excellence
(E&M Category)
ST Electronics
Safety and Health Award

Recognition for Projects
(SHARP)
by Ministry of Manpower
and Workplace Safety
& Health Council (WSH
Council) for six projects
ST Electronics
Singapore HEALTH Award
Platinum
by Health Promotion Board
ST Aerospace
ST Marine
ST Aerospace Engines
ST Aerospace Systems
Singapore HEALTH Award
Silver
by Health Promotion Board
ST Aerospace Supplies
ST Electronics (Satcom &
Sensors Systems)
Workplace Safety and
Health (WSH) Innovation
Award 2015
by WSH Council (supported
by the Ministry of Manpower)
ST Aerospace Services
WSH Innovation Awards
(Manufacturing) - Silver
by Singapore Manufacturers
Federation
ST Aerospace Engineering
BizSAFE Partner
by WSH Council
ST Marine
Jerome Lee, representing the Air+ Smart Mask development team, giving
his acceptance speech at the Presidents Design Award. The Air+ Smart
Mask and Micro Ventilator was one of the winners of Design of the Year
2015 at the Presidents Design Award Singapore.
58
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
PRODUCT
QUALITY
ATEM Best Component

MRO Award
by Aircraft Technology
Engineering and
Maintenance
ST Aerospace
Aviation Week Top 10
Airframe MRO Provider
2014
ST Aerospace
People
Top 50 Products of
China Construction
Machinery Award
by Chinese trade magazine,
Construction Equipment
& Maintenance
Jiangsu Huatong
Kinetics SPL60 Paver
Best Aftersales Importer
2014 from MAN Trucks
& Bus
ST Kinetics
Top 100 Guizhou Enterprise
Award
by Guizhou Government
Guizhou Jonyang Kinetics
New Product Innovation

Award
by China Assembly
Innovation Bureau
Guizhou Jonyang Kinetics
Xiamen Egrets Friendship

Award
by Xiamen Bureau
Commerce
STATCOs Angie Ng
Allison Transmission
Performance Rewards
Programme Gold Level
Location Award
SDDA
Service Outsourcing
Enterprise Award
Key Talents
by Xiamen Bureau
Commerce
STATCO
Design of the Year 2015

at the Presidents Design
Award Singapore
Air+ Smart Mask and
Micro Ventilator
investor
relations
Community
Community Chest SHARE

Platinum Award
by Community Chest
ST Aerospace
ST Electronics
ST Kinetics
Advanced Material
Engineering
ST Aerospace Engineering
ST Aerospace Engines
ST Aerospace Services
ST Aerospace Supplies
ST Aerospace Systems
ST Electronics
(Info-Software Systems)

Gold Award
by Community Chest
ST Marine
ST Electronics
(Info-Comm Systems)
ST Electronics (Training
& Simulation Systems)
ST Electronics
(Info-Security)
SDDA
Singapore Test Services

Silver Award
by Community Chest
ST Electronics (eServices)
ST Electronics (Satcom &
Sensors Systems)
20-Year Outstanding
SHARE Award
by Community Chest
ST Kinetics
Gold Award at Singapore

Corporate Awards 2015
Best Annual Report
(companies with
$1 billion and above in
market capitalisation)
ST Engineering
59
Corporate
Information
Board of Directors
Company Secretaries
Principal Bankers
Mr Kwa Chong Seng

(Chairman)
Mrs Chua Su Li
Bank of America, N.A.

50 Collyer Quay
#14-01 OUE Bayfront
Singapore 049321
Mr Tan Pheng Hock

(President & CEO)
Mr Koh Beng Seng
Major-General Perry Lim Cheng Yeow
Mr Ng Chee Khern
Mr Quek Tong Boon
Mr Venkatachalam Krishnakumar
Registered Office
ST Engineering Hub
1 Ang Mo Kio Electronics Park Road
#07-01
Singapore 567710
Tel: (65) 67221818
Fax: (65) 67202293
www.stengg.com
Mr Davinder Singh s/o Amar Singh
Share Registrar
Dr Stanley Lai Tze Chang
M & C Services Private Limited

112 Robinson Road
#05-01
Singapore 068902
Mr Khoo Boon Hui

Mr Quek See Tiat
Ms Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
Auditors
Dr Beh Swan Gin
KPMG LLP
16 Raffles Quay #22-00
Hong Leong Building
Singapore 048581
Ms Ang Fung Fung
(Partner-in-charge)
(Date of Appointment: 24/04/2013)
Mr Lim Sim Seng

Mr Lim Ah Doo
Colonel Alan Goh Kim Hua
(Alternate Director to
Major-General Perry Lim Cheng Yeow)
Mr Vincent Chong Sy Feng
(Alternate Director to Mr Tan Pheng Hock)
60
Ms Ng Kwee Lian (Karen)
Citibank N.A.
8 Marina View
#21-01 Asia Square Tower 1
Singapore 018960
DBS Bank Ltd
12 Marina Boulevard
Level 45, MBFC Tower 3
Singapore 018982
Oversea-Chinese Banking
Corporation Limited
65 Chulia Street
#10-00 OCBC Centre
Singapore 049513
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Risk
Governance
62
Enterprise Risk
Management System
63
Measuring
Performance
64
Material
Long-Term Risks
65
Sustainability
Governance
71
This section is a summary of our

sustainability efforts, and should be
read in conjunction with information
published in the Sustainability section
of our website at www.stengg.com.
In this section, we focus on our
sustainability targets, initiatives
undertaken and performance in 2015.
We report our management approach
and data in accordance with the
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
G4 guidelines online.
This year we have included
information on the sustainability
efforts relating to our operations
in the US.
Unless otherwise stated, data and
activities relate to our Singapore
operations only.
Assessing
Materiality
72
Sustainability
Performance
74
risk and
sustainability
61
Risk
Governance
The governance of risk by the Board is performed

by the Risk Review Committee whose responsibility
is one of oversight. The responsibility for the
ongoing management and monitoring of risks rests
with the management team of ST Engineering.
th
line of
defence
rd
line of
defence
nd
Group Internal Audit provides independent

assurance on the effectiveness and
adequacy of the system of risk management
and internal control
line of
defence
Corporate Functions develop framework

and policy and ensure compliance.
Senior Management reviews and monitors
performance and risk
Business Units implement strategies and

policies, manage and report performance
and risk
st
line of
defence
62
Risk Review Committee (working closely with

the Audit Committee) provides oversight of
the risk and system of risk management
Board
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Enterprise Risk
Management System
Not only do the Board and Management have

a shared understanding of the risk philosophy
and overall appetite for risk as they establish
the strategies and objectives, our business
managers must also be aware of the Groups
risk appetite and policies so as to know how
much risk they should take on and how these
risks should be managed and mitigated in order
to preserve and create value.
The ST Engineering Enterprise Risk

Management Framework was established
in 2005 to provide discipline for the Group
to identify, assess, control and monitor
key business risks. It sets out a consistent
definition of risk and risk tolerance limits to
ensure that business units have a common
understanding when identifying and assessing
risks. This allows us to focus on those risk
issues that may materially affect the Groups
long-term objectives and sustainability. The
framework makes risk management a part of
ST Engineerings culture and integrates risk
management into our philosophy, practices
and business plans.
Further details on the Groups risk governance,

including responsibilities of the Board, Audit
Committee and Risk Review Committee, can
be found on pages 103 to 107.
enterprise risk management system

ERM
InFrastructure
ERM
Process
Vision / Goals
Bu s
ERM
reports
i n e s s A n a l ys i s
Risk and incident registers
R
r ti
Common Lanaguage
Business
Goals,
Objectives &
Strategies
Policies & Manual
te
g ie
r it
ra
St
i sa
tio
k
Ris
Tolerances & Limit

Technology & Tools
i cation
ntif
Ri s k R
e po
Ide
Role & Responsibility
Financial and risk reports
isk
ng
Oversight Structure
Ri s k A s s e
nt
s s me
ri o
&P
establishing a strong erm culture
Building ERM Capabilities
Change
Management
Continuous
Improvement
Communication
Information
Sharing
Awareness /
Training
63
Measuring
Performance
We measure a range of operational,

financial and non-financial Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs) to help manage our longterm performance and achieve our business
strategies and plans. To encourage our
executives to adopt strategies that are
aligned with the long-term interests of the
Group, we tie the variable components of
compensation and performance appraisals
to these KPIs. These KPIs are also linked to
the material risks of the Group. By linking
risks to compensation, we hope to foster
risk-related decisions when our business
managers pursue economic returns.
Financial
Performance
Total operating expenditures
Net cash flows from
operations
Customer Focus
Order book and new orders
Customer satisfaction
operational
excellence
Participation and completion
in value innovation projects
The KPIs are important

in assessing the Groups
performance in the
following areas:
Improvements in production,
quality and procurement
processes
Safety and Quality

Accident Frequency Rate
Accident Severity Rate
people excellence
Leader competencies
Employee satisfaction
technology edge
and new capabilities
New capabilities, products
or competencies
Unique inventions filed
or granted
64
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Material
Long-Term Risks
The Group has identified the following longterm material risks. These risks have been
reviewed and discussed with the Risk Review
Committee and endorsed by the Board.
Measures have been put in place to manage

these risks, and these are discussed in greater
detail in the next section.
Ethics and
Governance risk
Human Capital Risk
Regulatory Compliance
Occupational Health
and Safety
Fraud and Bribery
Talent Retention and

Succession Planning
Cyber Risk
Growth and
Competition risk
Product and Technology
Obsolescence
Merger and Acquisition
Operations risk
Financial risk
Business and Supply Chain

Disruption
Credit Risk
Foreign Exchange Risk
Contract Compliance and

Project Management
Product Liability and Safety
1. GROWTH AND COMPETITION RISK
Economic Value Added Steering Committee

that identifies critical initiatives to focus
on and determines the monitoring and
reviewing processes.
1.1 Product and Technology Obsolescence

Innovation is fundamental to maintaining

our competitive edge; it serves as a critical
lever to create products and services
that enable our customers to operate
in a sustainable and resource-efficient
manner. In a similar vein, productivity is
strategic for ST Engineering; by ensuring
our resources are used in a more efficient
manner, we improve our value proposition
to our customers.
ST Engineerings Technology, Intellectual
Property and Innovation Committee,
chaired by our Group Chief Technology
Officer, ensures a consistent stream of
ideas and innovative products and solutions
in the pipeline. Furthermore, each of
our business sectors has a Productivity/
1.2 Merger and Acquisition

One of the avenues through which we

seek to grow the Groups businesses is
the acquisition of business entities,
operating assets, intellectual property
or entry into joint ventures. M&A risks
include, inter alia, underestimating
the scale, scope and work required for
integration, inability to meet the projected
financial performance, failure to realise
synergies, loss of key personnel and the
inability to integrate different cultures. A
robust framework is in place encompassing
the full spectrum of an M&A transaction,
from screening and due diligence,
to approvals and integration.
65
Material
Long-Term Risks
M&A activities, ranging

from the screening and
identification of investment
targets to conducting due
diligence and completion of an
investment, are championed
by the business unit and
supported by a dedicated M&A
team, internal Finance and
Tax, Legal, Human Resource
and Information Technology
teams, and augmented by
external professional advisers
for specialised services. The
investment proposals are
guided by a set of internal
investment criteria, evaluated
by senior management and,
depending on the size of the
investment, cleared by various
internal approving authorities.
Where required, shareholders
approval is sought, in line with
the SGX listing rules.
Due diligence is carried out on
each investment encompassing
different areas. Risks identified
by each work stream during
the due diligence process
are highlighted and risk
containment proposals are
put forward to the approving
authorities for review
and comments.
To mitigate the risks involved
in any acquisition, a crossfunctional integration team
is formed to integrate the
acquired assets or acquired
entitys key processes, work
flow, reporting structure,
policies, etc., with those of
our organisation, with a focus
on mitigating key risks and
extracting synergies. A major
part of our integration effort
goes towards communication
with key stakeholders, i.e.
employees, customers and
suppliers, with a focus on
business continuity.
66
Post acquisition, the integration

progress is reported to the
investment committee at
regular intervals to track actual
financial and non-financial
performance against original
targets. The risks relating to the
new business or acquired entity
are reviewed and discussed at
the respective sectors Risk
and Audit Committees and
the Risk Review Committee
of ST Engineering.
management framework (see 2.2

below) helps to mitigate the risk of
fraud, and is deployed Group-wide.

Our Aerospace sector also

implements sector-wide quality
and safety management systems
for compliance with aviation laws
and regulations.
Exports of ordnance products,

which constitute a portion of
ST Engineerings sales, are
typically subject to export
control regulations. Changes in
these regulations could impact
the Groups sales, while noncompliance could result in financial
penalties, suspension of projects
or even restrictions on future
export business. We continue to
place great emphasis on this area
and have instituted formal systems
and designated personnel to
ensure export control regulations
are complied with.
There were no significant fines

or incidents of non compliance
in 2015.
2. ETHICS AND GOVERNANCE RISK

2.1 Regulatory Compliance

ST Engineering, with operations in

several parts of the world, is subject
to applicable laws and regulations
of various jurisdictions. Failure
to comply with these laws and
regulations may result in criminal
liabilities such as fines and penalties,
and/or suspension or debarment
from government contracts.
The Group has in place a regulatory

compliance framework that
proactively identifies applicable
laws and regulatory obligations,
and embeds compliance into the
day-to-day business processes.
Annually, a report is prepared
showing performance in this area.
It sets out information such as
training conducted, audits and
audit findings, violations, fines
and penalties, if any. This report is
shared at the Sector Risk and Audit
Committee and the Risk Review
Committee meetings, where
lessons learnt from major violations
of laws are distilled and shared.
Examples of those laws and

regulations which the Group
deems to be material include
anti-corruption laws, aviation laws
and regulations, export controls
and safety and environmental
regulations. Our fraud risk
2.2 Fraud and Bribery

ST Engineering has zero tolerance

for fraud and corrupt practices.
We have a framework for
combating fraud and corruption
(see diagram on page 67).
Senior management sets the tone

and promotes an anti-fraud culture
throughout the Group, through a
set of Core Values.
Our Values
Our strategy is underpinned

by our values: Integrity, Value
Creation, Courage, Commitment
and Compassion. Our values shape
our motivations as we approach
increasingly complex needs in
our business environment.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Stakeholder expectations of
business, government and society
are diverse and changing, even
as the world becomes more
interconnected through modern
communications technologies.
A successful business needs to
consider these varying expectations
to execute its strategies smoothly.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
To maintain an ethical environment

that encourages and promotes
professional and ethical conduct
of the management and staff
members, a Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics has been
promulgated.
We believe that for a policy to be

effective, it should be understood.
The Code is therefore written in
clear and simple language.
Our Code applies and is
communicated to all employees
of ST Engineering and subsidiary
companies in which we have
management control. All

employees are briefed on the
Code at least once every two
years. Contractors, consultants
and agents are required to act
consistently with the Code when
acting on our behalf.

The Code reflects our expectations

of responsible behaviour towards
our material sustainability issues.
It sets out the guiding principles and
desired behaviour with which our
people are expected to operate, and
embraces the business practices
and standards of behaviour that
support our commitment to honest
and ethical business conduct. Many
standards set out in the Code have
also been embedded in various
policies and procedures.
Violations of the Code, as well as
violation of laws or regulations,
or any other wrongdoings may
be reported through the whistleblowing channel. The whistleblowing channel is published in
the employee intranet portal.
Employees can report to the

channel on an anonymous basis.
Subject to applicable laws, the
identity of the employees who
raise any such reports is kept in
strict confidence and they are
protected from any disciplinary
or retaliatory action arising by
reason of their having made these
reports. All fraud and suspected
fraud cases received through
the whistle-blowing channel are
notified to the Audit Committee
Chairman. The Audit Committee
has the powers to inquire into the
concerns raised.

Communications and Training
Training on the Code is compulsory

for all employees and is conducted
at least once every two years.
Training on the core anti-fraud and

anti-corruption policies is carried
out annually by way of briefings and
structured online learning courses
for all relevant employees. The Code
is included as one of the important
Framework for combating fraud and corruption
1.
Prevent
Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics
Gift and Entertainment Policy
Conflict of Interest Policy
Employment Screening
Vendor Due Diligence
Agent Due Diligence
3.
Communications and Training

Fraud and Corruption Risk Assessment
Respond
Inquire
Investigate
Report
Mitigate
Recover
2.
Detect
Whistle Blowing Channel
Audit and Substantive Testing
Data Analytics
67
Material
Long-Term Risks
anti-fraud training against the

annual training plan;
Anti-corruption training ACROSS GLOBAL OPERATIONS
Number of Employees
Singapore
2014
2015
1,885
5,198
US
182
Europe
34
China
37
Total
1,885
5,451
Substantiated fraud and

corruption related incidents.
Lessons learnt and actions
taken to strengthen the related
controls are shared, including
updates, if any, to the policies
and procedures;
Offset contracts.

ST Engineering conducted
Fraud Risk Assessments across
Singapore operations between
2013 and 2014. The Fraud Risk
Assessments were also rolled out
to our Chinese entities in 2015
with plans to extend them to our
US entities from 2016.
The following were reported in 2015:
There were two new cases brought

against former employees of
ST Marine for alleged corruption
in Singapore. More information on
these cases is available in the Press
Release section of our website.
Briefing of anti-corruption policies and procedures,

done in phases:
Number of employees
Percentage of employees
documents for the orientation of

all new Directors to the Board.
Contracts with independent
service providers (ISP) including
agents, consultants and advisers,
must include anti-corruption
undertakings and representations
as well as acknowledging the
ISP Anti-Corruption Policy.

68
In 2015, we rolled out more

training courses to Singapore
and overseas employees. Some
5,400 employees in the Group
completed the anti-corruption
training course during the year.
Fraud and Corruption

Risk Assessment
Fraud and corruption risk

assessment is carried out at
the business unit level and at
the market level. The significant
corruption risks identified were:
2013
2014
2015
1,424
3,043
11,891
10%
21%
79%
Corruption by intermediaries;
Corruption by employees;
Gifts and entertainment to
government officials construed
as kickbacks or bribes.

The aim of these risk assessments

is to generate awareness among
the employees of such risks, and
to ensure that there are adequate
controls in place to prevent as well
as to detect such occurrences.
At its quarterly meetings, the

Risk Review Committee reviews
the following:
Progress and results of the
Fraud Risk Assessments (an
assessment of risks related
specifically to corruption and
fraud) against the annual
work plan;
Progress of training on the
Code and other anti-corruption/
2.3 Cyber Risk

ST Engineering is a major defence

and government contractor
providing cyber security related
products and services. We hold
significant information assets
such as proprietary technology,
processes and patents. Any
breach of cyber security defences
could potentially result in the
theft of such assets leading to a
substantial loss of reputation for
the organisation. It might also
undermine the competitiveness of
the organisation and expose us to
potential litigation. Breach of cyber
security defences can also result in
wilful destruction and damage of
information assets, and to critical
information infrastructure. If we
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
are unable to recover such assets

or infrastructure, it can impede our
ability to undertake the normal
course of our day-to-day business.

ST Engineering implements and

enforces strict IT controls to reduce
our risk. These controls are codified
into our IT Policies and form our
IT Governance framework
regulating how IT infrastructure
and assets are accessed, used
and maintained.
On top of the governance
framework, we have multiple
layers of cyber security defence
infrastructure to detect, prevent
and alert us of possible cyber
attacks, whether these ultimately
result in a breach or not.
We also operate a Security

Operations Centre that performs
pro-active monitoring of
cybersecurity threats in real-time
to ensure total visibility of threat
levels across the organisation
at any point in time.
We conduct regular cyber security

awareness exercises to improve
the situational awareness of
our employees and reduce the
likelihood that they become the
weak link in our defence against
cyber attacks.
ST Engineering IT conducts
regular reviews of its IT controls,
policies governance framework
and infrastructure to ensure that
they continue to be relevant to
the evolving cyber security threat
landscape. We work with Internal
and External auditors to regularly
conduct end-to-end audits to
ensure compliance with controls,
policies and governance framework
as well as identify weaknesses in
systems or procedures.
Business Continuity Plans are

in place to ensure that complete
recovery of information systems
and assets is possible in the
event of damage or loss. Each
business unit is also required to
conduct annual exercises to
ensure that the plans are and
continue to be relevant and serve
their intended purposes.
3. HUMAN CAPITAL RISK

3.1 Talent Retention and
Succession Planning

Investment in our people is the

key to our continued success
and strategic advantage locally
and globally. The recruitment
and retention of qualified and
experienced personnel is critical
to achieving the Groups strategic
objectives. We continue to work
with local authorities in markets
where we operate, and leverage
training, retention schemes,
scholarships as well as alternative
sources for hire to sustain
growth. Talent management
programmes also help to create
a pool of potential successors
for key positions.
Our human capital management

and development programmes
are driven by our People Excellence
and Learning Organisation
committee.
We report and analyse key

performance indicators monthly
at the business sector level. Such
indicators include turnover and
training utilisation rates. Our
business sectors also have talent
management and development
programmes that are adapted to
their specific industry needs.
3.2 Occupational Health and Safety

ST Engineering is committed
to Safety Before Profit. We
recognise that good health and
safety improve work effectiveness,
employee morale and our
reputation; we are also aware
of the negative impacts resulting
from lost time, higher costs
and delays.
Our Environment, Health and

Safety (EHS) Committee is
assisted by three sub-committees
(Occupational Health, Workplace
Safety, and System Safety),
and meets every quarter to review
the Groups overall performance
in health and safety and the
progress of each sub-committee.
To provide a safe working

environment, ST Engineering
has integrated safety measures
into key business activities with
detailed occupational health
and safety (OHS) policies. The
Group also seeks continuous
improvement through proactive
hazard and risk identification and
constant monitoring of safety
targets. We have also initiated
various programmes and activities
to raise OHS awareness and
inculcate a safety culture in all
employees. These include regular
safety briefings and training,
health talks and recreational
activities. Our business sectors
also encourage individuals and
teams to develop innovative
solutions to health and safety
challenges by giving awards and
recognising specific business
sectors at the group, industry
and national levels.
69
Material
Long-Term Risks
4. FINANCIAL RISK
4.1 Credit

This is the risk of non-payment

by the Groups customers and
other counterparties with whom
the Group deals.
Our Receivable and Doubtful
Debt Policy governs how credit risk
in the Group should be managed.
It comprises a framework of credit
reviews, limit setting, monitoring
of exposures against the limits and
the management and approval of
credit limit excess.
5. OPERATIONS RISK
Accounts receivable in excess

of 180 days are closely monitored
and followed up on. Limits for
exposures to a single customer
or group of customers are
also established, and these
are monitored against actual
exposures.
70
The Groups foreign exchange

exposures arise both from
subsidiaries operating in foreign
countries, generating revenue
and incurring cost denominated
in foreign currencies, and from
operations of local subsidiaries
which are transacted in foreign
currencies. Our foreign exchange
exposures are primarily from
USD and Euro.
The Groups Foreign Exchange
Management policy guides us in
identifying and managing foreign
exchange exposures. Our foreign
currency exposures are managed
centrally by the Group Treasury
department. The policy requires
open foreign currency exposures
to be hedged so as to reduce the
level of volatility in the Groups
earnings.
Sector Risk and Audit Committees

and the Risk Review Committee.
5.2 Contract Compliance and
Project Management

The main business activity of

ST Engineering relates to
management and execution
of projects for defence and
commercial customers. Risks
relating to projects are therefore
inherent in the business. These may
include issues relating to project
costs and schedules, as well as
contractual and quality matters.
The Group has a project review

and quality assurance system in
place to mitigate such risks.
All contracts of material value

require review by legal counsel,
and significant deviations from
pre-approved standard contract
terms and conditions are to be
highlighted and presented to
higher levels of management
for review and approval.
5.1 Business and Supply Chain

Disruption
4.2 Foreign Exchange

Reports of all hedged and

unhedged exposures are
prepared for regular reviews with
the Audit Committee. Hedging
strategies are also reviewed
periodically with the Board.
Disruptive events that halt

production can have business
consequences if not appropriately
managed. Such events include
extreme weather events, industrial
accidents or labour strikes.
ST Engineering recognises that
quick recovery and resumption
of business operations after a
disruption are critical to minimise
the impact and maintain public
confidence. An inability to fulfil
critical business obligations may
result in significant financial
losses or even cause contagion
or systemic impact with broader
disruptions to the entire business.
Besides insurance coverage which
recovers certain quantifiable
losses, to protect against erosion
of reputation and loss of public
confidence the Group has in place
a business continuity programme
that covers all significant operations
and facilities as well as operations
and facilities of key vendors or
service providers that provide
us with critical services. To date,
all significant business entities
in Singapore have achieved BCM
certification in accordance with
ISO 22301.
Annually, periodic tests on the
business continuity plans are
carried out. The results, together
with audit findings and areas
for improvement in the BCM
framework, are reviewed and
discussed with the respective
5.3 Product Liability and Safety

Customers expect products and

services to fulfil their intended
functions satisfactorily, and not
pose a risk to health and safety.
The Group recognises that the
risks posed by unsafe or unreliable
products or services not only
affect us financially, they also
adversely affect the Groups
reputation. We have implemented
system safety, starting from
safety at the design stage, carrying
through to safety in use, and all
the way to disposal. The Group
actively promotes awareness and
a culture of system safety within
the organisation and among our
key suppliers. In addition, we
have a comprehensive insurance
programme for product and
service liability.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Sustainability
Governance
ST Engineering believes that creating

sustainable value for our stakeholders is
essential to the Companys long term success
and that appropriate sustainability measures
are not just necessary in todays world but
often bring about improvements in efficiency,
giving us a competitive edge and benefiting
the bottom line.
Our business processes reflect long-term and
multi-stakeholder considerations, balancing
customers needs for today with longer-term
developments.
We are equally committed to conduct our
business in a responsible manner. As a
responsible military technology manufacturer,
we do not design, produce and sell antipersonnel mines and cluster munitions and
any related key components.
In identifying business risks and opportunities
that are material to the Groups long-term
sustainability, we also define the various
material sustainability issues. Accordingly,
the Groups corporate governance system
and enterprise risk management system
underpin how we manage sustainability.
The overall responsibility for sustainability
lies with the President & CEO, who chairs
the Business Excellence Council, assisted

by several committees.
Stakeholder engagement
Stakeholder engagement is another important
element of governance as it ensures the Group
is well positioned to achieve positive outcomes
for all our stakeholders. ST Engineerings key
stakeholder groups include our customers,
employees, shareholders, regulators and
suppliers. We conduct surveys both internally
and externally to gather feedback and
determine what issues are most important
to our stakeholders.
We carry out annual customer surveys
to seek feedback from the customers to
determine their satisfaction levels and
develop action plans to address their areas of
concern. Customers rate the quality, delivery,
responsiveness, service levels and value for
money of our products and services. In 2015,
the Group achieved above 95% customer
satisfaction1.
1
The total number of survey questions which scored

more than or equal to 6 points, out of a perfect score of
10, is divided by the total number of questions responded
by the customers to derive the satisfaction rate.
Senior management
addressing questions
from employees at the
Business Excellence
Seminar
71
Assessing
Materiality
In assessing materiality the Group looks at both

the financial and non-financial impact which
we are prepared to absorb to meet corporate
objectives. In the materiality assessment,
we also take into account the significance of
such impact on the various key internal and

external stakeholders comprising: shareholders
and investors; customers; regulators and
governments; employees and other workers;
and suppliers. See the table below.
impact consideration
Stakeholder
financial
Quality,
health &
safety
compliance
Shareholders & Investors

Customers
Regulators & Governments
Employees & Other Workers
Suppliers
In 2013, the Group conducted a materiality

assessment of aspects in the Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI) G4 guidelines led by the Risk
Management department. Responsibilities for
management and reporting were assigned for
each material aspect. The material aspects
were mapped onto the key business risks of
the Group to ensure completeness and a clear
understanding of areas of risks each material
aspect posed.
In 2015, the key business risks and material
aspects were reviewed and revised where
relevant.
72
The inherent risks identified and discussed

on pages 65 to 70 determine the level of
influence each key stakeholder group has on
the material aspects.
The Group is satisfied that the ERM framework
is sufficiently robust in capturing financial and
non-financial impact arising from sustainability
issues. Notwithstanding, ST Engineering
recognises that there is room for improvement
in strengthening our capacity and practices in
the sustainability journey.
reputation
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Influence and assessment impact of material aspects
Customer Health
& Safety
High
Employment
Labour Practices &
Grievances Mechanism
Training &
Education
Anti-Corruption
Occupational
Health & Safety
Compliance
(Products & Services)
Energy &
Greenhouse Gas
Emissions
Labour
Management
Relations
Medium
Non-Discrimination
Procurement
Practices
Supplier
Assessment
Local
Communities
Environmental
Products
& Services
Low
Stakeholder influence
Freedom of
Association
& Collective
Bargaining
Economic
Performance
Low
Medium
High
Economic, environmental & social Impact
73
Sustainability
Performance
Targets and Priorities

2014
Performance
What we said we
would do in 2015
What we did
in 2015
What we will do
in 2016
PROPELLING SUSTAINABLE GROWTH

Sustainability
Governance
Commenced alignment
of environmental
management approach
of US operations
Start to include
US operations in
sustainability report
progressively from 2015
Reported qualitatively
on US sustainability
efforts
To report targets and

performance of the US
sustainability efforts
Innovation
Met target spending

on R&D
Meet target spending

on R&D
Met target spending

on R&D
Review the existing

R&D model with the
aim of renewing and
refreshing our approach
where necessary
People
Excellence
Reviewed annual Team

Excellence Competition
assessment criteria
Review questions
for Employee Opinion
Survey 2015
Organised
Team Excellence
Convention 2014
based on enhanced
assessment criteria
Organise Team
Excellence
Convention 2015
Conducted the
Employee Opinion
Survey 2015 with
updated questions
Implement action
plans to address issues
raised in the Employee
Opinion Survey 2015
Organised Team
Excellence
Convention 2015
Organise the
Team Excellence
Convention 2016
Organise Business
Excellence
Seminar 2015
Organised Business
Excellence
Seminar 2015
EXECUTING OPERATIONS RESPONSIBLY

Environment
Implemented energy
management system
in line with ISO 50001
Participated in the
Carbon Disclosure
Project (CDP) report
for first time
Tracked water
consumption
No significant fines
or sanctions for
non-compliance with
environmental laws
and regulations
74
Continue journey to
reduce GHG intensity
by 16% on a business
as usual basis for
Singapore operations
by 2025 with 2010
as the base year
Implemented various
initiatives to reduce
GHG emission
Achieve ISO 50001

certification for all
Measure water
efficiency for Singapore
operations
All significant
business entities in
Singapore developed
and submitted their
respective Water
Efficiency Management
Plans to local regulators
or sanctions for
non-compliance with
environmental laws
and regulations
or sanctions for
non-compliance with
environmental laws
and regulations
All Singapore
operations achieved
ISO 50001 certification
Installation of
Solar PV system
Validation of GHG via
ISO 14064 Certification
Implement
ISO 14001:2015
Benchmark Pollution
Control and Waste
Management practices
Continue journey to
reduce GHG intensity
by 16% on a business
as usual basis for
by 2025 with 2010 as
the base year
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Health
& Safety
2014
Performance
What we said we
would do in 2015
What we did
in 2015
What we will do
in 2016
Improved noise
conservation
programme for
employees identified
to be at risk for
Early Noise Induced
Deafness (E-NID)
Strengthen safety
culture and improve
health and safety
performance through
continuous review of
programmes
Reviewed and improved

upon crane safety
procedures, as well as
those relating to from
heights, and preventing
slips, trips and falls.
Review existing
practices against Total
WSH Guidelines and
identify areas for
improvement
or sanctions for noncompliance with safety
laws and regulations
Reviewed and updated

practices relating to
Ergonomics, back injury,
and the prevention
of musculoskeletal
disorders.
Achieved accident
frequency rate (AFR)
and accident severity
rate (ASR) below
national benchmarks
To strive towards zero

injury while aiming for
AFR and ASR below
national benchmarks
Organise campaigns
and activities to
promote health and
safety
Benchmark best
practices through
cross audits
Improve on both the
AFR and ASR
AFR and ASR were

below national
benchmarks
Sustainable
Procurement
Engaged a consultant
to help develop a
Group-wide sustainable
procurement strategy
Develop ST Engineering
Sustainable
Procurement Policy
and Code of Conduct
for Suppliers
Established the
statement of
commitment
to sustainable
procurement, and
reported on
the subject
Develop a work plan to

implement sustainable
procurement
Adopted London
Benchmarking Group
(LBG) guidelines
Improve reporting
based on LBG
guidelines
Extended strategic
community
development
partnership that
leverages
ST Engineerings
unique expertise
Continue community
initiatives, including
strategic and long-term
partnerships
Continued reporting
based on LBG
guidelines, but
with more focus on
community benefits
and their impacts
Develop other
strategic areas that
would leverage
ST Engineerings
unique expertise
SUPPORTING COMMUNITIES
Community
Focused community
efforts to benefit the
persons with disabilities
75
Sustainability
Performance
FY2015 Initiatives & Performance
INNOVATION & PRODUCTIVITY
ST Engineerings strong capabilities in
engineering allow us to translate our
research into industry applications,
generating new products and services.
Our efforts to nurture an innovative
spirit continue. In 2015, the Technology,
Intellectual Property and Innovation
Committee organised the ThinkerSparks
and InnoChamps Competitions as well
as the Intellectual Property Workshop.
The latter is organised every other year
to promote innovation and awareness of
intellectual property in ST Engineering.
About 1,000 employees including senior
and middle management and technical
employees from various business areas
and units attended the workshop. The
theme of the workshop was Enhancing
Business Competitiveness.
We met our target spending in R&D.
Additionally, more than 75% of
employees were involved in contributing
towards productivity initiatives during
the year. Below are some examples.
Technology to improve everyday lives
ST Engineering-NTU Corporate Lab
With the rising trend in robotics and
autonomous systems, the vision for
ST Engineering is to develop the next

generation of robotics and autonomous
systems that can be applied to various
areas such as airport gateways, logistics,
healthcare, urban development,
transportation, environmental
conservation, defence and homeland
security. These will be solutions that
improve and impact everyday life.
During the year, the Group started
a joint laboratory with Nanyang
Technological University of Singapore
(NTU) to spearhead research and
development in advanced robotics and
autonomous systems that will improve
airport operations and disaster rescue
efforts. The two main research areas of
the ST Engineering-NTU Corporate Lab
will be in airport precision and airside
technology and in enhancing intelligence
support for crisis management.
The purpose of this Corporate Lab
is to tap NTUs nascent technologies,
develop proprietary intellectual
property rights and translate these
technologies to higher Technology
Readiness Level 6 through joint
research. The business sectors will
actively participate in research projects
that are aligned to their core businesses,
with Aerospace sector focusing on

Unmanned Aerial Vehicle technologies,
Land Systems sector on Unmanned
Ground Vehicle technologies, Advanced
Engineering Centre on Multi-robot
Collaborative and Scene Understanding
technologies, and Electronics sector
on Unmanned Surface Vehicles,
Autonomous Underwater Vehicles
and C2 technologies. The outcome
of any successfully applied research
will be channelled to the respective
sectors for application in their projects
and solutions.
Power on the go JerryE
Inspired by the jerry can,
ST Engineering designed and
developed the JerryE, a high capacity
portable energy storage system
based on lithium battery technology.
Its metal-nylon construction is tough
and durable, designed to withstand
high impact. The JerryE comes with
an IP67 rating, making it suitable for
all-weather operation. Its 2000 Watthour capacity can be rapidly charged
in 30 minutes. While in operation, the
JerryE is silent and fume-free, making
it a safe and tactical alternative to
diesel generators. It can be configured
as a portable off-grid energy system
for sustained electrical loads to power
critical systems (medical equipment,
refrigeration equipment), command
posts (computers, servers, projectors)
and communications and sensor grids
(nodes, networks, satellite uplinks).
Collaborative teaming of UGV and UAV as

part of Crisis Response Intelligence Support
Programme (CRISP) initiative led by
ST Engineering-NTU Corporate Laboratory.
76
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
The AIR+ Smart Mask
The Air+ Smart Mask is designed with a

unique vent valve and attachable micro
ventilator to improve breathing comfort,
and fits a wider range of face sizes.
The AIR+ Smart Mask is an

example of how the Group
invented the next generation of
respirators through the application
of innovation and engineering
expertise. The AIR+ Smart Mask,
comprising a new protective mask
(the Smart Mask) and the worlds
first attachable micro ventilator
(the AIR+), better protects
mask wearers against airborne
contaminants while creating an
enhanced level of comfort during
use. Certified to meet both the
EN 149:2001+A1:2009 (European)
and the N95 NIOSH-approved
(American) standards, the AIR+
Smart Mask was the result of more
than a years R&D and trial testing
by ST Engineering Advanced
Engineering Centre and Innosparks
(a subsidiary of the Group).
The AIR+ Smart Mask features three new innovations three sizes in
small, medium and large designed to fit the typical Asian face profile; a
built-in valve to improve the ease and speed in which exhaled air vents
from the mask; and an attachable, lightweight and rechargeable micro
ventilator that eliminates the unpleasant build-up of heat, moisture and
carbon dioxide inside a conventional mask after prolonged use. The micro
ventilator (the AIR+) when used with the Smart Mask, is able to reduce
relative humidity inside the mask by up to 40% and reduce temperature
by up to 4C.
The AIR+ Smart Mask provides better seal protection for all ages including
children and the elderly, and is recommended for frontline workers
who have to wear masks for prolonged periods in exposed areas in the
healthcare, construction, and mining industries.
AIR+ Smart Mask was named Design of the Year in 2015 Presidents
Design Award Singapore
AIR+ Smart Mask is truly an innovation brought to life

through advanced engineering ingenuity and intuitive
industrial design. The task was simple: to challenge the
status quo by engineering a protective mask that delivers
protection without compromising comfort. Users can
choose from three mask sizes, as well as two types of
detachable ventilators to suit individual requirements.
~ Jury Citation, Presidents Design Award Singapore 2015
It is easy to transport, store and set up,

requires little to no training to
use, and eliminates the labour and
training required to maintain a diesel
generator fleet.
MD500 the new Infinidrive
transmission engine
Amphibious assault vehicles require
flexibility in terms of switching between
land and sea modes as well as a blended
operation of both. Besides having to
overcome weight and space constraints,
there is also a need to preserve high
operational reliability. Kinetics Drive
Solutions (KDS), a company in the Land
System sector, was able to innovate
and adapt its existing Infinidrive
transmission engine HMX3000 to
come up with a new marine drive
transmission engine, the MD500. This
highly advanced solution provides an
efficient and high power dense package
which results in a more powerful
vehicle with improved mobility, without
compromising the unique amphibious
operational needs of amphibious
vehicles in the marketplace.
Lightweight Aircraft Seat
saving energy and costs
ST Aerospace has embarked on the
development of economy class seats
for commercial aircraft that are more
comfortable and elegant but lighter.
Lightweight seats help airlines save on
fuel costs, while comfort and elegance
help provide a competitive edge in the
airlines marketing. The seat is designed
to be of modular construction, allowing
for cost-effective customisation and
differentiation.
About one-third of the weight of a seat
comes from its frame, which provides
support and rigidity. Through intelligent
load path design, coupled with finite
element modelling simulations and
measured results from various actual
tests, ST Aerospace has achieved the
most optimum frame design. Making up
the other two-thirds of the weight are
modules that comprise seat back,
77
Sustainability
Performance
seat pan, upholstery, covers and

supports. ST Aerospace incorporates
advanced plastics, specially rated
suspension systems, advanced foams
and a patent-pending design that
interfaces seat back and seat pan to
achieve ergonomic lumbar support.
Together with the uniquely shaped
headrest providing improved neck
support, and modern amenities like
in-seat power supply and personal
electronic device holder packed within,
this new range of seats offers digitalage travellers with superb overall
comfort while minimising seat weight.
Littoral Mission Vessel (LMV)
ST Marine launched its first
Littoral Mission Vessel (LMV), LMV
Independence, built for the Republic
of Singapore Navy on 3 July 2015.
Incorporating innovative operating
concepts and design, complemented
by a high level of automation, the LMVs
can operate with a leaner crew size.
They are versatile and can be quickly
configured with mission modules to
meet specific operational needs.
Smarter, faster and with sharper
capabilities, the LMV comes with many
innovative features. These include
having an integrated and centralised
operations centre comprising the
Bridge, Combat Information Centre and

Machinery Control Room that boosts
effectiveness and efficiency,
especially for maritime security
operations. The ship is capable of speeds
in excess of 27 knots, and can support
a medium-lift helicopter and rigid hull
inflatable boats allowing for rapid
response to maritime security incidents.
It also comes with greater endurance
and the ability to stay at sea for longer
periods of time. Equipped with lethal
and non-lethal options to deliver
calibrated responses, the LMV can deter
and defend against a wide range of
threats. Advanced radars and sensors
and a 360-degree bridge provide an allround visual awareness of surroundings
in congested waters.
Improving manufacturing
turnaround time
In investment casting, the
manufacturing turnaround time could
be as long as 16 weeks. ST Aerospace
has successfully implemented 3D
printing of wax patterns, a prerequisite
process for making the shell mould
and thus cutting manufacturing
turnaround time by 50%. In addition,
ST Aerospace invented a new VAC LOC
system which innovatively enables a
3D printer to print beyond its print
build size. VAC LOC is an enabler for
hybrid manufacturing where 3D printing

technology is integrated with the
conventional manufacturing method.
This innovative process gives
ST Aerospace competitive gains through
factory space optimisation, improved
material utilisation and improved
turnaround time for manufacturing the
wax pattern.
ST Aerospace also invented a waterbath post processing for the removal
of support material in 3D printouts.
This new process is eco-friendly as it
replaces chemicals with water. The
project has been well received by many
major aerospace companies, and it has
enabled ST Aerospace to penetrate
into a new market of supplying high
value casting.
Automated testing to enhance
productivity
Project M is a turnkey manufacturing
project which required the production
team to deliver three types of Radio
Frequency (RF) modules in various
quantities to the customer. The time
required to set up the tester was
substantial due to the large volume of
modules and because only 50% to 60%
of the test processes were automated.
The production team acquired new test
equipment, re-designed the set-up of
the RF modules and Highly Accelerated
Stress & Screening testers, and modified
the test programme to improve the
capability of the testers to function
automatically. These initiatives enabled
testing to be performed with minimal
intervention from the engineers.
The improvements resulted in a 20%
manpower reduction in the project.
Production throughput also increased,
allowing the organisation to take on
bigger production contracts.
ST Marine launches Littoral
Mission Vessel built for the
Republic of Singapore Navy.
78
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
PEOPLE EXCELLENCE
During the year, our People Excellence
and Learning Organisation (PELO)
committee successfully organised
the Business Excellence Seminar
which was attended by 945
employees in Singapore from the
junior management level and up. The
theme for the year was Embracing
Challenges to Achieve Excellence.
At the seminar, awards for Ideas
and Innovation, Team Excellence
and Environment, Occupational and
Workplace Safety were presented and
the winners recognised. Our President
& CEO, Deputy CEOs and the Chairmen
of the respective Business Excellence
Committees engaged the participants
in the lively Conversation with Our
Leaders segment.
In celebration of Singapores 50th
birthday in 2015, we took the
opportunity to thank our pioneers
who have played a key role in bringing
the Group to where it is today. A

total of 162 pioneer employees, all
with at least 40 years of service,
were invited to an appreciation lunch
cum certificate award ceremony.
At the Business Excellence Seminar
where they were invited to attend,
they received special mention in our
President & CEOs opening speech, and
a standing ovation by all participants.
During the year the PELO committee
organised the Team Excellence
Convention to promote people
engagement, team excellence and
continuous improvements at the
workplace. The convention also
recognises high performing teams
within the Group who demonstrate
team excellence through creativity, use
of technology, innovation, concepts
and continuous improvement tools
to enhance their process, product,
services and work environment.
The Convention promotes employee

recognition and motivates staff to
create, innovate and embrace quality
and excellence. The 2015 convention
was held on 20 November 2015 with
14 participating teams. The teams
were assessed by a panel of external
judges against a set of assessment
criteria set by Singapore Productivity
Association for Star, Gold, Silver and
Bronze awards.
The business sectors carried out
the Employee Opinion Survey in
December 2015 to obtain feedback
on organisational style, systems and
policies, climate, and effectiveness.
The last survey was conducted 2013.
Since then, the survey questions have
been reviewed and streamlined to
provide greater clarity. The results
of the 2015 survey will be analysed
and necessary action will be taken to
address areas requiring improvement.
Global employee Profile (2015)

Total: 22,363
By Sector
By Geography
3%
1%
Others
32%
Aerospace
29%
Electronics
7%
Europe
and Others
8%
Marine
By Qualifications
28%
Land Systems
19%
Americas
13%
Asia Pacific
(excl. Singapore)
Secondary
level or lower
67%
Singapore
16%
O & A
levels or
equivalent
17%
Trade
Certificates
38%
Degree or
equivalent
22%
Diploma or
equivalent
79
Sustainability
Performance
Workforce Profile for

Singapore Operations (2015)
Total: 17,379
Employees
Promoting Work-Life Harmony
Career Development
A formal framework for flexible work

arrangements has been introduced.
During the year, 50 employees

received sponsorships for
undergraduate and graduate studies,
including the Master of Defence
Technology and Systems Programme.
Nurturing a Talent Pool
3,141
Female
11,810
Male
During the year we awarded 19

scholarships to outstanding students
who have demonstrated leadership
qualities, and selected 24 students
for the Young Engineers Programme.
We also offered internships to 416
tertiary students to provide exposure
to various business and career
opportunities.
Grooming Our Leaders
Supervised Workers*
ST Engineering engages consultants

to facilitate leadership competency
assessments. 12 senior employees
were selected for the Senior
Leadership Development Programme
and Executive Education Programmes.
184
Female
2,244
Male
Employee Turnover Rate
8.1
Diversity and Inclusion

There were no reported incidences
of discrimination by employees in
2015, and there were 590 employees
aged 62 and above. ST Engineering
also had 22 interns from China and
eight from India in 2015.
Average training hours per employee
38.6
*
Supervised workers refer to foreign workers

we hire through local contractors. They are on
short-term contracts, work in our facilities
and are supervised by ST Engineering.
Total workforce refers to employees and supervised workers
80
Rewarding Our People

In 2015, the Group gave out awards
to recognise deserving employees.
To inculcate a culture of innovation,
teamwork and safety, Innovation,
Team Excellence, and EHS
(Environment, Health & Safety) awards
are given out to employees during
the annual ST Engineering Business
Excellence Seminar.
To promote work-life harmony as
well as improve camaraderie among
our employees, we organised a
comprehensive range of social and
recreational activities throughout the
year. Events included social activities
such as paintball and karaoke as well
as sporting activities such as bowling,
football and badminton. Some of these
events were also open to employees
families so as to build a more closeknit organisation.
Union Relations
In 2015, 31% of our employees were
covered under collective bargaining
agreements. We achieved zero
stoppage of work arising from any
industrial action to date.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Health and Safety

Product Quality and Safety
Occupational Health and Safety
ST Engineering achieved full

compliance with product quality
and safety requirements in 2015.
In 2015, our occupational health

programmes focused on management
of noise induced deafness (NID),
occupational health and training
programmes, as well as sharing
of best practices in Workplace
Safety and Health (WSH). A new
NID management checklist was
introduced to standardise the followup actions for handling NID cases.
The Occupational Health SubCommittee recommended adopting
the Guide to Total WSH published by
the WSH Council. The guide will be
used as a reference and benchmark
for our existing programme.
We continued to participate actively

in the annual International System
Safety Conference to learn and share
processes, methods and techniques
in Systems Safety. In 2015, a paper
we submitted was selected for
presentation at the conference. In
addition, each business sector also
presented at the internal Annual
System Safety Seminar, held in
September 2015.
We aim to better our practices
and learn from experts in the field.
This was the second year that
ST Engineering engineers attended
the Safety Critical Systems
Development course conducted by
the Head of the School of Computing
Science, University of Glasgow.
We carried out a benchmarking
exercise on safety critical items across
the four business sectors. In addition,
we undertook a study of industries
in developed countries to understand
how organisations manage safetycritical items, with the aim of
adopting best practices.
(1) a customised hydraulic turntable

which, when used during
inspections in the Aerospace
sector, reduces Musculoskeletal
Disorder. This improves working
conditions and increases efficiency
and productivity;
(2) ST Marines enhanced method
of changing the Voith Schneider
Propeller blades on ships, which
not only reduces the number of
processes and workers involved,
but also eliminates the need for hot
works, enhances transportation,
and reduces the incidence of heavy
manual lifting which may cause
work injuries.
Besides ergonomics and training

programmes, the sub-committee
studied the return to work
programme and concluded the
programme would be effective in
shortening the time away from
work and allay employees concerns
over their ability to work after work
related injury.
In September 2015, employees from

all the sectors participated in the
Business Excellence EHS forum, a
platform for sharing EHS initiatives.
The topics shared included Energy
Efficiency Project Funding, Total
Workplace Safety and Health
and Managing Excessive Noise at
Workplaces.
In January 2015, the annual

ST Engineering EHS Excellence Awards
were given for the following:
In 2015, the WSH teams also won

various WSH awards in both industry
and national conventions.
No.
Company
Award Type
No. of Awards
ST Aerospace
WSH Innovation Awards (Manufacturing)
1 Gold
1 Silver
WSH Innovation Award (National)
SHARP Award^
ST Electronics
^ The Safety and Health Award for Projects (SHARP) is an annual award presented by the Workplace Health and Safety Council in collaboration with the Ministry
of Manpower to give recognition to companies or organisations that have performed well in safety and health through implementation of sound safety and
health management systems.
81
Sustainability
Performance
Accident Frequency Rate (AFR)

and Accident Severity Rate (ASR)
figures across sectors remained
below national industry averages.
Nevertheless, ST Marine continued
to face some challenges in the area
of Behaviour Based Safety, with
two cases incurring high number of
medical leave days. A mass review

session was convened to address
these areas and to look into ways to
improve the safety record.
In ST Aerospace, the inclusion of new
business units and the higher numbers
of medical certificates incurred from

slips/trips/falls were contributing
factors to the higher AFR. A task force
was formed to look into lowering
the number of slips/trips/falls, for
example through a better work-stand/
platform design.
Accident Frequency Rate (Number of incidents per million man hours)

Manufacturing
Aerospace
Land Systems
Marine
Marine
National Average
(Marine)
Electronics
National Average
(Manufacturing)
2.0
3.0
2.5
1.5
2.0
1.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.0
2013
2014
2015
2013
2015
2014
Accident severity Rate (Number of incidents per million man hours)

Manufacturing
Aerospace
Land Systems
Marine
Marine
National Average
(Marine)
Electronics
National Average
(Manufacturing)
100
200
80
150
60
100
40
50
20
0
2013
82
2014
2015
2013
2014
2015
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Other Occupational Health & Safety Performance Indicators (2015)
No. of Occupational Health Activities

Organised (target >4)
Aerospace
Electronics
Land
Systems
Marine
24
11
24
21
Audiometric Examination
(Percentage of at-risk staff who attended)
100%
100%
100%
100%
Respiratory Protection Training

(Percentage of at-risk staff who attended)
100%
100%
100%
100%
Number of Occupational Disease Cases

(excluding NID Cases)
Number of Advanced Noise Induced

Deafness (NID) Cases
100% of employees identified to be at risk of hearing and respiratory occupational hazards attended audio metric
examination and respiratory protection training respectively.
Environment
Climate Change & Energy
Climate change is a global issue that
will require new and innovative
technologies to mitigate its effects.
ST Engineering acknowledges the role
we play in international efforts to
mitigate and adapt to the effects
of climate change by developing
low-carbon and clean energy
technologies as well as the business
risks and opportunities arising
from climate change.
The Energy Sub-Committee, the
Technology, Intellectual Property
and Innovation Committee and the
Business Foresight Committee keep
abreast of climate change trends and
issues and review the impacts and
opportunities that arise.
Some of the trends and corresponding
risk impacts reviewed by these
committees included:
1. Countries and customers
requirements on emissions
reporting prior to conduct
of business;
2. Increasing fiscal measures such

as additional taxes on fuel and
energy, as well as changes in
product efficiency regulations and
standards imposed by countries as
they seek to manage the impact of
climate change;
3. Unpredictable weather such as
heavy rain or heavy snowfall
causing increasing incidents of
disruption to businesses and the
supply chain.
The workplan of the Energy SubCommittee is adjusted annually to
take into account actions that must
be taken in response to the trends
and issues. These actions included
adopting ISO 14064 to monitor and
report the level of greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions, as well as third party
verification; implementing the
ISO 50001 energy management
system as a structured approach to
manage operational energy efficiency
and identify opportunities for better
energy performance; building up the
necessary technical capability and
competency to respond to different
market needs and requirements

in terms of green product design
and manufacturing standards and
regulations.
ISO 50001 EnMS (Energy Management
System) is an ISO management
system published and launched
worldwide in 2011, with the aim of
focusing on energy planning to attain
efficient use of energy. By adhering
to this ISO standard, ST Engineering
will be able to improve overall energy
performance, reduce energy costs and
GHG emissions. The operating entities
in Singapore achieved ISO 50001
certification in 2015.
In the same year, a subsidiary of
ST Kinetics, Singapore Test Services
(STS), signed a MOU with the Centre
for Energy Research and Technology
(CERT) of the Faculty of Engineering,
National University of Singapore,
and the Singapore Institute of Power
and Gas (SIPG), to jointly collaborate
in creating platforms and training
opportunities for integrating Energy
Storage Systems (ESS) with Singapores
power grid. The MOU underscores
83
Sustainability
Performance
reduction in GHG emissions intensity

by 2025 (using 2010 as a base year).
Several initiatives were evaluated,
including alternative clean energy
sources such as solar energy. We will
explore the installation of solar panels
at various locations around Singapore
with the aim of supplementing existing
energy sources with clean solar
energy starting 2016.
STS interest in working with partners

in the local energy industry to
achieve Singapores long-term plan to
integrate renewable energy sources,
such as solar energy, into the nations
electricity grid.
Other business opportunities, new
products and services arising from
the climate change trends are set out
in the Innovation and Productivity
Section on pages 76 to 78.
productivity is improved and the risk of

accidents, due to fall from height and
struck by falling objects is decreased.
Energy consumption and carbon
footprint is also reduced. These factors
contributed to lower overall operating
and maintenance cost.
While the amount of energy consumed
is heavily dependant on the product mix
delivered during the year, GHG intensity
reduced 17% in 2015 compared to 2014.
This is 18% decrease compared to the
base year 2010.
Another simple but impactful energy

efficiency initiative this year was the
use of pizza tray LED lights to replace
the High-Intensity Discharge (HID)
high-bay lighting system in one of
ST Aerospaces workshops. The
HID lights were less durable, which
translated to frequent maintenance
and replacement. By reducing recurring
maintenance and lamp replacements,
In 2015, our investments in innovation

resulted in energy reductions from
our products and services, with an
estimated savings of 4,030 terajoules.
The Group is constantly exploring
ways to improve energy efficiency in
order to achieve our target of a 16%
Environmental Protection
In 2015, there were no significant
fines or incidents relating to noncompliance with environmental laws
and regulations.
Stage of development
Number of Projects to reduce internal

energy consumption
Total estimated
annual CO2 savings
To be implemented
135
Implementation commenced
11
3,226
Implemented
411
Energy Consumption
2013
2014
2015
Direct Energy Consumption (GJ)
336,243
364,311
338,334
Indirect Energy Consumption (GJ)
538,247
535,920
480,353
226.05
238.09
207.76
Energy Intensity* (GJ/$ m)
2013 and 2014 figures were adjusted as a result of the greenhouse gas emission audit. Figures are restated accordingly.
84
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Water
The total water consumption of
the Group in 2015 was 728,000m3,
which was lower than the target of
817,000m3. This substantial savings
was a result of the implementation of
the following initiatives:
(1) to collect and channel rain water
for common toilet flushing;
(2) to reduce the flotation pool water
level for vehicle testing; and
(3) to replace potable water with
NEWater
Greenhouse Gas Intensity* (tCO2e/$ M)

30
28
* Note: Intensity figures

are normalised using
revenue from Asia,
which Singapore is a
significant contributor.
28.24
26.51
26
23.31
24
22
20
2013
2015
2014
Greenhouse Gas Emissions (tCO2e)
Effluents & Waste

We manage trade effluents in
accordance with the Environmental
Protection and Management (Trade
Effluent) Regulations. We continually
look out for opportunities to reduce,
reuse and recycle waste. These
include:
a) Regularly monitor waste discharge;
2015 (Unaudited)
Scope 2
28,663
d) Ensure toxic wastes such as heavy

metals, are disposed by approved
toxic waste collectors.
55,990
Scope 3
7,193
2014 (Audited)
35,685
61,942
9,167
2013 (Audited)
b) Segregate waste through waste

bin management programme,
where paper and electronics
wastes are collected for recycling;
c) Make conscious effort to
replace toxic chemicals with
environmentally friendly
substitutes;
Scope 1
31,527
59,707
11,316
2013 and 2014 figures

were adjusted as a
result of the audit.
Figures are restated
accordingly.
Water Consumption (000 m3)

2015
728
2014
908
2013
721
85
Sustainability
Performance
SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT
In 2015 we formalised a Sustainable
Procurement Vision and Statement
which sets out the Groups
commitment to incorporate the
following principles into our
procurement activities:
1. We practise value for money
procurement
2. We do not compromise on the
quality and safety of our products
and services
3. We practise ethical procurement
4. We protect the health and safety
of our workers
5. We protect the environment
Through the Group Procurement

Risk Management Framework we
have for many years embraced value
for money procurement, and put in
place quality management systems
to ensure the quality and safety of
the products and services from our
key suppliers.
Meanwhile, our fraud risk
management framework, policies
and processes place great emphasis
on ethical procurement. Please
refer to pages 66 to 68 for more
information on this.
In 2015, we started the process of
communicating the above vision and
intent internally to all employees in
Singapore.
Total Purchase Value ($M)
We sent out a survey to our

critical suppliers to establish their
sustainability practices and the
extent of their alignment to our
principles. Critical suppliers are
suppliers whom we have been
actively dealing with and which have
contributed significantly towards
our procurement values during the
past two years. The full results of
the surveys will be analysed in 2016.
Based on the results, we intend to
develop a roadmap for implementing
sustainable procurement, including
assessment of potential and actual
negative impacts.
Purchase Value by Sector (2015)

6%
2015
2,245
Aerospace
35%
Land Systems
Electronics
39%
2014
Marine
2,479
20%
2013
1,797
Number of Suppliers by Location (2015)

Total Number of Suppliers: 11,147
1%
5%
8%
Singapore
11%
Europe
US/Canada
75%
86
Asia (excl.
Singapore)
Australia/
New Zealand
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
COMMUNITY
We believe that technology can be a powerful force for good, making a

difference to lives at a personal level and at the community level.
We are engineers driven by technology and
innovation. We believe we make the most
impact to our community when we leverage
our unique technological expertise.
Our community focus is on the underprivileged,
while we also endeavour to deliver innovative
solutions that benefit the wider community.
As we explore and build long-term community
partnerships that tap on our engineering
expertise, we continue to contribute financially
to various charities on a regular basis.
Employees are also encouraged to leverage on
our staff strength to raise funds and awareness
for causes they feel passionate about.
The following are a few examples of our
community initiatives in 2015:
Supporting technological improvements
ST Engineering Enabling Technology Centre
The ST Engineering Enabling Technology
Centre, one of the centres housed within a
facility called Tech Able in the Enabling Village,
was opened in early October 2015.
The Centre focuses on assistive technology,
equipped with an on-site team of specialists to
assess users needs, recommend and facilitate
the trying out of suitable assistive devices, as
well as provide advice on subsidies and the
purchase of equipment.
It is hoped that through our financial support,
$970,000 over a three-year period from 2014
to 2016, persons with disabilities and their
caregivers can make better informed decisions
on assistive devices.
The ST Engineering Enabling Technology

Centre focuses on assistive technology
to help people with disabilities live and
work independently.
87
Sustainability
Performance
In addition, our employees

raised $0.9m and dedicated
5,665 hours to our Charity
Partners in 2015.
Community Contributions (2015)

Total: $1,888,202
Our Contributions
10%
Cash
Time
In-Kind
27
50%
Management
Our community efforts are focused

on the less fortunate in society. We
also seek to leverage our technological
expertise in our community efforts.
We believe that technology can be
a powerful force for good, making a
difference to lives at a personal level
and at the community level.
13%
Issues Addressed
19%
Social Welfare
1%
15%
12%
53%
Protection from severe haze

AIR+ Smart Mask
Environment
Education
Health
Others
The launch of the Air+ Smart Mask was

one such effort that had a positive
impact on the community. Since
its launch in March, ST Engineering
gave out more than 75,000 masks
and 18,000 micro ventilators to
children and the elderly through
various nationwide and international
initiatives.
Through initiatives by Temasek Cares,
a non-profit organisation under
Temasek Holdings, some 13,000
children from low-income families
and childrens homes received free
Air+ Smart Masks and Air+ Micro
Ventilators. More than 29,000
In support of Relief.sg, ST Engineering

donated small and medium sized Air+ Smart
Masks to children in the Central Kalimantan
city of Palangkaraya.
Photo credit: RSG/Edwin Koo
88
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Prime Minister Lee

Hsien Loong distributed
the Air+ Smart Mask to
about 100 seniors at a
senior activity centre
in Ang Mo Kio.
Photo credit:
Temasek Cares
masks and 6,000 micro ventilators were also

distributed to 60 senior activity centres across
Singapore, ensuring that the more vulnerable
members of our community are adequately
protected against the haze.
During August to October when Singapore was
affected by severe smoke haze due to forest
fires in the region, the Air+ Smart Mask, with its
innovative Air+ Micro Ventilator, quickly became
the most sought after mask in Singapore for its
better seal protection and improved breathing
comfort.
In support of Relief.sg, a humanitarian social
enterprise, we also distributed Air+ Smart
Masks to children in Kalimantan, South
Sumatra, areas most affected by the haze.
We also donated the Air+ Smart Masks to
the Samsung Medical Centre in South Korea

for protection against the Middle East
Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) outbreak.
Volunteering as an organisation
APSN Walkathon 2015
200 volunteers from across our business
units helped in ticketing, manning the
30 games and merchandise stalls, ushering
and providing logistical support for
the 10,000 participants at the APSN
Walkathon 2015.
The APSN Walkathon 2015, organised by the
Association for Persons with Special Needs,
raised more than $300,000 for vocational
training and the running of the APSN Centre
for Adults.
89
Sustainability
Performance
United States
(VT Systems) was established as the
regional headquarters for all our legal
entities in the US. Reporting to the
President & CEO of ST Engineering,
the CEO of VT Systems has
profitability oversight for the US as
a region. Additionally, he has legal and
financial responsibilities, including
sustainability management. The US
headquarters provides the regional
views and expertise, develops and
promotes strategies that leverage
US group synergies, as well as
develops and manages key customer
relationships.
Sustainability programmes are
developed with due consideration
to the legal and environmental
legislation in the US. Beyond
compliance, VT Systems, in November
2013, established an Environmental
Sustainability Policy which has an
environmental framework with four
areas of focus: energy management,
greenhouse gas emissions reporting,
waste management and sustainable
procurement. Features of this
framework include alignment to
ISO 50001, and reduction targets
for energy and waste.
Each US subsidiary has an Energy
Policy, trained Energy Managers
and a programme manual to address
the four areas of focus in the
environmental framework. Given
the diverse business operations,
each business unit sets its own targets
for energy, greenhouse gas emissions,
waste reduction and sustainable
procurement.
VT Systems is committed to providing
equal opportunities for all employees
in a work environment free from

discrimination and harassment of
any type. Our inclusive policies
protect applicants and employees
from discrimination based on race,
colour, religion, sex, age, marital
status, national origin, sexual
orientation, citizenship status,
disabilities or protected veteran
status. Discrimination is prohibited in
any condition of employment or career
development. Each of VT Systems
operating subsidiaries also appoints
a Compliance Officer who is
responsible for communicating the
policies, training of the personnel,
as well as developing and maintaining
a violation reporting mechanism.
In order for employees to develop to
their maximum potential and achieve
their career goals, our employees
undergo relevant periodic training.
Training hours are tracked, reviewed
and analysed (by employee categories
and demographics).
Workforce Profile for

us operations (2015)
Total: 5,386
Employees
506
Female
3,657
Male
Supervised Workers*
267
Female
956
Male
As responsible corporate citizens,

subsidiaries of VT Systems also serve
the community where they operate.
Notable charity partners include the
American Cancer Society, St. Judes
Children Hospital and the Paralyzed
Veterans of Americas Operation
PAVE (Paving Access for Veterans
Employment).
VT Systems contributed US$214,881
to the community in 2015, with 50%
towards social welfare and 30%
towards health issues. In addition,
employees raised over US$20,000
and dedicated 700 hours to charity
partners.
90
Supervised workers refer to workers we

hire through local contractors. They are on
short term contract, work in our yard and
are supervised by VT Systems.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Corporate
Governance
ST Engineerings framework of
corporate governance reflects an
institutional mindset of accountability
and transparency at all levels of
the Group. We believe that good
corporate governance is not only
the Boards responsibility, but that
of the management and every level
of the organisation. Good corporate
governance is the foundation for
long-term value creation of the Group.
This Report sets out ST Engineerings
corporate governance processes,
practices and activities in 2015 with
specific reference to the guidelines
of the Singapore Code of Corporate
Governance 2012 (the Code).
BOARD MATTERS
Boards Conduct of its Affairs
(Principle 1)
The Board is accountable to
shareholders for overseeing the
effective management of the business.
To this end, the Board relies on the
integrity and due diligence of its senior
management and its external advisors
and auditors. In addition to its
statutory responsibilities, the Board
reserves the following key matters for
its decision:
setting the Groups overall long
term strategic objectives and
ensuring that decisions made are
consistent with these objectives;
approval of annual budgets, major
funding proposals, investment and
divestment proposals in accordance
with the approved delegation of
authority framework;
appointment of the President
& CEO, Board succession
and appointments on Board
committees;
appointment of key management
personnel and succession planning
as an ongoing process;
review of the risk management

framework through its Risk
Committee as set out in page 105;
and
approval of the unaudited quarterly,
half yearly and full year audited
results prior to their release.
Besides monitoring the performance
of the Group, the Board also provides
guidance on sustainability issues
such as environmental and social
factors, as part of the overall business
strategy. Board meetings may include
presentations by the managements
of its four key subsidiaries to discuss
growth strategies relating to their
specific business sectors.
In the discharge of its functions, the
Board is supported by nine Board
committees to which it delegates
specific areas of responsibilities for
review and decision making, and
the Executive Office. The Executive
Office comprises the President &
CEO, President & CEO (Designate),
Deputy CEO and the Chief Financial
Officer (CFO). Board members receive
monthly consolidated management
reports on the financial performance
of each business sector, capital
commitments and significant
operational highlights to keep the
Board apprised of business and
performance updates in the Group.
A formal letter is sent to a director
upon his appointment setting out his
duties and responsibilities. A new
director is also given a briefing by
the President & CEO on the strategic
direction and performance of the
Company and its key subsidiaries as
well as his/her duties and obligations.
Visits to the Groups facilities are also
arranged for new directors to enable
them to develop a good understanding
of the Groups business and operations
and the respective key managements.
The Board is routinely updated on
the relevant laws, continuing listing

obligations and accounting standards
requiring compliance, and their
implications for the Group, so as to
enable each Director to properly
discharge his duties as Board and
Board committee member.
Depending on their skillsets and
background, directors are sponsored
for relevant courses, conferences
and seminars in order that they can
be better equipped to fulfil their
governance role and to comply with
directors obligations. Where there are
statutory and regulatory changes that
affect the obligations of directors, the
Company will organise briefings by
external legal counsel.
The Board convenes scheduled
meetings on a quarterly basis to
coincide with the announcement of
the Groups quarterly results. Special
Board meetings may be convened
as and when necessary to consider
urgent corporate actions, long
term strategies or specific issues of
importance.
To facilitate the Boards decisionmaking process, the Companys
Constitution provides for Directors
to participate in Board meetings by
teleconference or video conference.
Decisions of the Board and Board
committees may also be obtained via
circulation. The Board monitors the
performance of the Group through its
Board committees. At the end of every
Board meeting, the Chairman allocates
time for its non-executive Directors
to meet without the presence of
Management.
The number of Board and Board
committee meetings held during the
year is tabulated in page 92:
91
Corporate
Governance
No. of
Meetings
Attendance
Average^
Board
83%
Audit Committee
95%
Type of Meeting
Business Investment and Divestment Committee*
Executive Resource and Compensation Committee
100%
Nominating Committee
100%
Senior Human Resource Committee
100%
Risk Review Committee
79%
Budget and Finance Committee
67%
Research, Development and Technology Committee
89%
Tenders Committee#
Minutes of the Board Committee meetings are made available to all Board members.
* The Business Investment and Divestment Committee (BIDC) is given the authority to consider investment/divestment proposals of subsidiaries that exceed the
threshold limit of these subsidiaries. Beyond the BIDCs limit, such proposals are directly considered by the Board. During the year, there were no investment/
divestment proposals that fell within the remit of the BIDC. Hence no meeting occurred during the year.
# Matters of the Tenders Committee during the year were resolved via resolutions in writing.
^ The computation of average attendance at Board meetings took into account the absence of Mr Tan Pheng Hock, who was on medical leave of absence during
part of the 2nd half of 2015. Mr Tan is a member of the Business Investment and Divestment Committee, Senior Human Resource Committee, Risk Review
Committee, Budget and Finance Committee as well as Research, Development and Technology Committee.
Board Composition and Guidance

(Principle 2)
The Board comprises 15 directors and
2 alternate directors.
The Board, through the Nominating
Committee (NC), reviews the size and
composition of the Board taking into
consideration the need to balance the
diversity of skillsets and backgrounds
with the independence element. The
Board acknowledges the relatively
large board size of 15 members.
This is transitional due to our board
rejuvenation process which is ongoing
and the need to pace changes to avoid
disruption to the Board and Board
committees. Following changes to the
Board composition shortly after the
April 2016 AGM, the Board will have
14 directors. This is not too large and
is mitigated by the global nature of
the Groups business and taking into
cognizance ST Engineerings key role
in supporting Singapores defence
technology ecosystem. The Board will
92
continue to review its composition

and size to facilitate effective decision
making.
During the year, the Board welcomed
the following 3 new non-executive
directors:
Mr Lim Sim Seng joined the Board
as independent non-executive
Director on 15 May 2015. He is
Country Head, DBS Singapore and
Chairman of DBS Vickers Securities
Holdings Pte Ltd.
MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry was
appointed non-independent nonexecutive Director and member
of the Business Investment and
Divestment Committee, Senior
Human Resource Committee and
Risk Review Committee on 20
October 2015. He is the Chief of
Defence Force in the Ministry of
Defence, Singapore.
Mr Lim Ah Doo was appointed

independent non-executive
Director and member of the Audit
Committee on 10 November 2015.
In MG Lims position as Chief of
Defence Force, it may be necessary
for him to be called away on urgent
duty at times and not be able to
attend Board meetings. The Board
has therefore agreed with MG Lims
request to appoint COL Alan Goh Kim
Hua as his Alternate Director. COL
Goh was appointed Alternate Director
to MG Lim on 20 October 2015.
Management ensures that COL Goh
is fully apprised of all Board matters,
receives notices to attend Board
meetings, and receives Board papers
in time as well as board resolutions by
circulation.
Mr Vincent Chong Sy Feng, who is
President & CEO (Designate), was
appointed an Alternate Director to
Mr Tan Pheng Hock on 1 December
2015. Following the nomination by
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Mr Tan and the recommendation

of the Nominating Committee, the
Board is satisfied that Mr Chong will
be able to support Mr Tan effectively
at Board discussions. It is intended
that Mr Chong will succeed Mr Tan as
President & CEO of ST Engineering,
and will also be appointed a full
fledged Director of ST Engineering
when Mr Tan steps down from the
Board sometime in 2016.
The Board consists of members with
established track record in defence,
business, finance, banking, technology,
legal and management. Each nonexecutive director brings to the
Board an independent perspective
based on his training and expertise
to make balanced and well considered
decisions.
The Board has eleven, independent
directors who represent more
than 70% of the Board. The Code
requires the independent directors to
comprise at least half of the Board.
The independence of each director is
determined upon appointment and
reviewed annually by the NC.
The NC has affirmed that the
independent directors are Mr Kwa
Chong Seng, Mr Koh Beng Seng,
Mr Davinder Singh, Dr Stanley Lai,
Mr Khoo Boon Hui, Mr Quek See Tiat,
Ms Olivia Lum, Dr Beh Swan Gin,
Mr Lim Sim Seng and Mr Lim Ah Doo.
The Board agrees with the
NCs assessment.
Two of our independent directors,
Mr Koh Beng Seng and
have each served more than 9 years.
Mr Koh was appointed independent
non-executive Director on 15
September 2003.
He has extensive experience in

financial services and knowledge of
financial regulations which enables
him to effectively lead the Audit
Committee in providing oversight
on internal controls to support the
Board. He has also demonstrated
independence of character and
judgment in his deliberations at the
Audit Committee and Board level. The
Board has, on the recommendation
of the NC, determined that Mr Koh
is independent notwithstanding that
he has served more than nine years
on the Board. As Chairman of the
Audit Committee, Mr Koh continues to
express his independent and objective
views at Audit Committee meetings.
Mr Krishnakumar was appointed
on 15 April 2002. In keeping with the
momentum of our board succession
plan, he has indicated that he will
step down from the Board shortly
following the April 2016 AGM.
The Board reviewed the Groups

strategy plans to ensure that the work
of the Group is aligned with its charter
and corporate objectives taking into
account the major challenges in the
global environment in which we
operate.
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
(Principle 3)
The Chairman and President & CEO
roles and responsibilities are kept
separate in order to maintain effective
oversight. No individual or small group
of individuals dominates the Boards
decision making process. The President
& CEO and senior management
regularly consult with individual
Board members and seek the advice
of members of the Board committees
through meetings, telephone calls as
well as by electronic mail.
The Board, through the NC, reviews

its size and composition from time
to time to ensure it has the right
blend and diversity of skills, expertise,
experience and perspectives to enable
the Board to effectively oversee
ST Engineering.
The Chairman is responsible for

leading the Board and ensuring the
effective functioning of the Board
to act in the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders. The
Chairman facilitates the relationship
between the Board, President &
CEO and management, engaging
them in constructive discussions
over various matters, including
strategic issues, sustainability, risks
and business planning processes. He
ensures that discussions at the Board
level are conducted objectively and
professionally where all views are
heard and key issues are debated in a
fair and open manner. The Chairman
also ensures that adequate time is
provided for discussion of strategic
issues and key concerns at Board
meetings. He represents the views of
the Board to the shareholders.
The Board held a total of five meetings

during the year to consider, among
other things, the approval of the
FY2014 results and release of the
1Q2015, 2Q2015 and 3Q2015 results.
Mr Tan who is an executive

Director, and the President & CEO,
is accountable to the Board for the
conduct and performance of the
Group. He sits on the boards of its
The Board has, at all times, exercised

independent judgment in decision
making, using its collective wisdom
and experience to act in the best
interests of the Company. Any director
who has an interest that may conflict
with a subject under discussion by the
Board either recuses himself from the
information flow and discussion of the
subject matter or declares his interest
and abstains from decision-making.
93
Corporate
Governance
key subsidiaries to ensure that

decision-making processes and
information flows are effectively
channelled in a timely manner to
ensure alignment with the
ST Engineering Groups policies.
He has been delegated authority to
make decisions within certain financial
limits authorised by the Board. He is
supported in his work by Mr Chong,
President & CEO (Designate) and
Mr Lee Fook Sun, Deputy CEO
who is concurrently President,
Defence Business and President of
ST Electronics. Mr Chong was
appointed President & CEO (Designate)
on 1 October 2015 following Mr Tans
disclosure of his intention to retire in
2016. An extensive search was initiated
by the Board to shortlist potential
internal and external CEO candidates
to undergo a structured selection
process. An external consultancy
search firm was engaged to assist
with the search. The Board is
satisfied with the rigour of the CEO
search process and Mr Chong as
the designated successor to Mr Tan.
Mr Tan continues to be supported
by the CFO, Ms Eleana Tan Ai Ching
and the respective Presidents of the
subsidiaries.
Board Membership & Evaluation
of Performance
(Principles 4 and 5)
Supporting the Board are the
following Board committees:
Audit Committee
Business Investment and
Divestment Committee
Executive Resource and
Compensation Committee
Research, Development and
Technology Committee
94

Tenders Committee
The NC is responsible for reviewing
the composition of the Board
and identifying and selecting
suitable candidates to the Board,
in particular, candidates with the
appropriate qualifications, skillsets
and experience who are able to
discharge their responsibilities as
directors. Shortlisted candidates
are recommended to the Board for
approval. The NC is also responsible
for reviewing annually and
determining the independence of
non-executive directors, conducting
board performance evaluation,
succession planning for CEO and
director training and development.
The NC comprises three nonexecutive independent directors.
Mr Venkatachalam Krishnakumar is
the Chairman of the NC. The other
members are Mr Kwa Chong Seng
and Dr Stanley Lai. Following the
stepping down of Mr Venkatachalam
Krishnakumar, he will be succeeded
by Mr Kwa Chong Seng as Chairman
of the NC. At the same time, Mr Lim
Sim Seng will be appointed a member
of the NC.
During the year, the NC was actively
engaged in the board renewal
process of ST Engineering and its
key subsidiaries, having regard to
the skills, experience and industry
expertise needed for a balanced
board composition to, among other
things, oversee governance and
risks within the Groups business.
The NC also reviewed and affirmed
the independence of the Companys
independent directors.
The NC conducted a collective

assessment of the Board to gauge
the effectiveness of the Boards
performance, the adequacy of the
blend of skillsets and experience
of the Board, and the quality and
timeliness of board and committee
meeting agendas and papers
submitted by the Management. The
review was internally undertaken
with each Director being asked to
complete a questionnaire. Their
feedback was collated and shared
with the Board. The review indicated
that the Board continues to function
effectively. The NC also took on
board the feedback of the Board
members and identified areas for
improvement.
The NC has also noted the list of
other directorships held by our
directors taking into consideration
their principal commitments. The NC
is satisfied that each of the directors
is able to devote time to carry out his
duties as director in the Company.
The Board has considered and agreed
not to set guidelines for maximum
directorships in a listed company
that a director can hold. Annually,
an incumbent director is asked to
affirm that he has adequate time to
devote to his Board responsibilities.
The ST Engineering Board members
are selected on the basis of their
ability to contribute to the Board
through their relevant skillsets,
experience, calibre and willingness
to devote time. In addition, each
Director is required to provide an
annual affirmation of commitment to
his Board responsibilities. With these
considerations, the Board is of the
view that setting a maximum number
of board representations on listed
companies for our directors is not
needed.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
The NC is also responsible for renewal

and succession plans to ensure Board
continuity. At each AGM, one third of
the directors with the longest term
in office since his last re-election is
required to retire. A retiring director
may submit himself for re-election.
Under this provision, Messrs Kwa
Chong Seng, Tan Pheng Hock, Quek
Tong Boon and Dr Stanley Lai will
retire. Mr Lim Sim Seng, MG Perry Lim
and Mr Lim Ah Doo, who are newly

appointed, will hold office until the
forthcoming AGM of the Company. The
retiring directors, being eligible, have
offered themselves for re-election.
The Board, acting on the

recommendation of the NC, proposes
that each of the retiring Directors
be re-elected at the Companys
forthcoming AGM.
Each of the retiring non-executive

directors has confirmed that he
does not have any relationship
with his fellow directors nor with
the Company and its substantial
shareholders.
With the exception of Mr Tan Pheng

Hock, the remaining 14 directors are
non-executive Directors.
Mr Koh Beng Seng
Tenders Committee
(established on 5/1/1998)


Research, Development
and Technology Committee
Mr Tan Pheng Hock
BOARD MEMBER

Executive Resource and

Compensation Committee
Mr Kwa Chong Seng
Audit Committee

The composition of the Board and Board committees as at 31 December 2015 is tabulated below:
C
M
MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry*
Mr Ng Chee Khern
Mr Quek Tong Boon
Mr Davinder Singh
M
C
M
M
Mr Khoo Boon Hui
Mr Quek See Tiat
Ms Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
Dr Beh Swan Gin
Mr Lim Sim Seng#

Mr Lim Ah Doo^
Rolling list of any 3 Board Directors
COL Alan Goh Kim Hua+

Mr Vincent Chong Sy Feng~
DENOTES:
C Chairman
M Member
Appointed Member on 20 October 2015

# Appointed Director on 15 May 2015
^ Appointed Member on 10 November 2015
+ Appointed Alternate director to

MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry on 20 October 2015
~ Appointed Alternate director to
Mr Tan Pheng Hock on 1 December 2015
95
Corporate
Governance
Access to Information
(Principle 6)
The Management furnishes Board
members with monthly management
reports, providing updates on key
operational activities and financial
analysis. The Board also has
unrestricted access to the President
& CEO, President & CEO (Designate),
Deputy CEO, the CFO, management
and the Company Secretary as well
as the internal and external auditors
and the risk management team. The
Board may also seek independent
professional advice, if necessary.
Board papers are sent to directors at
least three days prior to meetings in
order for directors to be adequately
prepared for the meetings.
The Company Secretary attends all
Board meetings and ensures that
board procedures are followed. The
Company Secretary advises the Board
on governance matters including their
timely disclosure obligations. She
also assists with the co-ordination of
continuing training for board members
to keep the Board up-to-date on
corporate governance matters.
The appointment and removal of
the Company Secretary is a matter
for the Board as a whole to decide.
REMUNERATION MATTERS
Procedures for Developing
Remuneration Policies
(Principle 7)
Level and Mix of Remuneration
(Principle 8)
Disclosure on Remuneration
(Principle 9)
96
committee. The ERCC comprises

Mr Kwa Chong Seng as Chairman,
and Dr Stanley Lai. The members of
the ERCC have held senior positions
in large organisations and are
experienced in the area of executive
remuneration policies and trends.
All the ERCC members are independent
non-executive directors.
The ERCC met four times during the
year. All decisions at any meeting of
the ERCC are decided by a majority of
votes of the ERCC members present
and voting (the decision of the ERCC
shall at all times exclude the vote,
approval or recommendation of
any member who has a conflict of
interest in the subject matter under
consideration).
and service contract terms for the

Senior Management Executives of
the Group Companies. For FY2015,
the Board reviewed and approved
the specific remuneration packages
and service contract terms for the
key management executives.
Non-executive Director Remuneration
Reviews and recommends to the
Board the remuneration framework
(including directors fees) for
Non-executive Directors on the
relevant Group Boards.
Equity Based Plans
Approves the design of equity
based plans and reviews and
administers such plans.
The ERCC performs the following

duties and responsibilities:
Executive and Leadership

Development
Executive Remuneration General

Framework
Oversees the development of

management with the aim of a
continual build up of talent and
renewal of strong and sound
leadership to ensure the continued
success of the Group and its
businesses.
Reviews and recommends to

the Board the Groups general
framework for determining
executive remuneration including
the remuneration of the Chief
Executive Officer (CEO), top five
key management executives of
the Group Companies and other
Senior Management Executives
(collectively referred to as Senior
Management Executives).
Executive Director and Senior
Management Executives
ROLE OF EXECUTIVE RESOURCE

AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Reviews and recommends to

the Board the entire specific
remuneration package and service
contract terms for the CEO, who is
also the Executive Director.
The Executive Resource and

Compensation Committee (ERCC)
performs the role of the remuneration
Considers, reviews, approves and/

or varies (if necessary) the entire
specific remuneration packages
Approves appointments to Senior

Management Executive positions
in the Group Companies and
reviews succession plans for key
positions in the Group Companies.
The Senior Human Resource
Committee, chaired by Mr Kwa Chong
Seng, comprises MG Perry Lim and
Mr Tan Pheng Hock. The Committee
reviews the talent management and
leadership development initiatives
to build a leadership pipeline for
the Group.
By supporting and directing the
Groups talent management and
leadership initiatives, the Committee
has helped to enhance the process
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
of identification and development

of talents to be groomed for senior
positions.
For financial year 2015, Aon Hewitt
Singapore Pte Ltd was engaged
as remuneration consultant
(Remuneration Consultant) to provide
professional advice on board and
executive remuneration matters.
Aon Hewitt Singapore and its principal
consultant are independent and are
not related to the Group or any of its
Directors.
EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
STRUCTURE
Remuneration for the Senior
Management Executives comprises
a fixed component, variable cash
component, share-based component
and benefits.
A. Fixed Compensation:
The fixed component comprises the
base salary and compulsory employer
contribution to an employees Central
Provident Fund (CPF).
B. Variable Cash Compensation:
The variable component includes the
Monthly Performance Bonus (which
is 1/12 of the 13th month salary),
Performance Target Bonus and EVAbased Incentive Scheme.
Performance Target Bonus (PTB)
The PTB is a cash-based incentive for
Senior Management Executives which
is linked to the achievement of annual
performance targets that will vary
depending on their job requirements.
Individual performance objectives are
set at the beginning of each financial
year. The objectives are aligned to
the overall strategic, financial and
operational goals of the Group and
Company, and are cascaded down

to a select group of key executives
using scorecards, creating alignment
between the performance of the
Group, Company and the individual.
While the performance objectives
are different for each executive, they
are assessed on the same principles
across the following four broad
categories of targets:
Core Business
People Development &
Teambuilding
Organisation Development
Self Development
The individual PTB payouts for the
CEO and key management executives
are determined by the ERCC based on
the Group, Company and individual
performance at the end of the financial
year. The maximum PTB payout is
capped at 4.0 times of monthly base
salary.
EVA-based Incentive Scheme (EBIS)
The EBIS is established with the
objective of motivating and rewarding
employees to create sustainable
shareholder value over the medium
term achieved by growing profits,
deploying capital efficiently and
managing the risk profile and risk time
horizon of the business. A portion of
the annual performance-related bonus
of the Senior Management Executives
is tied to the EVA achieved by the
Group in the financial year.
Under the plan, one-third of the
accumulated EVA-based bonus,
comprising the EVA declared for the
financial year and the balance of
such bonus brought forward from
preceding years (which comprises
multiple years of incentive dollars
retained in the EVA bank), is paid
out in cash each year. The remaining
two-thirds are carried forward in
the individual executives EVA bank.
Amounts in the EVA bank are at risk

because negative EVA will result
in a clawback of EVA accumulated
in previous years. This mechanism
encourages the senior management
to work for sustained EVA generation
and to adopt strategies that are
aligned with the long-term interests of
the Group.
In addition, the Group has a clawback
facility with respect to the EVA
bank in the event of a restatement
of the financial results of the Group
subsequent to an earlier misstatement
and provisions for the forfeiture of
the remaining EVA bank balance on
termination due to misconduct or
fraud resulting in any financial loss
to the Group.
Based on the ERCCs assessment that
the actual performance of the Group
in financial year 2015 has partially
met the pre-determined targets, the
resulting annual EVA declared under
EBIS was adjusted accordingly.
C. Share-based Compensation:
Share awards which were granted
in financial year 2015 were based
on the Singapore Technologies
Engineering Performance Share Plan
2010 (PSP2010) and the Singapore
Technologies Engineering Restricted
Share Plan 2010 (RSP2010) approved
and adopted by shareholders of the
Company at the Extraordinary General
Meeting held on 21 April 2010. Yearly
awards under the PSP2010 and
RSP2010 do not exceed the internal
annual limit of 1% of the total number
of issued shares of the Company, set
by the ERCC.
Details of the share plans and awards
granted are given in the Share Plans
section of the Directors Statement
from pages 116 to 119.
97
Corporate
Governance
PSP2010
The PSP2010 is established with
the objective of motivating Senior
Management Executives to strive for
sustained growth and performance
in the Group.
Pursuant to the PSP2010, the ERCC
has decided to grant contingent
awards on an annual basis, conditional
on meeting targets set for a threeyear performance period. With
effect from financial year 2010, the
performance measures used in PSP
grants under PSP2010 are:
Absolute Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) against Cost of Equity hurdles
(i.e. measure of absolute Wealth
Added); and
Relative TSR against Defensive
Stock Index, the constituents of
which are selected defensive
stock companies that have similar
market risk as the Group and are
listed on the Singapore Exchange
Securities Trading Limited (SGX).
A minimum threshold performance is
required for any performance shares
to be released to the recipient at
the end of the performance period.
The actual number of performance
shares released will depend on the
achievement of set targets over the
performance period, capped at 170%
of the conditional award.
The final PSP award is conditional
on the vesting of the shares under
the RSP2010 which have the same
performance end period.
The Group has clawback policies for
the unvested shares under PSP2010 in
the event of exceptional circumstances
of restatement of the financial results
of the Group subsequent to an earlier
misstatement, or of misconduct or
to the Group.
98
The Group did not meet the predetermined target performance level
for PSP awards granted based on the
performance period from financial
year 2013 to 2015.
RSP2010
The RSP2010 is established with the
objective of motivating managers
and above to strive for sustained
long-term growth and superior
performance in the Group. It also
aims to foster a share ownership
culture among employees within the
Group and to better align employees
incentives with shareholders interest.
Pursuant to the RSP2010, the ERCC
has decided to grant contingent
awards on an annual basis, conditional
on targets set for a one-year
performance period. The performance
measures, set based on the Group
corporate objectives, are:
Group Net Profit; and
Group EBITDA Margin.
A minimum threshold performance is
required for any restricted shares to
be released to the recipient at the end
of the performance period. The actual
number of shares released will depend
on the achievement of set targets over
the performance period, and will be
determined by the ERCC at the end
of the performance period, capped at
150% of the conditional award. The
shares will be released equally over
four consecutive years.
The Group has clawback policies for
the unvested shares under RSP2010
in the event of exceptional
circumstances of restatement
of the financial results of the
Group subsequent to an earlier
misstatement, or of misconduct or
to the Group.
The Group has partially met the

pre-determined target performance
level for the two RSP awards
granted in FY2014 and FY2015. The
achievements for both grants are
computed based on the performance
period from financial year 2014 to
2015 and for financial year 2015
respectively.
D. Market-Related Benefits:
The benefits provided are comparable
with local market practices.
The Code requires a company to
disclose the names and remuneration
of the CEO and at least the top five
key management personnel (who are
not also directors or the CEO). Details
of the remuneration package for the
CEO are provided in the Summary
Compensation Table for Directors on
page 100. Details of the remuneration
packages for the key management
executives are provided in the
Summary Compensation Table for Key
Management Executives on page 103.
In performing the duties as required
under its Terms of Reference, the
ERCC ensures that remuneration
paid to the Senior Management
Executives is strongly linked to
the achievement of business and
individual performance targets. The
performance targets as determined
by the ERCC are set at realistic yet
stretched levels each year to motivate
a high degree of business performance
with emphasis on both short- and
long-term quantifiable objectives.
A Pay-for-Performance Alignment
study was conducted by the
Remuneration Consultant and
reviewed by the ERCC; it was found
that there was sufficient evidence
indicating Pay-for-Performance
Alignment for the Group in terms
of both absolute and relative
performance.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Under the Code, the compensation

system shall take into account the risk
policies of the Group, be symmetric
with risk outcomes and be sensitive
to the time horizon of risks. The ERCC
will undertake periodic reviews of the
compensation-related risks.
During financial year 2015, there
were no termination, retirement and
post-employment benefits granted to
Directors, CEO and key management
executives other than in accordance
with the standard contractual
agreement.
There were no employees who
were immediate family members of
a Director or the CEO, and whose
remuneration exceeded S$50,000,
during financial year 2015.
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
REMUNERATION
Non-executive Directors (NEDs) have
remuneration packages consisting of
Directors fees and attendance fees,
which are approved in arrears by
shareholders for services rendered
in the previous year. The Directors
fee policy comprises a basic retainer,
attendance and additional fees for
serving on Board committees.
For services rendered in financial year
2015, eligible NEDs will receive 70%
of the total Directors fees in cash and
30% of the total Directors fees in the
form of restricted shares which are
governed by the terms of RSP2010,
subject to shareholders approval at
its AGM in April 2016.
As the restricted shares are awarded

in lieu of Directors compensation
in cash, the shares will be awarded
outright as fully paid shares with no
performance conditions attached
and no vesting periods imposed. To
encourage the alignment of interests
of the NEDs with the interests of
shareholders, the share award has a
moratorium on selling. Each eligible
NED is required to hold shares in
the Group worth the lower of: (a) the
total number of shares in the Group
awarded to such NED as payment
of the shares component of the
NEDs fees for financial year 2011 and
onwards; or (b) the number of shares
of equivalent value to the prevailing
annual basic retainer fee for a Director
of the Group. An NED can sell all his
shares in the Group a year after the
end of his Board tenure.
The computation of NEDs compensation is based on current fee policy rates.

From Private Sector ($)
2015
Chairman Fee
600,000
Basic Retainer
Director
72,000
Additional/Committee Fees
Audit Committee:
- Chairman
- Member
Executive Resource and Compensation Committee and Risk Review Committee:
- Chairman
- Member
Other Committee:
- Chairman
- Member
Attendance Fees
Per Board Meeting
Per Board Committee Meeting
52,000
29,000
35,000
18,000
29,000
14,000
2,000
1,000
99
Corporate
Governance
The Chairmans fee is a fixed fee

covering all Board and Board
Committee retainer and meeting
attendance. The fee will be paid in a
combination of cash (70%) and shares
(30%). The share award, as part of the
fee, will consist of fully-paid shares
with no performance conditions
attached and no vesting period
imposed. However, the shares will

have to be held for at least two years
from the date of award, and the two
year moratorium will apply even in the
event of retirement.
The NEDs compensation payable
in respect of financial year 2015 is
proposed to be S$1,749,212 (FY 2014:
S$1,592,830). Details of the Directors

remuneration are provided in the
Summary Compensation Table for
Directors on pages 100 to 102.
Fees to directors who hold public
sector appointments follow
the Directorship & Consultancy
Appointments Council (DCAC)s
guidelines as set out below.
From Public Sector ($)

2015
Chairman
Deputy Chairman/Chairman Executive Committee/Chairman Audit Committee
Member, Executive Committee/Member, Audit Committee/Chairman of Other Board Committee(s)
Director/Other Committee Member
45,000
33,750
22,500
11,250
NEDs who hold public sector appointments follow DCAC guidelines and will not be eligible for the shares component of the
NEDs compensation. 100% of their compensation in cash is payable to DCAC, where applicable.
Summary compensation table for directors for the year ended 31 December 2015 (Group):
Payable by the Company
Directors Total Fees *5
Executive Directors
Tan Pheng Hock
Vincent Chong Sy Feng
(Alternate to Tan Pheng Hock)
Total
100
Salary *1
$
Variable *2
$
Benefits *3
$
Share-based
Compensation *4
$
Cashbased
$
Sharebased
$
Total
$
1,289,400
1,547,226
159,225
1,531,829
4,527,680
513,410
1,173,878
76,605
553,313
2,317,206
1,802,810
2,721,104
235,830
2,085,142
6,844,886
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Payable by the Company
Non-Executive directors
Salary *1
$
Variable *2
$
Benefits *3
$
Share-based
Compensation *4
$
Cashbased
$
Sharebased
$
Total
$
Kwa Chong Seng
420,000
180,000
600,000
Koh Beng Seng
95,900
41,100
137,000
Ng Chee Meng
14,178 (a)(b)
14,178
MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry
4,500 (a)(c)
4,500
Ng Chee Khern
21,250 (a)
21,250
Quek Tong Boon
15,750
15,750
Quek Poh Huat
32,959 (d)
32,959
Venkatachalam Krishnakumar
201,000
201,000
Davinder Singh s/o Amar Singh
98,000
42,000
140,000
123,900
53,100
177,000
Khoo Boon Hui
81,128 (e)
34,241
115,369
Quek See Tiat
81,200
34,800
116,000
Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
70,700
30,300
101,000
Dr Beh Swan Gin
11,250 (a)
11,250
Lim Sim Seng
33,297 (f)
14,270
47,567
10,072
(g)
4,317
14,389
(h)
434,128
1,749,212
Lim Ah Doo
COL Alan Goh Kim Hua

(Alternate To
MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry)
Total
1,315,084
Payable by Subsidiaries
Executive Directors
Salary *1
$
Variable *2
$
Benefits *3
$
Share-based
Compensation *4
$
Tan Pheng Hock

(Alternate to Tan Pheng Hock)
Total
Cashbased
$
251,750 (i)
6,877 (i)(j)
258,627
Sharebased
$
Total
$
251,750
6,877
258,627
101
Corporate
Governance
Payable by Subsidiaries
Non-Executive directors
Salary *1
$
Variable *2
$
Benefits *3
$
Share-based
Compensation *4
$
Cashbased
$
Sharebased
$
Total
$
Quek Tong Boon
12,500
12,500
Quek Poh Huat
52,500
22,500
75,000
31,500
13,500
45,000
Dr Beh Swan Gin
2,813 (a)
2,813
Lim Sim Seng
3,500
1,500
5,000
1,643 (a)
Total
104,456
1,643
37,500
141,956
*1 Salary includes base salary and employer CPF for the financial year ended 31 December 2015.
*2 Variable includes Monthly Performance Bonus (which is 1/12 of the 13th month salary or AWS paid over 12 months), Performance Target Bonus paid & EVA-based
incentive for the financial year ended 31 December 2015.
The EVA-based incentive for the year is added to the balance brought forward in each of the executives individual EVA Bank. 13 of the total is paid out, with the
balance 23 carried forward to the next year. A negative EVA-based incentive will result in a clawback of individual EVA Bank.
*3 Benefits provided for employees are comparable with local market practices. These include medical, dental, insurances, transport, etc.
*4 The PSP and RSP Contingent Awards to be granted in 2016 for work done in FY2015 are based on the fair values as determined using the Monte Carlo simulation
model
*5 The directors cash fees and share awards will only be paid/granted upon approval by the shareholders at the forthcoming AGM of the Group.
(a) Fees for public sector directors are payable to a government agency, the DCAC.
(b) Pro-rated. Ng Chee Meng resigned as Director on 18 August 2015.
(c) Pro-rated. MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry was appointed Director on 20 October 2015.
(d) Pro-rated. Quek Poh Huat retired as Director on 23 April 2015.
(e) Fees for Mr Khoo Boon Hui are payable to DCAC and Mr Khoo himself in respect of services rendered for the period from 1 January 2015 to 20 January 2015 and
from 21 January 2015 to 31 December 2015 respectively.
(f) Pro-rated. Lim Sim Seng was appointed DIrector on 15 May 2015.
(g) Pro-rated. Lim Ah Doo was appointed Director on 10 November 2015.
(h) COL Alan Goh Kim Hua was appointed Alternate Director to MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry on 20 October 2015.
(i) Fees are payable to Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd.
(j) Pro-rated. Vincent Chong Sy Feng was appointed Alternate Director to Tan Pheng Hock on 1 December 2015.
The following information relates to remuneration of directors of Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd:
Number of Directors in Remuneration Bands
102
2015
2014
$500,000 and above
$250,000 to $499,999
Below $250,000
15
12
Total
18
14
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Summary compensation table for key Management executives for the year ended 31 December 2015 (Group):
Remuneration
$
Salary *1
%
Variable *2
%
Benefit *3
%
Share-based *4
%
Total
%
Between $2,500,000 and $2,750,000

Lee Fook Sun
26%
48%
3%
23%
100%
Between $1,500,000 and $1,750,000

Lim Serh Ghee
30%
44%
4%
22%
100%
Ng Sing Chan
34%
37%
5%
24%
100%
Ravinder Singh s/o Harchand Singh
29%
41%
5%
25%
100%
Total for Key Management Executives
$7,470,625
*1 Salary includes base salary and employer CPF for the financial year ended 31 December 2015.
*2 Variable includes Monthly Performance Bonus (which is 1/12 of the 13th month salary or AWS paid over 12 months), Performance Target Bonus paid & EVA-based
incentive for the financial year ended 31 December 2015.
The EVA-based incentive for the year is added to the balance brought forward in each of the executives individual EVA Bank. 13 of the total is paid out, with
the balance 23 carried forward to the next year. A negative EVA-based incentive will result in a clawback of individual EVA Bank.
*3 Benefits provided for employees are comparable with local market practices. These include medical, dental, insurances, transport, etc.
*4 The PSP and RSP Contingent Awards to be granted in 2016 for work done in FY2015 are based on the fair values as determined using the Monte Carlo simulation
model.
ACCOUNTABILITY AND AUDIT

Accountability
(Principle 10)
The Board is responsible for providing
a balanced assessment of the
Companys performance, position
and prospects. In presenting the
annual financial statements and
quarterly results announcements to
shareholders promptly, it is the aim of
the Board to provide the shareholders
with a detailed analysis, explanation
and assessment of the Groups
performance, position, risk review
and prospects. The Board also takes
adequate steps to ensure compliance
with legislative and regulatory
requirements, including compliance
with the continuing listing obligations
under the SGX Listing Manual. As and
when new rules and regulations or
accounting standards are introduced,
external professionals will be invited

to brief our directors.
Directors are required to issue a
Negative Assurance Statement to
accompany the Companys interim
financial results announcement.
For this purpose, certain internal
procedures have been put in place
to enable each member of the Board
reviewing the interim financial
statements to immediately raise any
material information known to him
which may render the interim financial
results to be false or misleading prior
to their release to SGX. Should there
be any significant adverse issue(s)
raised by the Audit Committee
(AC) or Board member which may
affect the results in a material way,
the scheduled date of the results
announcement will be postponed
to allow time for investigation or
further review.
The appointment of auditors is subject

to approval at each AGM. In making its
recommendations to shareholders on
the appointment and re-appointment
of auditors, the Board relies on the
review and recommendations of the
AC. KPMG LLP in Singapore audits
Singapore incorporated subsidiaries
that are not exempt from audit
under the Singapore Companies Act.
Subsidiaries incorporated in countries
outside Singapore that require an
audit in their local jurisdictions are
largely audited by other independent
member firms of the KPMG network
affiliated with KPMG International
Cooperative, a Swiss entity. Some
of our overseas associates and joint
ventures which engage other auditing
firms do not constitute a significant
number. The names of the auditing
firms of our subsidiaries, associates
and joint ventures are disclosed at
pages 183 and 189 of this Annual
Report.
103
Corporate
Governance
The Company has complied with Rules
712 and 715 of the SGX Listing Manual
in relation to the engagement of its
auditors.
reporting is to the Chairman of the AC,

although she reports administratively
to the President & CEO of the
Company.
Directors and key senior executives

of the Group are prohibited from
dealing in ST Engineering shares two
weeks before the announcement
of ST Engineerings first quarter,
second quarter, third quarter, and
full year results up to the date of
the announcement of the results.
Directors are discouraged from
trading on short term considerations.
Additionally, all directors of the Group
and employees are reminded not to
trade in situations where the insider
trading laws and rules would prohibit
trading.
IA plans its internal audit schedules in

consultation with, but independently
of, management. The IA Plan is
submitted to the RACs and the AC for
approval at the beginning of each year.
The RACs and the AC also meet with IA
at least once a year (RAC/AC met with
IA twice a year) without the presence
of management to gather feedback
on managements level of cooperation
and other matters that warrant the
RACs and the ACs attention. All IA
reports are submitted to the RACs and
the AC for deliberation with copies of
these reports extended to the relevant
senior management, for prompt
corrective actions, as recommended.
Furthermore, IAs summary of
findings, recommendations and
updates on management actions taken
are discussed at the quarterly RACs
and AC meetings.
The directors interests in shares of

ST Engineering and its related
companies during the year are found
on pages 109 to 115 of this Annual
Report.
Risk Management and Internal Control
(Principle 11)
Internal Audit
(Principle 13)
The AC, with the support of the
respective Sectors Risk and Audit
Committees (RACs) oversees and
appraises the quality of the IA
function. The Board, through the
AC, Risk Review Committee (these
Committees are deliberately kept
separate at the holding level to
specifically focus on each important
area of responsibility) and the RACs,
is responsible for oversight of the risk
management responsibilities, internal
controls and governance processes
delegated to Management.
The IA supports the AC and RACs
in reviewing the adequacy of the
Companys internal control system.
Staffed by qualified auditors, IA has
unrestricted direct access to the
AC. The Head of IAs primary line of
104
During the year, a joint Risk Review

Committee (RRC) and AC meeting was
held in accordance with the respective
terms of reference of the committees
to facilitate constructive sharing of the
common issues that may need to be
addressed by both these committees.
The joint committees were updated
on the risk management process and
key risk policy listing.
During the year, IA worked with
Management to align companies to the
Groups internal control environment
and compliance standards in order
to strengthen the self-regulating
checks and balances. IA also made
periodic visits to overseas subsidiaries
to review their operations to ensure
compliance with the internal controls
framework. IA is assisted in its work
by an external accounting firm which
is not the external auditors of the
Company to ensure independence of
the internal audit role. In accordance

with its plan, surprise audits were
conducted in the course of the year
on selected areas including treasury
activities. Dormant bank accounts
were also reviewed against bank
mandates, bank statements, balances,
etc. There were no material issues
highlighted following the surprise
audits.
Control issues are discussed at
AC meetings.
The IA continued with its system
of rating a company at the end of
an internal audit for the purpose of
differentiating the high risk issues
which require immediate attention.
Based on the internal controls
established and maintained by the
Group, work performed by the
internal and external auditors, and
reviews performed by Management
and various Board Committees, the
Board, with the concurrence of the
RACs and the AC, is satisfied that
the Groups framework of internal
controls and procedures as well
as risk management systems are
adequate as at 31 December 2015; to
provide reasonable, but not absolute,
assurance of achieving its internal
control objectives and addressing
financial, operational, compliance and
information technology risks.
The Board is satisfied that problems
are identified on a timely basis and
follow up actions are taken promptly
to minimise unnecessary lapses. The
Board, through the board committees,
is supported in these areas by the
Internal Audit and Risk Management
teams of the Company. In this regard,
the Board also notes that no system
can provide absolute assurance
against the occurrence of material
errors, poor judgment in decision
making, human error, fraud or other
irregularities.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

The RRC, chaired by Mr Khoo Boon
Hui, comprises MG Perry Lim,
Mr Davinder Singh, Mr Venkatachalam
Krishnakumar, Ms Olivia Lum and
Mr Tan Pheng Hock. Each RAC
oversees the risk and audit aspects
at the Sector level.
a) Risk Governance
The RRC assists the Board in its risk
governance responsibility. RRCs role
is one of oversight of the responsibility
delegated to Management to
ensure that there is a system of
controls in place for identifying and
managing risks in order to safeguard
stakeholders interests and the
Companys assets.
The RRC is supported by the Group
Risk Management Team (GRMT),
headed by SVP, Risk Management,
working with the Sector Chief
Risk Officers from each of the
following Sectors:
1) Aerospace
2) Electronics
3) Land Systems
4) Marine
The Head of GRMT reports to
the Chairman of the RRC and
ST Engineerings President & CEO.
The GRMT provides leadership in
the implementation of a Group-wide
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
framework that allows risks to be
identified, assessed, monitored and
managed by the business managers.
The respective RACs additionally
take on the review of risks and risk
management systems and assist in
the discharge of the risk oversight
responsibilities at the Sector level.
Administratively, the RACs are
supported by the GRMT and the
Sector Chief Risk Officers. The
GRMT ensures that there is general

alignment in the quarterly risk agenda
of the RAC meetings to that of the
RRC. The annual risk work plan of each
sector is also aligned to the Group
risk work plan before it is approved
by the respective RACs and further
endorsed by the RRC.
The RRC reviews the minutes of the
RAC meetings which are circulated
to all members of the RRC. The RAC
Chairman or a member of the RAC
is invited to attend the quarterly
RRC meetings so as to have a clear
understanding of group risk policies
and to share any feedback or raise any
issue that the RACs may have.
In the respective Terms of Reference
of the RRC and AC, the members
of the RRC and the AC will come
together at least once a year to discuss
significant risks and audit issues of
the Group.
There is at least a member on the
RRC who is also a member of the AC
to facilitate communication and access
of information between the two
committees.
b) Risk Aware Culture and Training
Embedding the right culture
throughout the organization
is important for effective risk
management. The RRC recognises
good culture fosters openness that
will enable Management and staff to
escalate concerns in a timely manner
without fear, as well as promote
better judgment, which provides
greater comfort to the Board and
Management.
As part of the risk awareness and
communication programme, annual
risk management training plans
covering various risk topics are
developed and implemented by the
respective sectors, and the status of
the training is updated to the RRC and
RAC at periodic intervals.
c) Risk Review Process

Under the ERM framework, a risk
dashboard of the top 15 business risks
(comprising the key inherent risks that
may impact the business objectives) is
developed and maintained by each of
the significant business units, rolling
up into a summary dashboard for
each of the four business sectors
Aerospace, Electronics, Land Systems
and Marine. Once the top business
risks are identified, measures will then
be taken to develop and implement
risk preventive and mitigation actions
(collectively known as controls)
and risk monitoring processes. The
business managers are required to
periodically review the effectiveness
of the controls implemented, and
initiate necessary changes as the risk
profile changes.
Quarterly, the Presidents and the
Sector Chief Risk Officers review, with
the RRC and RAC, their respective
dashboard of material business risks.
At the meetings, the Presidents and
Sector Chief Risk Officers would
discuss the risk management action
plans and measures to address
these risks. At the same time, the
Presidents and Sector Chief Risk
Officers would also highlight the
following for discussion:
1) emerging trends and issues in
each business sector
2) new risk or changes to existing
risk profile
3) new risk incidents
4) major risk exposures
5) risk management actions taken
on previously identified risks
The Committee met five times
during the year. It endorsed a new
framework on the integration process
for newly acquired companies and
businesses into the Group with a
view to monitoring the risks of these
new acquisitions as well as ensuring
that these new companies and
businesses are adequately integrated
105
Corporate
Governance
into the Group post acquisition. The
Committee continues to monitor the
implementation of risk management
policies and procedures and receives
updates to the risk registers
maintained by the respective sectors.
Major reviews include compliance with
major laws and regulations, as well
as business disruption risks and their
continuity plans.
d) Risk Management Self Assurance
Process
The Risk Management Self Assurance
is a process whereby the business risk
owners, together with the respective
control owners, evaluate and assess
the operational effectiveness of the
controls established to manage the
key risks that are reported in Sector
Risk Dashboard.
On the basis of this self assessment,
annually, the RACs and RRC will
receive from the respective Sector
Presidents and Sector Group Financial
Controllers, written assurances on
the adequacy and effectiveness of
the system of risk management and
controls to manage the significant
risks.
For more information on the
Companys material long term risks,
and risk management framework,
please refer to the Risk Governance
section at page 105 of this Annual
Report for more details.
The Board is satisfied with the risk

management process in place, and,
in its opinion, that the effectiveness
and adequacy of the material controls
to manage the key risks have been
appropriately reviewed through the
management self assurance process,
as well as reasonable independent
assurance provided by the Companys
IA Function.
Audit Committee
(Principle 12)
The AC is supported in its work by the
audit committees of the four business
sectors. The respective chairmen of
the RACs of the four business sectors
are invited to attend the AC meetings
of ST Engineering so as to have a
clear understanding of policies made
at the holding company level and to
share any feedback or raise any issue
that the Sectors RACs may have. As
a guiding principle to provide check
and balance, a member of the AC
should not also be a member of the
Business Investment and Divestment
Committee.
The Board receives, at regular

intervals, updates from the Board
committees on the key business risks,
the material controls to manage these
risks, and the internal audit reports on
the operational effectiveness of the
material controls.
The AC has full authority to

commission and review findings of
internal investigations into matters
where it is alerted of any suspected
fraud or irregularity or failure of
internal controls or infringement
of any law likely to have a material
impact on the Groups operating
results. It can investigate any matter
within its terms of reference and with
the full cooperation of management.
The Board has also received assurance

from the Groups President & CEO
The ACs key terms of reference

include the following:
System of Internal Control and

Risk Management
106
and CFO on the effectiveness of the

Companys risk management and
internal control systems, that the
financial records have been properly
maintained and that the financial
statements give a true and fair view
of the Companys operations and
finances.
undertaking the statutory and

regulatory functions of an AC as
are prescribed by law from time
to time;
reviewing the reports of the
external and internal auditors to
provide a further layer of assurance
of the integrity, confidentiality and
availability of critical information;
reviewing interested person
transactions;
evaluating the work of the external
auditors to determine their
independence and recommending
to the Board their re-appointment
and compensation on an annual
basis; and
reviewing the level of non-audit
services.
The Company has in place a WhistleBlowing framework, where staff may,
in confidence and without fear of
retaliation, raise concerns of incidents
of possible wrongdoing or breach of
applicable laws, regulations or policies
to the respective chairmen of the
RACs in the Group. In accordance with
this framework, a Whistle-Blowing
dashboard reporting is presented
to the Sectors RAC and the AC at its
quarterly meetings. As ST Engineering
has become a global company with a
presence in many countries, it is aware
of the need to apply international
corporate governance standards
wherever it operates. It takes a
serious view of all reports of violations
received and may commission
investigations as appropriate.
The AC comprises Mr Koh Beng Seng
as Chairman, Mr Venkatachalam
Krishnakumar, Dr Stanley Lai, Mr Quek
See Tiat and Mr Lim Ah Doo. All the
members of the AC are independent
directors and majority, including the
AC Chairman, have the relevant
accounting or financial management
expertise or experience. Dr Stanley Lai,
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
a Senior Counsel, does not possess

financial expertise, but contributes
through his legal expertise to lend
a useful professional view to AC
discussions. He has attended relevant
training on financial governance.
The AC held five meetings during
the year. The AC met twice with
the external auditors, without
management, at the beginning and
middle of the year. The AC also met
with the RRC to review the significant
risks and related key controls.
During the year, the AC reviewed
and recommended to the Board
the release of the 2014 full year,
1Q2015, 2Q2015 and 3Q2015 financial
statements, and considered and
approved the 2015 Audit Plan
and the 2015 Internal Audit (IA)
Plan. In addition, the AC reviewed
the adequacy of internal control
procedures including IT security
issues, Interested Person transactions
and the issues raised in IA reports.
It also considered the reappointment
of the External Auditors as well as
their remuneration.
The AC reviewed the level of non
audit services performed by its
external auditors. For the full year
2015, $3,988,000 was paid to the
external auditors for audit and non
audit services of the Group, of which
$1,205,000 or 30% were for non-audit
services. The AC was of the opinion
that the non audit services performed
by the auditors did not compromise
their independence.
The AC is routinely updated on the
proposed and impending changes
in accounting standards and their
implications for the Group.
Chaired by Mr Davinder Singh, the
members include Dr Beh Swan
Gin, Mr Ng Chee Khern and Mr Tan

Pheng Hock. Budgets prepared
by the respective subsidiaries are
consolidated at the ST Engineering
level and presented to the Budget
and Finance Committee for review
and recommendation to the Board
for approval.
During the year, the Budget and
Finance Committee held one meeting
to review the FY2015 budget
assumptions and 5-year forecast
and to review the 2016 Plan prior to
submission to the Board for approval.
The Business Investment and
Divestment Committee comprises
Mr Kwa Chong Seng as Chairman,
MG Perry Lim, Dr Beh Swan Gin and
Mr Tan Pheng Hock. The Committee is
delegated authority by the Board to
consider investments and divestments
up to certain threshold values and to
ensure that investments/divestments
are in line with the Groups strategy.
Tenders Committee
The Tenders Committee comprises
a rolling list of any three Directors
drawn from the Board, and is
delegated authority by the Board
to consider tender proposals.
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
Shareholder Rights
(Principle 14)
Communication with Shareholders
(Principle 15)
Conduct of Shareholder Meetings
(Principle 16)
The Company enters into regular
and timely communication with
shareholders as part of the Groups
effort to help shareholders better
understand its businesses and to
obtain feedback on the views and

concerns of shareholders.
To keep the market abreast and
updated of the Groups developments,
presentation materials on financial
results, as well as statutory
announcements and marketing
news releases are made available
on the Companys website at
www.stengg.com.
In 2015, ST Engineerings investor
relations team held over 200 face-toface investor meetings and conference
calls, as well as participated in investor
conferences in Singapore and Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia, as well as held an
investor roadshow in select cities of
the US and Canada.
ST Engineering is committed to timely
and transparent disclosures to ensure
that the investing community receives
a balanced and updated view of the
Groups performance and businesses.
Board members attended the AGM
and EGM in 2015 where shareholders
present were given an opportunity
to seek clarification or question the
Board on issues pertaining to the
resolutions proposed before they
were voted on. The external auditors
were also present at the AGM to assist
the directors in answering questions
on audit related matters from
shareholders.
The Company fully supports the
Codes principle to encourage active
shareholder participation. For
transparency in the voting process,
ST Engineering has, since 2010,
adopted the use of electronic poll
voting for all the resolutions put to
vote at its AGM and EGM. This is a
fair and transparent way of voting
based on the principle of one share
one vote. ST Engineering will continue
to use electronic poll voting at the
forthcoming AGM. More on investor
relations can be found on pages 56
and 57.
107
financial
report
CONTENTS
109
Directors Statement
126
Statements of Changes in Equity
121
Independent Auditors Report
129
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
122
Consolidated Income Statement
134
Notes to the Financial Statements
123
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
255
SGX Listing Manual Requirements
124
Balance Sheets
256
Sectoral Financial Review
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Directors Statement
31 December 2015
(Currency - Singapore dollars unless otherwise stated)
We are pleased to submit this annual report to the members of the Company together with the audited nancial statements of
the Group and of the Company for the nancial year ended 31 December 2015.
In our opinion:
(a)
the nancial statements set out on pages 122 to 254 are drawn up so as to give a true and fair view of the nancial position
of the Group and of the Company as at 31 December 2015, and changes in equity of the Group and of the Company, and
the nancial performance and cash ows of the Group for the year ended on that date in accordance with the provisions
of the Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50 and Singapore Financial Reporting Standards; and
(b)
at the date of this statement, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as
and when they fall due.
The Board of Directors has, on the date of this statement, authorised these nancial statements for issue.
DIRECTORS
The directors of the Company in ofce at the date of this statement are as follows:
Kwa Chong Seng
Tan Pheng Hock
Koh Beng Seng
MG Perry Lim Cheng Yeow
Ng Chee Khern
Quek Tong Boon
Khoo Boon Hui
Quek See Tiat
Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
Dr Beh Swan Gin
Lim Sim Seng
Lim Ah Doo
(Chairman)
(President and Chief Executive Ofcer)
(Appointed on 20 October 2015)
(Appointed on 15 May 2015)

(Appointed on 10 November 2015)
(Appointed Alternate Director to MG Lim Cheng Yeow Perry on 20 October 2015)
(Appointed Alternate Director to Tan Pheng Hock on 1 December 2015)
ARRANGEMENTS TO ENABLE DIRECTORS TO ACQUIRE SHARES OR DEBENTURES

Except for the Singapore Technologies Engineering Share Option Plan (ESOP), Singapore Technologies Engineering
Performance Share Plan 2010 (PSP2010) and Singapore Technologies Engineering Restricted Share Plan 2010 (RSP2010)
(collectively the ST Engineering Share Plans), neither at the end of nor at any time during the nancial year was the Company
a party to any arrangement whose objects are, or one of whose objects is, to enable the directors of the Company to acquire
benets by means of the acquisition of shares in or debentures of the Company or any other body corporate.
DIRECTORS INTERESTS
Except as disclosed in this statement, no director who held ofce at the end of the nancial year had interests in shares,
debentures, warrants, share options or awards of the Company or of related corporations either at the beginning of the
nancial year or date of appointment if later, or at the end of the nancial year.
109
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD
Directors Statement
31 December 2015
DIRECTORS INTERESTS (continued)

According to the register kept by the Company for the purposes of Section 164 of the Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50,
particulars of interests of directors who held ofce at the end of the nancial year in shares, debentures, warrants, share
options and awards in the Company and its related corporations were as follows:
Holdings in the name of the director,
spouse or infant children
1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
521,700
4,122,603
212,505
184,209
59,237
75,540
4,600
30,000
713,937
571,600
4,892,937
223,805
250,109
70,237
93,240
14,300
5,100
30,000
713,937
The Company
Ordinary Shares
Kwa Chong Seng
Tan Pheng Hock
Koh Beng Seng
Quek See Tiat
Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
Lim Ah Doo
1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
Exercise
price
$
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
2.37
2.57
3.01
2.84
3.23
Exercisable period
The Company
Options to Subscribe for Ordinary Shares
Tan Pheng Hock
110
8.2.2006
11.8.2006
10.2.2007
11.8.2007
16.3.2008
to
7.2.2015
to 10.8.2015
to
9.2.2016
to 10.8.2016
to 15.3.2017
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
The Company
Conditional Award of 250,000 shares under PSP2010
for performance period 2012 to 2014
Tan Pheng Hock
0 to 425,000 #1
#2
0 to 297,500 #1
0 to 297,500 #1
0 to 425,000 #1
0 to 425,000 #1
0 to 214,200 #1
0 to 640,900 #1
0 to 214,200 #1
Conditional Award of 175,000 shares under PSP2010 for

performance period 2013 to 2015
Tan Pheng Hock
Conditional Award of 250,000 shares under PSP2010 for
Tan Pheng Hock
Conditional Award of shares under PSP2010 for
Tan Pheng Hock
(377,000 shares)
(126,000 shares)
Unvested shares under RSP2010 arising from

release of Conditional Award of 96,000 shares
Tan Pheng Hock
23,808 #3

Tan Pheng Hock
43,872 #3
21,936 #3
0 to 129,000 #4
#5
Conditional Award of 86,000 shares under RSP2010

Tan Pheng Hock
111
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
The Company
Tan Pheng Hock
27,090 #3
Conditional Award of 96,000 shares under RSP2010

Tan Pheng Hock
0 to 144,000 #4
0 to 144,000 #4
289,440 #3
289,440 #3
431,374 #3
431,374 #3
0 to 111,000 #6
0 to 211,500 #6
0 to 111,000 #6
Time-based restricted shares under RSP2010

Vested in 2015 to 2017
(434,160 shares)
Time-based restricted shares under RSP2010

Vested in 2015 to 2017
(647,061 shares)
Conditional Award of shares under RSP2010

for performance period 1 January 2015 to
31 December 2015
Tan Pheng Hock
(141,000 shares)
(74,000 shares)
Related Corporations
Ascendas Funds Management (S) Limited
Unit holdings in Ascendas Real Estate Investment Trust
Quek See Tiat
112
N.A.
34,000
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
N.A.
$250,000
100,000
100,000
300,000
300,000
8,000
8,000
2,000
100,000
185,000
2,000
100,000
185,000
2,500
2,500
400,000
2,000,000
Ascendas Pte Ltd
Regular Notes Ascendas Pte Ltd 2012
Without Fixed Maturity Variable Rate Subordinated
Ng Chee Khern
Mapletree Commercial Trust Management Ltd.
Unit holdings in Mapletree Commercial Trust
Mapletree Greater China Commercial Trust Management Ltd.
Unit holdings in Mapletree Greater China Commercial Trust
Khoo Boon Hui
Mapletree Industrial Trust Management Ltd.
Unit holdings in Mapletree Industrial Trust
Mapletree Logistics Trust Management Ltd.
Unit holdings in Mapletree Logistics Trust
Quek Tong Boon
Lim Ah Doo
Perpetual Securities
Neptune Orient Lines Limited
Ordinary Shares
Kwa Chong Seng
113
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
Neptune Orient Lines Limited
S$400 million 4.25% Notes due 2017
Kwa Chong Seng
$250,000
$250,000
420,000
420,000
36,085
36,594
Olam International Limited

Ordinary Shares
Kwa Chong Seng
Warrants
Kwa Chong Seng
Singapore Airlines Limited
Ordinary Shares
3,733
3,733
$500,000
$500,000
26,466
3,350
1,520
2,720
2,030
34,000
1,800
3,087
680
100,460
26,466
3,350
1,520
2,720
2,030
54,000
1,800
3,087
680
100,460
S$500 million 3.22% Notes 09 Jul 2010 09 Jul 2020

Singapore Telecommunications Limited
Ordinary Shares
Kwa Chong Seng
Tan Pheng Hock
Koh Beng Seng
Ng Chee Khern
Quek Tong Boon
Khoo Boon Hui
Quek See Tiat
Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
114
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

1 January 2015
or date of
appointment if
later
31 December 2015
4,000
10,000
4,000
10,000
25,150
15,716
5,000
25,150
15,716
5,000
30,000
30,000
SMRT Corporation Ltd
Ordinary Shares
Quek Tong Boon
Dr Beh Swan Gin
StarHub Ltd
Ordinary Shares
Tan Pheng Hock
Quek See Tiat
TeleChoice International Limited
Ordinary Shares
Tan Pheng Hock
*1
Held in trust by a trustee company on behalf of the director.
#1
A minimum threshold performance over a 3-year period is required for any performance shares to be released and the actual number of performance
shares to be released is capped at 170% of the conditional award.
#2
For this period, Mr Tan Pheng Hock was awarded 297,500 shares upon partial achievement of targets set. The balance of the conditional award covering
the period from 2012 to 2014 has thus lapsed.
#3
Balance of unvested restricted shares to be released according to the stipulated vesting periods.
#4
A minimum threshold performance over a 2-year period is required for any restricted shares to be released. The actual number of restricted shares to
be released is capped at 150% of the conditional award and will be delivered in phases according to the stipulated vesting periods.
#5
For this period, Mr Tan Pheng Hock was awarded 54,180 shares upon partial achievement of targets set. The balance of the conditional award covering
the period from 2013 to 2014 has thus lapsed.
#6
A minimum threshold performance over a 1-year period is required for any restricted shares to be released. The actual number of restricted shares to be
released is capped at 150% of the conditional award and will be delivered in phases according to the stipulated vesting periods.
There was no change in any of above-mentioned directors interest in the Company between the end of the nancial year and
21 January 2016.
115
Directors Statement
31 December 2015
SHARE PLANS
The Executive Resource and Compensation Committee (ERCC) is responsible for administering the ST Engineering Share Plans.
The ERCC members are Mr Kwa Chong Seng (Chairman), Mr Venkatachalam Krishnakumar and Dr Stanley Lai Tze Chang.
As at 31 December 2015, no participants have been granted options and/or have received shares under the ST Engineering
Share Plans which, in aggregate, represent 5% or more of the total number of new shares available under the ST Engineering
Share Plans.
The aggregate number of new shares issued pursuant to the RSP2010 and PSP2010 did not exceed 8% of the issued share
capital of the Company.
Except as disclosed below, there were no options granted and no shares awarded by the Company to any person to take up
unissued shares of the Company.
(a)
ESOP
(i)
The options granted under the ESOP are as follows:

Aggregate options
granted and
accepted since
commencement to
end of
nancial year
under review
Aggregate options
exercised/lapsed
since
commencement
to end of
nancial year
under review
Aggregate options
outstanding
as at end of
nancial year
under review
Tan Pheng Hock

Koh Beng Seng
2,602,500
204,000
152,500
2,002,500
204,000
152,500
600,000
Non-Executive Directors of the Company

and its subsidiaries (including current
and former directors)
5,405,566
5,405,566
193,717,858
176,081,117
17,636,741
187,320
187,320
Participant
Directors of the Company
Group Executives (including Tan Pheng Hock)

Parent Group Executives and others
116
(ii)
The options granted by the Company do not entitle the holders of the options, by virtue of such holdings, to any
right to participate in any share issue of any other company.
(iii)
During the nancial year, ordinary shares in the Company were issued pursuant to the exercise of options to take
up unissued shares of the Company.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Directors Statement
31 December 2015
SHARE PLANS (continued)

(b)
PSP2010 (PSP)
The PSP is established with the objective of motivating senior management staff to strive for sustained long-term growth
and performance in ST Engineering and its subsidiaries (ST Engineering Group). Awards of performance shares are granted
conditional on performance targets set based on the ST Engineering Group corporate objectives.
Pursuant to the PSP, the ERCC has decided to grant awards on an annual basis, conditional on targets set for a performance
period, currently prescribed to be a 3-year performance period. The performance shares will only be released to the recipient
at the end of the performance qualifying period. A specied number of performance shares shall be released by the ERCC to
the recipient and the actual number of performance shares will depend on the achievement of set targets over the respective
performance period. A minimum threshold performance is required for any performance share to be released and the actual
number of performance shares to be released is capped at 170% of the conditional award.
The performance measures used in PSP grants are Absolute Total Shareholder Return (TSR) against Cost of Equity hurdles
(i.e. measure of absolute Wealth Added); and Relative TSR against Defensive Stock Index, the constituents of which are selected
defensive stock companies that have similar market risk as the Group and are listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities
Trading Limited (SGX).
In addition to PSP performance targets being met, the ERCC decided that the nal award for PSP is conditional upon the
performance targets for RSP that has the same end of performance period being met. Known as the plan trigger condition, this
is to create alignment between senior management and other employees. The nal award for PSP 2013 is therefore conditional
on the performance targets for RSP 2014, which has the same end of performance period in December 2015, being met.
Participant
Conditional
awards
granted
during
the nancial
year under
review
0 to 640,900
0 to 214,200
Awards
released
during the
nancial
year under
review
Aggregate
conditional
awards
granted since
commencement
to end of
nancial year
under review
Aggregate
awards
released since
commencement
to end of
nancial year
under review
Aggregate
conditional
awards not
released as at
end of nancial
year under
review
297,500
0 to 2,213,400
0 to 214,200
595,000
0 to 1,363,400
0 to 214,200
1,529,222 0 to 12,617,400
3,075,043
0 to 6,724,375
PSP2010
Director of the Company
Tan Pheng Hock
Group Executives
(including Tan Pheng Hock
and Vincent Chong
Sy Feng)
0 to 3,131,230
117
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

(c)
RSP2010 (RSP)
The RSP is established with the objective of motivating managers and above to strive for sustained long-term growth and
superior performance in ST Engineering Group. It also aims to foster a share ownership culture among staff within the
ST Engineering Group and to better align staffs incentive scheme with shareholders interest.
Pursuant to the RSP, the ERCC has decided to grant awards on an annual basis, conditional on targets set for a performance
period, currently prescribed to be a 1-year performance period. The actual number of restricted shares delivered will depend
on the achievement of set targets over the respective performance period. This will be determined by the ERCC at the end of
the qualifying performance period and released equally to the recipient over a 4-year vesting period.
Prior to 2015, RSP were granted on a 2-year performance period with a 3-year vesting period in the ratio of 50%, 25% and
25% consecutively.
A minimum threshold performance is required for any restricted share to be released while the maximum number of restricted
shares to be delivered is capped at 150% of the conditional award.
The targets measured over a 1-year performance period are set based on ST Engineering Group corporate objectives. The
performance measures used for the 1-year performance period are ST Engineering Group Net Prot After Tax and EBITDA Margin.
Prior to 2015, the performance measures used for the 2-year performance period are ST Engineering Group EVA Spread and
EBITDA Margin.
Since 2011, the awards granted under the ST Engineering RSP2010 to the Non-Executive Directors (other than those from the
public sector) are outright shares with no performance and vesting conditions but with a Moratorium on selling. These shares
will form up to 30% of their total compensation with the remaining 70% payable in cash.
118
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Directors Statement
31 December 2015

(c)
RSP2010 (RSP) (continued)

The awards granted under the RSP2010 are as follows:
Participant
Conditional
awards/
awards
Awards
granted
released
during the
during the
financial year financial year
under review under review
Aggregate
conditional
awards/
Aggregate
awards
awards
granted since
released since
Aggregate
commencement commencement
awards not
to end of
to end of
released
financial year
financial year
as at end of
under review
under review financial year
Aggregate
conditional
awards not
released
as at end of
financial year
under review
RSP2010
Director of the
Company
Kwa Chong Seng
Tan Pheng Hock
Koh Beng Seng
Venkatachalam
Krishnakumar
Davinder Singh
s/o Amar Singh
Dr Stanley Lai Tze
Chang
Quek See Tiat
Olivia Lum Ooi Lin
Vincent Chong
Sy Feng
Non-Executive
Directors of the
Company and
its subsidiaries
(including current
and former
directors)
49,900
0 to 211,500
11,300
49,900
72,834
11,300
71,600
0 to 772,500
44,600
71,600
188,130
44,600
49,026
0 to 355,500
15,900
15,900
61,500
61,500
11,000
11,000
42,000
42,000
17,700
9,700
5,100
17,700
9,700
5,100
67,700
14,300
5,100
67,700
14,300
5,100
0 to 111,000
360,407
0 to 1,515,751
683,937
720,814
0 to 111,000
211,900
211,900
692,400
692,400
Group Executives
(including
Tan Pheng Hock and
Vincent Chong
Sy Feng)
0 to 7,683,275
4,072,904
0 to 41,773,286
11,854,591
2,933,999
0 to 14,205,624
119
1. 109-157.indd 119
8/3/16 11:01 am
Directors Statement
31 December 2015
AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee comprises ve independent non-executive directors, one of whom is also the Chairman of the Committee.
The members of the Audit Committee at the date of this report are as follows:
Koh Beng Seng (Chairman)
Quek See Tiat
Lim Ah Doo
The Audit Committee carried out its functions in accordance with Section 201B of the Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50,
the SGX Listing Manual and the Code of Corporate Governance.
The Audit Committee met during the year to review the scope of the internal audit functions and the scope of work of the
statutory auditors, and the results arising therefrom, including their evaluation of the system of internal controls. The Audit
Committee also reviewed the assistance given by the Companys ofcers to the auditors. The consolidated nancial statements
of the Group and the nancial statements of the Company were reviewed by the Audit Committee prior to their submission to
the directors of the Company for adoption.
In addition, the Audit Committee has reviewed the requirements for approval and disclosure of interested person transactions,
reviewed the procedures set up by the Group and the Company to identify and report and where necessary, seek approval
for interested person transactions and, with the assistance of the internal auditors, reviewed interested person transactions.
The Audit Committee has full access to management and is given the resources required for it to discharge its functions. It has
full authority and the discretion to invite any director or executive ofcer to attend its meetings. The Audit Committee also
recommends the appointment of the external auditors and reviews the level of audit and non-audit fees.
The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board of Directors that the auditors, KPMG LLP, be nominated for re-appointment
as auditors at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting of the Company.
The Company has compiled with Rules 712 and 715 of the SGX Listing Manual in relation to the engagement of its auditors.
AUDITORS
The Auditors, KPMG LLP, have indicated their willingness to accept re-appointment.
On behalf of the Board of Directors
Kwa Chong Seng

Director
Singapore
25 February 2016
120
Tan Pheng Hock

Director
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Independent Auditors Report

Members of the Company
Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd
REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have audited the accompanying nancial statements of Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprise the balance sheets of the Group and the Company as at 31 December
2015, the statements of changes in equity of the Group and the Company, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash ows of the Group for the year then ended, and a
summary of signicant accounting policies and other explanatory information, as set out on pages 122 to 254.
MANAGEMENTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Management is responsible for the preparation of nancial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the
provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50 (the Act) and Singapore Financial Reporting Standards, and for
devising and maintaining a system of internal accounting controls suf cient to provide a reasonable assurance that assets are
safeguarded against loss from unauthorised use or disposition; and transactions are properly authorised and that they are
recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of true and fair nancial statements and to maintain accountability of assets.
AUDITORS RESPONSIBILITY
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these nancial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance
with Singapore Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the nancial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the nancial statements.
The procedures selected depend on the auditors judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of
the nancial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control
relevant to the entitys preparation of the nancial statements that give a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entitys internal
control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the nancial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufcient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
OPINION
In our opinion, the consolidated nancial statements of the Group and the balance sheet and statement of changes in equity of
the Company are properly drawn up in accordance with the provisions of the Act and Singapore Financial Reporting Standards
so as to give a true and fair view of the nancial position of the Group and of the Company as at 31 December 2015, and changes
in equity of the Group and of the Company, and the nancial performance and cash ows of the Group for the year ended on
that date.
REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
In our opinion, the accounting and other records required by the Act to be kept by the Company and by those subsidiary
corporations incorporated in Singapore of which we are the auditors have been properly kept in accordance with the provisions
of the Act.
KPMG LLP
Public Accountants and
Chartered Accountants
Singapore
25 February 2016
121
Consolidated Income Statement

for the year ended 31 December 2015
(Currency - Singapore dollars)
Group
Note
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross prot
Distribution and selling expenses
Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
Prot from operations
Other income
Other expenses
Other income, net
Finance income
Finance costs
Finance income/(costs), net
Attributable to:
Shareholders of the Company

Basic
Diluted
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the nancial statements.

122
2014
$000
6,335,023
(5,052,897)
6,539,433
(5,220,934)
1,282,126
1,318,499
(179,444)
(469,128)
(123,283)
(180,309)
(467,687)
(115,530)
510,271
554,973
55,747
(299)
55,448
45,175
(5,000)
40,175
56,191
(49,948)
6,243
43,550
(45,197)
(1,647)

Prot before taxation
Taxation
Prot for the year
2015
$000
10
44
58,340
630,302
57,182
650,683
(98,659)
531,643
(113,693)
536,990
529,039
2,604
531,643
531,952
5,038
536,990
17.05
17.04
17.06
17.04
11
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Consolidated Statement
of Comprehensive Income
Group
Note
Prot for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassied subsequently to prot or loss:
Net fair value changes on available-for-sale nancial assets
Net fair value changes on cash ow hedges
Share of net fair value changes on cash ow hedges of an associate
Foreign currency translation differences
Share of foreign currency translation differences of associates
and joint ventures
Reclassication of foreign currency translation reserve to
prot or loss arising from disposal of foreign entities
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Shareholders of the Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
531,643
536,990
(3,883)
4,050
(2,805)
36,372
(2,020)
(58,327)
(9,891)
19,968
36
(860)
1,336
36
32,874
564,517
50
(48,884)
488,106
559,078
5,439
564,517
482,522
5,584
488,106
36
36
44

123
Balance Sheets
as at 31 December 2015
Group
Note
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Subsidiaries
Associates and joint ventures
Investments
Intangible assets
Long-term receivables, non-current
Finance lease receivables, non-current
Deferred tax assets
Amounts due from related parties, non-current
Derivative nancial instruments, non-current
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
43
1,708,779
461,560
328,684
736,970
5,340
523
105,551
4,806
25,790
3,378,003
1,577,523
478,352
127,211
671,022
2,735
973
106,318
4,806
24,263
2,993,203
3,997
1,194,799
17,657
4,700
355,028
1,576,181
4,568
1,197,716
17,657
7,000
50,000
81
1,277,022
Current assets
Trade receivables
Amounts due from related parties, current
Advances and other receivables
Long-term receivables, current
Finance lease receivables, current
Short-term investments
Bank balances and other liquid funds
20
21
22
23
17
18
24
25
1,943,004
1,319,714
56,582
333,811
354
3,173
182,969
951,494
4,791,101
1,802,073
1,319,101
66,382
530,298
11,375
6,872
119,279
1,470,723
5,326,103
470,376
5,299
82,091
557,766
497,070
3,597
404,876
905,543
8,169,104
8,319,306
2,133,947
2,182,565
871,246
1,702,649
20,553
257,524
568,575
124,628
65,647
106,531
730
1,778
3,719,861
809,637
1,667,180
29,364
245,072
725,347
164,660
29,820
43,590
1,126
148
3,715,944
20,619
1,742
5,528
27,889
26,961
196,988
8,112
232,061
1,071,240
1,610,159
529,877
673,482
Total assets
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Advance payments from customers, current
Trade payables and accruals, current
Amounts due to related parties, current
Provisions
Progress billings in excess of work-in-progress
Provision for taxation
Short-term bank loans
Long-term bank loans, current
Lease obligations, current
Other loans, current
Net current assets
26
27
28
20
29
29
29
29

124
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Balance Sheets
as at 31 December 2015
Group
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
700,908
229,535
134,815
705,567
293,962
18,706
310
92,052
700
11,615
146
2,188,316
899,279
274,155
108,484
658,424
267,532
17,547
441
98,759
1,000
11,260
1,871
2,338,752
11,538
644,274
655,812
17,006
407,413
424,419
Total liabilities
5,908,177
6,054,696
683,701
656,480
Net assets
2,260,927
2,264,610
1,450,246
1,526,085
895,926
(66,870)
113,277
(65,495)
1,255,214
2,132,052
128,875
2,260,927
889,426
(6,529)
116,323
(92,057)
1,225,040
2,132,203
132,407
2,264,610
895,926
(66,870)
(3,073)
72,512
551,751
1,450,246
1,450,246
889,426
(6,529)
74,865
568,323
1,526,085
1,526,085
8,169,104
8,319,306
2,133,947
2,182,565
Note
Advance payments from customers, non-current
Trade payables and accruals, non-current
Deferred tax liabilities
Bonds
Long-term bank loans, non-current
Lease obligations, non-current
Other loans, non-current
Deferred income
Other long-term payables, non-current
Amounts due to related parties, non-current
Share capital and reserves

Share capital
Treasury shares
Capital reserves
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to owners of the Company
Total equity and liabilities
26
19
29
29
29
29
30
31
43
27
32
33
35
36
37
44

125

Note
Share Treasury
capital
shares
$000
$000
Capital
Other
reserves reserves
$000
$000
Retained
earnings
$000
interests
The Group
At 1.1.2014
Transactions with owners of the

Company, recognised directly
in equity
Contributions by and distributions to
owners of the Company
Issue of shares
Capital contribution by non-controlling
interests
Cost of share-based payment
Purchase of treasury shares
Dividends paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling
interests
Total contributions by and distributions
to owners of the Company
Changes in ownership interests in
subsidiaries
Acquisition of non-controlling interests
in subsidiaries without a change
in control
Acquisition of subsidiaries with
non-controlling interests
Deconsolidation of a subsidiary
Disposal of subsidiaries
Total transactions with owners of
the Company
Transfer from retained earnings to
statutory reserve
At 31.12.2014
Total
116,323
(44,651)
1,191,958
2,116,241
531,952
531,952
5,038
536,990
(2,020)
(2,020)
(2,020)
(57,327)
(57,327)
(1,000)
(58,327)
36
(9,891)
18,422
(9,891)
18,422
1,546
(9,891)
19,968
36
1,336
1,336
1,336
36
50
50
50
(49,430)
(49,430)
546
(48,884)
(49,430)
531,952
482,522
5,584
488,106
36,815
(19,559)
17,256
17,256
(6,529)
21,574
(498,857)
21,574
(6,529)
(498,857)
9,368
96
9,368
21,670
(6,529)
(498,857)
(18,193)
(18,193)
36,815
(6,529)
2,015
(498,857)
(466,556)
(194)
(194)
(4)
(4)
729
(8,656)
729
(8,656)
(4)
36,815
(6,529)
2,011
(498,857)
(466,560)
(16,850) (483,410)
13
(13)
(92,057) 1,225,040 2,132,203
132,407 2,264,610
36
33
38
889,426
(6,529) 116,323

126
Total
equity
$000
852,611
Total comprehensive income for the year

Prot for the year
Net fair value changes on available-forsale nancial assets
Net fair value changes on
cash ow hedges
Share of net fair value changes on
cash ow hedges of an associate
Share of foreign currency translation
differences of associates and
joint ventures
Reclassication of foreign currency
translation reserve to prot or
loss arising from disposal of
foreign entities
Other comprehensive income for
the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for
Noncontrolling
Total
interests
$000
$000
143,673 2,259,914
(8,729) (475,285)
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Note
Share Treasury
capital
shares
$000
$000
Capital
reserves
$000
Other
reserves
$000
Retained
earnings
$000
interests
The Group
At 1.1.2015

in equity
Issue of shares
Capital contribution by non-controlling
interests
Treasury shares reissued pursuant to
share plans
Dividends paid
Dividends paid to non-controlling
interests
Changes in ownership interests in
subsidiaries
Acquisition of non-controlling interests in
subsidiaries without a change
in control
Acquisition of subsidiaries with
non-controlling interests
Total transactions with owners of
the Company
Transfer from retained earnings to
statutory reserve
At 31.12.2015
Total
(6,529)
116,323
529,039
529,039
2,604
531,643
(3,883)
(3,883)
(3,883)
3,658
3,658
392
4,050
36
(2,805)
33,929
(2,805)
33,929
2,443
(2,805)
36,372
36
(860)
(860)
(860)
30,039
30,039
2,835
32,874
30,039
529,039
559,078
5,439
564,517
6,500
(1,144)
5,356
5,356
33
(89,776)
16,501
16,501
(89,776)
639
81
639
16,582
(89,776)
38
29,435
(3,046)
(17,689)
(497,604)
8,700
(497,604)
6,500 (60,341)
(3,046)
36
(92,057) 1,225,040 2,132,203
Total
equity
$000
889,426

Prot for the year
Net fair value changes on available-forsale nancial assets
cash ow hedges
joint ventures
Other comprehensive income for
Total comprehensive income for
Noncontrolling
Total
interests
$000
$000
(2,332) (497,604) (556,823)
132,407 2,264,610
(129)
8,571
(497,604)
(10,813)
(10,813)
(10,222) (567,045)
(2,406)
(2,406)
(5,194)
(7,600)
6,445
6,445
6,500
(60,341)
(3,046)
(4,738)
(497,604)
(559,229)
(8,971) (568,200)
1,261
(1,261)
(65,495) 1,255,214 2,132,052
128,875 2,260,927
895,926
(66,870) 113,277

127

Note
Share
capital
$000
Treasury
shares
$000
Capital
reserves
$000
Share-based
payment
reserve
$000
Retained
earnings
$000
Total
$000
interests
The Company
At 1.1.2014
Prot for the year
852,611
72,754
564,416
1,489,781
502,764
502,764
502,764
502,764

in equity
Issue of shares
33
Dividends paid
38
At 31.12.2014
36,815
(6,529)
(19,559)
21,670
(498,857)
17,256
21,670
(6,529)
(498,857)
36,815
889,426
(6,529)
(6,529)
2,111
74,865
(498,857)
568,323
(466,460)
1,526,085
At 1.1.2015
889,426
(6,529)
74,865
568,323
1,526,085
481,032
481,032
481,032
481,032
6,500
(89,776)
(1,144)
16,582
5,356
16,582
(89,776)
29,435
(3,073)
(17,791)
(497,604)
8,571
(497,604)
6,500
895,926
(60,341)
(66,870)
(3,073)
(3,073)
(2,353)
72,512
(497,604)
551,751
(556,871)
1,450,246

Prot for the year
in equity
Contributions by and distributions
Issue of shares
33
Treasury shares reissued pursuant
to share plans
38
Dividends paid
At 31.12.2015

128
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
of Cash Flows
Group
Note
Cash ows from operating activities

Adjustments:
Depreciation charge
Property, plant and equipment written off
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
Gain on disposal of investments
Remeasurement loss on fair value of pre-existing interest in acquiree
Gain on disposal of an associate and a joint venture
Bargain purchase arising from business combination
Impairment losses on goodwill
Impairment losses on other intangible assets
(Write-back)/impairment losses on property, plant and equipment
Impairment losses on quoted and unquoted investments
Impairment loss on an associate
(Write-back)/impairment loss on loan to an associate and a joint venture
(Write-back)/impairment loss on progressive payments to contractor
Share-based payment expense
Changes in fair value of nancial instruments and hedged items
Changes in fair value of nancial instruments held for trading
Interest expense
Interest income
Dividends from investments
Amortisation of other intangible assets
Other intangible assets written off
Operating prot before working capital changes
Changes in:
Trade receivables
Advance payments to suppliers
Other receivables, deposits and prepayments
Amount due from holding company and related corporations balances
Amount due to holding company and related corporations balances
Amount due from associates
Amount due from joint ventures
Trade payables
Advance payments from customers
Other payables, accruals and provisions
Loans to staff and third parties
Deferred income
Foreign currency translation of foreign operations
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Income tax paid
Net cash from operating activities
2015
$000
2014
$000
630,302
650,683
(58,340)
170,394
6,216
(1,190)
(343)
299
(59)
(10,529)
4,000
942
(212)
(272)
(283)
16,582
(14,804)
(15)
39,752
(23,499)
(3)
16,898
143
775,979
(57,182)
154,318
885
(1,310)
(519)
(2,640)
(2,797)
(47)
10,829
3,210
1,087
638
2,108
2,892
7,109
21,670
(15,592)
(152)
37,874
(23,629)
(2)
16,188
805,621
(99,619)
(156,772)
36,405
174,200
13,057
15,765
(13,285)
(8,973)
(2,506)
(27,855)
(138,130)
(33,656)
12,873
2,078
(875)
548,686
27,857
(111,093)
465,450
17,475
10,809
(91,592)
(27,658)
34,891
(21,499)
12,065
(4,508)
(9,122)
43,767
(19,001)
(37,263)
12,191
7,224
52
733,452
23,662
(132,792)
624,322

129
of Cash Flows
Group
Note
2015
$000
2014
$000
Cash ows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of an investment property
Proceeds from sale and maturity of investments
Proceeds from unwinding of cross currency interest rate swaps
Repayment of loan from joint ventures
Proceeds from disposal of a joint venture
Proceeds from insurance settlement
Loan to associates
Loan to a joint venture
Dividends from associates and joint ventures
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of investments
Investments in a joint venture
Acquisition of other intangible assets
Acquisition of controlling interests in subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities
2,736
81,228
14,300
272
51,393
3
(273,040)
(345,182)
(22,499)
13,441
(477,348)
4,543
22,000
147,057
3,887
3,280
5,220
(640)
(272)
38,840
2
(223,771)
(90,172)
(622)
(30,878)
(67)
(35,896)
(157,489)
639
(156)
(113,122)
(1,125)
5,356
8,571
(89,776)
216,445
1,615
5,000
(7,600)
(497,604)
(10,813)
(37,322)
736
(519,156)
9,368
(369)
(471,990)
(1,550)
(824)
17,256
(6,529)
80,435
(194)
(498,857)
(18,193)
(34,504)
1,105
(924,846)
(531,054)
1,462,612
12,561
944,119
(458,013)
1,920,924
(299)
1,462,612
Cash ows from nancing activities

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests of subsidiaries
Repayment of other loans
Repayment of bank loans
Repayment of lease obligations
Repayment of loan to a joint venture
Proceeds from issue of shares
Proceeds from share options exercise with issue of treasury shares
Proceeds from bank loans
Proceeds from other loans
Proceeds of a loan from a joint venture
Acquisition of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Dividends paid to shareholders of the Company
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Interest paid
Deposits discharged
Net cash used in nancing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Exchange difference on cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

130
25
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
of Cash Flows
ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES IN 2015

During the year, the Group acquired the following companies:
(i)
On 30 September 2015, the Group acquired an additional 50% interests in Singapore Precision Repair and Overhaul
Pte Ltd (SPRO) for a cash consideration of $8,150,000. As a result, the Groups equity interest in SPRO increased from
50% to 100%, obtaining control of SPRO.
SPRO specialises in the repair and overhaul of aircraft landing gear systems and components. The acquisition is the result
of the shareholders ongoing review of the business strategy and focus for SPRO and aligns with the Groups strategy to
develop its Singapore base as the centre of excellence for landing gear maintenance, repair and overhaul.
In the three months to 31 December 2015, SPRO contributed revenue of $6,811,000 and prot of $919,000. If the acquisition
had occurred on 1 January 2015, management estimates that revenue and net prot would have been $27,148,000 and
$3,221,000 respectively. In determining these amounts, management has assumed that the fair value adjustments that
arose on the date of acquisition would have been the same if the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2015.
(ii)
On 1 September 2015, the Group has reclassied its investment in STELOP Pte. Ltd. (STELOP) from a joint venture to
a subsidiary following the changes made to the shareholders agreement. STELOP provides design and development,
manufacturing, maintaining and sale of electro-optical products and systems and the provision of related services.
In the four months to 31 December 2015, STELOP contributed revenue of $16,260,000 and net prot of $120,000. If the
acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2015, management estimates that the contributions to consolidated revenue and
net loss would have been $40,020,000 and $370,000 respectively. In determining these amounts, management has
assumed that the fair value adjustments that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the same if the acquisition
had occurred on 1 January 2015.

131
of Cash Flows
ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES IN 2015 (continued)

The acquisitions had the following effect on the Groups assets and liabilities on acquisition date:
Recognised on
acquisition
$000
Carrying amount
before acquisition
$000

Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade receivables
10,959
8,184
171
32,420
24,195
77
21,591
97,597
10,959
324
171
32,420
24,195
77
21,591
89,737
Trade payables and accruals

Provisions
Progress billing in excess of work-in-progress
Provision for tax
(29,630)
(1,169)
(19,599)
(1,574)
(2,411)
(54,383)
(29,630)
(1,169)
(19,599)
(1,574)
(1,075)
(53,047)
Net identiable assets

Net identiable assets, after non-controlling interests
Goodwill arising on consolidation
Total purchase consideration
43,214
(6,468)
36,746
1,732
(10,529)
27,949
36,690
Total purchase consideration:

Cost of acquisitions
Fair value of pre-existing interest in the acquiree
Cash outow on acquisitions in 2015:

Net cash acquired with the subsidiaries
Net cash inow on acquisition

132
8,150
19,799
27,949
(8,150)
21,591
13,441
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
of Cash Flows
ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES IN 2014

In the prior year, the Group acquired the following companies:
(i)
On 20 May 2014, the Group acquired 100% of Aviation Academy of America, Inc (AAA) for a cash consideration of
US$811,000. AAA specialises in the provision of ight training services for pilots.
(ii)
On 30 December 2014, the Group acquired additional interest of 1% in an associate, GFM Electronics S.A. de C.V. (GFME)
for a cash consideration of $713,000. GFME provides design and implementation, distribution and sales of high technology
systems, services and products, in the communications area, as well as electronics systems.
Following the completion of the nal purchase price allocation during the nancial year, no adjustments were made to the
provisional fair value originally recorded in the prior year.
The acquisitions had the following effect on the Groups assets and liabilities on acquisition date:

Intangible assets
Trade receivables
Net identiable assets

Net identiable assets, after non-controlling interests
Total purchase consideration
Total purchase consideration:
Fair value of pre-existing interest in the acquiree
Cash outow on acquisitions in 2014:

Cash to be paid in subsequent year
Net cash acquired with the subsidiaries
Net cash outow on acquisition
Recognised on
acquisition
$000
Carrying amount
before acquisition
$000
24
1,049
115
422
1,255
2,865
24
53
115
422
88
702
(359)
(359)
(606)
(606)
2,506
(729)
1,777
(47)
1,730
96
1,693
37
1,730
(1,693)
371
1,255
(67)
Purchase price adjustments, which are non-cash in nature, made during the Measurement Period have not been applied
retrospectively as these adjustments, which relate mainly to balance sheet effects and certain consequential income statement
effects, are immaterial to the Group.

133
Notes to the
Financial Statements
31 December 2015
These notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying nancial statements.
1.
GENERAL
The Company is a public limited company domiciled and incorporated in Singapore. The address of the Companys
registered ofce and principal place of business is 1 Ang Mo Kio Electronics Park Road #07-01 ST Engineering Hub,
Singapore 567710.
The Companys immediate and ultimate holding company is Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, a company incorporated
in Singapore.
The principal activities of the Company are those of an investment holding company and the provision of engineering and
related services. The principal activities of the Companys subsidiaries are
in the Aerospace sector, the provision of aircraft maintenance, engineering and training services, which include
airframe, component and engine maintenance, repair and overhaul, engineering design and development, technical
services, materials support, asset management services and pilot training;
in the Electronics sector, design, development, supply, installation, integration and maintenance of advanced
electronics and communication systems;
in the Land Systems sector, the provision of design and engineering services, manufacture, sales and knowhow
transfer of military and commercial vehicles, automotive subsystems, armament, weapons, weapon systems,
ammunition and explosives, and the provision of engineering services for assembly, upgrading/modications,
maintenance, repair and overhaul of vehicles and weapon systems, and trading in motor vehicles, equipment,
vehicle spares and related accessories; and
in the Marine sector, building, repair and conversion of naval and commercial vessels, design, integration, fabrication,
installation of military and commercial engineering equipment and the provision of engineering consultancy and
technical management services.
The nancial statements of Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd and the consolidated nancial statements
of Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Group) as at
31 December 2015 and for the year then ended were authorised and approved by the Board of Directors for issuance on
25 February 2016.
2.
BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PREPARATION

The nancial statements are prepared in accordance with Singapore Financial Reporting Standards (FRS).
The nancial statements have been prepared on the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting
policies below.
The nancial statements are presented in Singapore dollars which is the Companys functional currency. All values are
rounded to the nearest thousand ($000) except when otherwise indicated.
The preparation of the nancial statements in conformity with FRSs requires management to make judgements, estimates
and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income
and expenses are disclosed in Note 3.18. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The accounting policies set out below have been consistently applied by the Company and the Group and are consistent
with those used in the previous year.
134
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

3.1
Basis of consolidation
(i)
Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method in accordance with FRS 103 Business
Combinations as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group.
Goodwill that arises upon the acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. For the measurement
of goodwill at initial recognition, refer to Note 3.5(i).
The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships.
Such amounts are generally recognised in prot or loss.
Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that
the Group incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.
Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent
consideration is classied as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity.
Otherwise, any subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in prot
or loss.
Non-controlling interests (NCI) that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a
proportionate share of the acquirees net assets in the event of liquidation are measured either at fair value
or at the NCIs proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the acquirees identiable net assets, at the
acquisition date. The measurement basis taken is elected on a transaction-by-transaction basis. All other NCI
are measured at acquisition-date fair value, unless another measurement basis is required by FRSs.
Changes in the Groups interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as
transactions with owners in their capacity as owners and therefore no adjustments are made to goodwill and
no gain or loss is recognised in prot or loss. Adjustments to NCI arising from transactions that do not involve
the loss of control are based on a proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary.
(ii)
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to or has
rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns
through its power over the entity. The nancial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated
nancial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.
Consistent accounting policies are applied to like transactions and events in similar circumstances. Losses
applicable to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests even if
doing so causes the non-controlling interests to have a decit balance.
In the Companys separate nancial statements, investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less
accumulated impairment losses.
(iii)
Acquisitions of entities under amalgamation

The Companys interests in Singapore Technologies Aerospace Ltd, Singapore Technologies Electronics
Limited, Singapore Technologies Kinetics Ltd, and Singapore Technologies Marine Ltd (collectively referred to
as the Scheme Companies) resulted from the amalgamation of the Scheme Companies pursuant to a scheme
of arrangement under Section 210 of the Companies Act, Chapter 50 in 1997.
135
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

3.1
Basis of consolidation (continued)

(iii)
Acquisitions of entities under amalgamation (continued)

As the amalgamation of the Scheme Companies constitutes a uniting of interests, the pooling of interests
method has been adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in connection with
the amalgamation.
Under the pooling of interests method, the combined assets, liabilities and reserves of the pooled enterprises
are recorded at their existing carrying amounts at the date of amalgamation. The excess or deciency of
amount recorded as share capital issued (plus any additional consideration in the form of cash or other assets)
over the amount recorded for the share capital acquired is recorded as capital reserve.
(iv)
Loss of control
Upon the loss of control, the Group derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, any noncontrolling interests and the other components of equity related to the subsidiary. Any surplus or decit
arising on the loss of control is recognised in pro t or loss. If the Group retains any interest in the previous
subsidiary, then such interest is measured at fair value at the date that control is lost. Subsequently, it is
accounted for as an equity-accounted investee or as an available-for-sale nancial asset, depending on the
level of inuence retained.
(v)
Investments in associates and joint ventures (equity-accounted investees)

Associates are those entities in which the Group has signicant inuence, but not control or joint control, over
the nancial and operating policies. Signicant inuence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between
20% or more of the voting power of another entity. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has
joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its
assets and obligations for its liabilities.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for by the Group using the equity method and are
recognised initially at cost, which includes transaction costs.
The consolidated nancial statements include the Groups share of the prot or loss and other comprehensive
income from the date that signicant inuence or joint control commences until the date that signicant
inuence or joint control ceases.
When the Groups share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount
of the investment, including any long-term interest, is reduced to zero, and the recognition of further losses
is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation to fund the investees operations or has
made payments on behalf of the investee.
In the Companys separate nancial statements, investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted
for at cost, less accumulated impairment losses.
(vi)
Transactions eliminated on consolidation

All signicant inter-company balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
136
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.2
Foreign currency
(i)
Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company
and its subsidiaries and are recorded on initial recognition in the functional currencies at exchange rates
approximating those ruling at the transaction dates. The major functional currencies of the Group entities are
Singapore dollar, United States dollar (USD) and Euro. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are translated at the closing rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.
Non-monetary items in a foreign currency that are measured in terms of historical cost are translated using
the exchange rates as at the date of the transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.
Monetary item carried at amortised cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the year, adjusted for
effective interest and payments during the year and the amortised cost in foreign currency are translated at
the exchange rate at the end of the year.
Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognised in prot or loss, except for differences
arising on the retranslation of available-for-sale equity instruments, a nancial liability designated as a hedge
of the net investment in a foreign operation to the extent that the hedge is effective, or qualifying cash ow
hedges to the extent the hedge is effective, which are recognised in other comprehensive income.
(ii)
Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on
acquisition, are translated to Singapore dollars at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and
expenses of foreign operations are translated to Singapore dollars using exchange rates at the date of
the transactions.
Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the foreign
currency translation reserve in equity. However, if the foreign operation is a non wholly-owned subsidiary,
then the relevant proportionate share of the translation difference is allocated to the non-controlling interests.
When a foreign operation is disposed of such that control, signicant inuence or joint control is lost, the
cumulative amount in the foreign currency translation reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassied
to prot or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a
subsidiary that includes a foreign operation while retaining control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative
amount is re-attributed to non-controlling interests. When the Group disposes of only part of its investment
in an associate or joint venture that includes a foreign operation while retaining signicant inuence or joint
control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassied to prot or loss.
When the settlement of a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation is neither planned
nor likely in the foreseeable future, foreign exchange gains or losses arising from such a monetary item are
considered to form part of a net investment in a foreign operation and are recognised in other comprehensive
income, and presented in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity.
137
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.3
Financial instruments
(i)
Non-derivative nancial assets

Financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet when, and only when, the Group becomes a party to the
contractual provisions of the nancial instrument. All regular way purchases and sales of nancial assets are
recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Regular way
purchases or sales are purchases or sales of nancial assets that require delivery of assets within the period
generally established by regulation or convention in the marketplace concerned.
The Group derecognises a nancial asset when the contractual rights to the cash ows from the asset expire,
or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash ows on the nancial asset in a transaction in which
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the nancial asset are transferred. Any interest
in transferred nancial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset
or liability.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the balance sheet when, and only
when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise
the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The Group classies non-derivative nancial assets into the following categories: nancial assets at fair value
through prot or loss, held-to-maturity, loans and receivables and available-for-sale nancial assets. The
Group determines the classication of its nancial assets after initial recognition and, where allowed and
appropriate, re-evaluates this designation at each nancial year-end.
Financial assets at fair value through prot or loss
Financial assets held for trading are classied as nancial assets at fair value through pro t or loss. Financial
assets held for trading are nancial assets acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term.
Financial assets at fair value through prot or loss are measured at fair value and gains or losses arising from
change in the fair values are recognised in prot or loss. Attributable transaction costs are recognised in prot
or loss as incurred.
Held-to-maturity
Where the Group has positive intent and ability to hold investments to maturity, then such investments are
recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs and subsequently measured
at amortised cost using the effective interest method less impairment losses. During the year, the Group did
not hold any investment in this category.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are nancial assets with xed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an
active market. Such assets are recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction
costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Gains or losses are recognised in prot or loss when
the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.
Loans and receivables comprise cash and cash equivalents, and trade and other receivables (including nance
lease receivables and amounts due from related parties).
138
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.3
Financial instruments (continued)

(i)
Non-derivative nancial assets (continued)

Loans and receivables (continued)
Cash consists of cash on hand and cash with banks or nancial institutions, including xed deposits. Cash
equivalents are short-term and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of
cash and that are subject to insignicant risk of changes in value. For the purpose of the statement of cash
ows, cash and cash equivalents also include bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an
integral part of the Groups cash management.
Available-for-sale nancial assets
Available-for-sale nancial assets are those nancial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or are
not classied in any of the three preceding categories. Available-for-sale nancial assets are recognised
initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, the changes in
fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the fair value reserve in equity,
except for impairment losses and foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale debt instruments, until
the nancial asset is derecognised. Upon derecognition, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in
other comprehensive income is reclassied from equity to income statement as a reclassication adjustment.
The fair value of available-for-sale nancial assets that are actively traded in organised nancial markets is
determined by reference to quoted market prices at the close of business on the balance sheet date. For those
nancial assets where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. Such
techniques include using recent arms length market transactions; reference to the current market value of
another instrument, which is substantially the same; discounted cash ow analysis and option pricing models.
For those nancial assets where there is no active market and where fair value cannot be reliably measured,
they are measured at cost.
Available-for-sale nancial assets comprise equity securities and bonds.
(ii)
Non-derivative nancial liabilities

Financial liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet when, and only when, the Group becomes a party to
the contractual provisions of the nancial instrument. The Group derecognises a nancial liability when its
contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire.
Financial liabilities for contingent consideration payable in a business combination are initially measured at fair
value. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in prot or loss.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the balance sheets when, and only
when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise
the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Non-derivative nancial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction
costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these nancial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method.
The Groups nancial liabilities comprise bank overdrafts, trade and other payables (including lease obligations
and amounts due to related parties), and borrowings.
139
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.3

(iii)
Share capital
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares are classied as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares
are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.
(iv)
Treasury shares
When ordinary shares are reacquired by the Company, the consideration paid is recognised as deduction
from equity. Reacquired shares are classied as treasury shares. When treasury shares are sold, or re-issued
subsequently, the cost of treasury shares is reversed from treasury shares account and the realised gain or
loss on transaction is presented as a change in equity of the Company. No gain or loss is recognised in prot
or loss.
Treasury shares have no voting rights and no dividends are allocated to them.
(v)
Derivative nancial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group uses derivative nancial instruments such as forward currency contracts, interest rate swaps
and cross currency swaps to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency and interest rate uctuations.
From time to time, the Group also uses monetary assets and liabilities and embedded derivatives as hedging
instruments to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency uctuations.
Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic
characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivatives are not closely related, a separate
instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivatives would meet the denition of a derivative, and
the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through prot or loss.
On initial designation of the derivative as the hedging instrument, the Group formally documents the hedge
relationship to which the Group wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and
strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes identication of the hedging instrument,
the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and the methods used in assessing the
hedging instruments effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged items fair value or
cash ows attributable to the hedged risk. The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the
hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, of whether the hedging instruments are expected to be
highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash ows of the respective hedged items
attributable to the hedged risk, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80% to
125%. For a cash ow hedge of a forecast transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and
should present an exposure to variations in cash ows that could ultimately affect prot or loss.
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative
contract is entered into. Attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is
negative. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein
are accounted for as described below.
140
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.3

(v)
Derivative nancial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

Fair value hedges
The gain or loss from re-measuring the hedging instrument at fair value (for a derivative hedging instrument)
or the foreign currency component of its carrying amount measured in accordance with Note 3.2(i) (for a nonderivative hedging instrument) is recognised in prot or loss. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable
to the hedged risk is recognised in prot or loss.
When an unrecognised rm commitment is designated as a hedged item, the subsequent cumulative change
in the fair value of the rm commitment attributable to the hedged risk is recognised as an asset or liability
with a corresponding gain or loss recognised in prot or loss. The changes in the fair value of the hedging
instrument are also recognised in prot or loss.
The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or
exercised, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or the Group revokes the designation.
Any adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedging instrument for which the effective interest method is
used is amortised in the income statement. Amortisation may begin as soon as an adjustment exists and shall
begin no later than when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to
the risk being hedged.
Cash ow hedges
The portion of the gain or loss on a derivative designated as the hedging instrument that is determined to be
an effective hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the fair value reserve in
equity, while the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in prot or loss.
Amounts taken to equity are transferred to prot or loss when the hedged transaction affects prot or loss,
such as when hedged nancial income or nancial expense is recognised, or when a forecast sale or purchase
occurs. When the hedged item is a non-nancial asset or liability, the amounts taken to equity are transferred
to the initial carrying amount of the non-nancial asset or liability.
If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are
transferred to prot or loss. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised without
replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, amounts previously recognised in equity
remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If the related transaction is not expected to occur, the
amount is then transferred to prot or loss.
Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
The Group has foreign currency differences arising from the translation of nancial liabilities that are
designated as net investment hedges of foreign operations. These hedging instruments are accounted for
similarly to cash ow hedges. The currency translation differences on the nancial liabilities relating to the
effective portion of the hedge are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the foreign
currency translation reserve in equity, while the ineffective portion of the hedge are recognised immediately
in prot or loss. On the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation, the amounts previously recognised
in equity are transferred to prot or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal.
141
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.3

(v)
Derivative nancial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

Separable embedded derivatives and other derivatives
Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value on derivatives that are not designated in hedging
relationships are recognised immediately in prot or loss.
For fair value gains or losses arising from embedded derivatives and forward currency contracts that provide
an economic hedge to trading transactions, the Group has considered that the economic hedges are part of
the Groups operating activities and are classied as part of cost of sales to better reect the nature of the
transactions.
(vi)
Intra-group nancial guarantees in the separate nancial statements

Financial guarantees are nancial instruments issued by the Company that require the issuer to make
specied payments to reimburse the holder for the loss it incurs because a specied debtor fails to meet
payment when due in accordance with the original or modied terms of a debt instrument.
Financial guarantees are recognised initially at fair value and are classied as nancial liabilities. Subsequent
to initial measurement, the nancial guarantees are stated at the higher of the initial fair value less cumulative
amortisation and the amount that would be recognised if they were accounted for as contingent liabilities.
When nancial guarantees are terminated before their original expiry date, the carrying amount of the
nancial guarantee is transferred to prot or loss.
3.4
Property, plant and equipment and depreciation

(i)
Recognition and measurement

All items of property, plant and equipment are initially recorded at cost. The cost of an item of property, plant
and equipment is recognised as an asset if, and only if, it is probable that future economic benets associated
with the item will ow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset and capitalised borrowing
costs. The cost of self-constructed assets also includes the cost of material and direct labour, any other costs
directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use and the costs of
dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located. Cost may also include
transfers from equity of any gain or loss on qualifying cash ow hedges of foreign currency purchases of
property, plant and equipment.
Signicant components of individual assets are assessed and if a component has a useful life that is different
from the remainder of that asset, that component is depreciated separately.
Subsequent to initial measurement, except for certain property, plant and equipment which were subject to
a one-time revaluation in 1972 (the 1972 assets), property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, net of
depreciation and any impairment losses. The 1972 assets stated at valuation are exempted from conducting
a regular frequency of revaluation but are measured net of depreciation, and any impairment losses.
142
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.4
Property, plant and equipment and depreciation (continued)

(i)
Recognition and measurement (continued)

The gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined by comparing the
proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, and is recognised net
within other income in prot or loss.
The cost of replacing a component of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the carrying
amount of the item if it is probable that the future economic benets embodied within the component will
ow to the Group, and its cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced component is
derecognised.
(ii)
Depreciation
Depreciation is based on the cost of an asset less its residual value.
Depreciation is recognised in prot or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each
component of an item of property, plant and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of
the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by
the end of the lease term. Property, plant and equipment purchased specically for projects are depreciated
over the useful life of the class of property, plant and equipment or the duration of the project, whichever
is shorter. Construction-in-progress is not depreciated until each stage of development is completed and
becomes ready for use. Freehold land is not depreciated.
The estimated useful lives are as follows:
Buildings
Leasehold land
Improvements to premises
Wharves and slipways
Syncrolift and oating docks
Boats and barges
Plant and machinery
- Aerospace
- Electronics
- Land Systems
- Marine
- Others
Production tools and equipment
- Aerospace
- Electronics
- Others
Furniture, ttings, ofce equipment and computers
Transportation equipment and vehicles
Aircraft and aircraft engines
2 to 60 years
Over the period of the lease of between 2 and 50 years
3 to 30 years
20 years
15 years
10 to 23 years
8 to 25 years
10 years
5 to 15 years
5 to 30 years
5 years
5 to 15 years
10 years
3 years
2 to 5 years
4 to 5 years
15 to 30 years
Refer to Note 12(d)(ii) for details of the lease tenure used to approximate the useful lives of the leasehold land, buildings and
improvements.
143
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.4
Property, plant and equipment and depreciation (continued)

(ii)
Depreciation (continued)
The residual value, useful life and depreciation method are reviewed at each nancial year-end to ensure that
the amount, method and period of depreciation are consistent with previous estimates and the expected
pattern of consumption of the future economic benets embodied in the items of property, plant and
equipment. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic
benets embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the depreciation period or method, as appropriate,
and treated as changes in accounting estimates.
3.5
Intangible assets
(i)
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of:
the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the existing equity interest in the
acquiree,
over the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in prot or loss.
Goodwill is initially measured at cost. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less
any accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity-accounted investees, the carrying amount
of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, and an impairment loss on such an
investment is not allocated to any asset, including goodwill, that forms part of the carrying amount of
the equity-accounted investee.
(ii)
Research and development expenditure

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientic or technical
knowledge and understanding, is recognised in prot or loss as and when incurred.
Development expenditure on an individual project is recognised as an intangible asset when the Group can
demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the development so that it will be available for use or sale,
its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic
benets, the availability of resources to complete and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure during
the development. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour, overhead costs
that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and capitalised borrowing costs. In
any other circumstances, development costs are recognised in prot or loss as incurred.
Development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
144
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.5
Intangible assets (continued)

(ii)
Research and development expenditure (continued)

Included in the development expenditure are:
(iii)
costs incurred for the prototyping and development of Boeing 757 15-Pallet Supplemental Type
Certicate. The amortisation has been deferred until the asset is ready for managements intended use.
costs incurred for the design, development and assembly of aircraft seats. The amortisation has been
deferred for the year ended 31 December 2015 as the asset is not yet ready for managements intended use.
Film cost inventory

Film cost inventory comprise lm production costs which are recognised as an intangible asset when the
Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the lm so that it will be available for use or
sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the lm, how the lm will generate future economic
benets, the availability of resources to complete and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure during
the lm production. Other lm production costs are recognised in prot or loss as incurred.
Film cost inventory is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
(iv)

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are initially recognised at cost. The cost of intangible
assets acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial
recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated
impairment losses.
Dealer network
This includes customer relationships and networks acquired as part of business combinations.
Commercial and intellectual property rights
Commercial and intellectual property rights mainly relates to intellectual property acquired as part of
business combinations.
Brands
Corporate brand names acquired as part of business combinations. These include mainly the LeeBoy and
Rosco brand of road construction equipment.
Licences
Licences acquired as part of business combination

a)
These licences relate to Air Operator Certicate issued by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority of
Australia to conduct commercial aviation activities such as ight training school and air charter,
and the Federal Aviation Administrations Organisation Designation Authorisation programme
that allows autonomy and efciency in the issuance of supplementary type certicates for
avionics and interiors projects.
145
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.5

(iv)
Other intangible assets (continued)

Licences (continued)
Licences acquired as part of business combination (continued)

b)
These licences relate to the Federal Aviation Administrations Part 141 Approval to a ight school
for pilot training in the US, including the issuance of the relevant entry visa to foreign students to
enter the US.
These licences are not amortised as they are considered to have an indenite useful life and are tested
annually for impairment.
Licences acquired for purchase and leasing of Boeing parts

These licences are awarded by the relevant authorities such as the Federal Aviation Authority (FAA),
European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), ISO9001, AS9100 Rev C, as well as commercial arrangement
with Boeing for the purchase and leasing of Boeing parts.
License acquired to develop maintenance, repair and overhaul services capabilities

These licence agreements relate to the maintenance, repair and overhaul services for UTC Aerospace
Systems components on Boeing 787 aircraft. These licences are not amortised until the repair capabilities
are set up and available for use.
Technology agreement
The technology agreement relates to the intellectual property assets required to operate the EcoPower
Engine Wash business. The intellectual property is an integral part of business as the business uses highlyproprietary processes to clean engines to enable fuel burn reduction and extended time on-wing.
Authorised repair centre agreement
This relates to the sole appointed authorised service centre for repair and overhaul of landing gear.
(v)
Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benets embodied in
the specic asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated
intangible assets, is recognised in prot or loss as incurred.
(vi)
Amortisation
Amortisation is calculated based on the cost of the asset less its residual value.
Amortisation is recognised in prot or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible
assets, other than goodwill, development expenditure of Aerospace sector and lm cost inventory, from the
date that they are available for use.
146
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.5

(vi)
Amortisation (continued)
Amortisation of development expenditure of Aerospace Sector is recognised in prot or loss using the units
of production method.
Film cost inventory is amortised using the individual-lm-forecast computation method which amortises the
lm costs in the same ratio that current gross revenue bear to anticipated total gross income for the lm.
Amortisation commences when each lm begins to earn revenue.
The estimated useful lives/units are as follows:
Dealer network
Development expenditure
- Aerospace
- Electronics
Commercial and intellectual property rights
Film cost inventory
Brands
- Aerospace
- Electronics
- Land Systems
Licenses
Technology agreement
Authorised repair centre agreement
- 7 to 10 years
-
10 to 65 units
2 to 5 years
2 to 16 years
20 years
5 years
20 years
70 years
7 to 30 years
13 years
5 years
The useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed at the end of each nancial year-end to ensure that
the amount, method and period of amortisation are consistent with previous estimates and the expected
pattern of consumption of the future economic benets embodied in the intangible assets. Changes in the
expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benets embodied in the
asset is accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and treated as changes
in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense is recognised in the expense category consistent with the
function of the intangible asset.
3.6

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated on a rst-in, rst-out basis
or by weighted average cost depending on the nature and use of the inventories. Cost includes expenditure incurred
in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their
existing location and condition. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gain or loss on qualifying cash
ow hedges of foreign currency purchases of inventories. Allowance is made for deteriorated, damaged, obsolete
and slow-moving inventories.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of
completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
Work-in-progress is measured at cost plus prots recognised to date less progress billings and recognised losses.
Cost includes all direct material and labour costs, equipment and sub-contracting services, together with appropriate
overhead expenses and may also include transfers from equity of any gain or loss on qualifying cash ow hedges
of foreign currency purchases of such services. Provision for foreseeable losses on uncompleted contracts is made
in the year in which such losses are determined.
147
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.6
Inventories and work-in-progress (continued)

Work-in-progress is included in current assets in the balance sheet for all contracts in which costs incurred plus
recognised prots exceed progress billings. If progress billings exceed costs incurred plus recognised prots, then
the difference is presented as progress billings in excess of work-in-progress and is included in current liabilities in
the balance sheet.
3.7
Impairment
(i)
Non-derivative nancial assets

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a nancial
asset not carried at fair value through prot or loss is impaired.
To determine whether there is objective evidence that nancial assets (including equity securities) are
impaired, the Group considers factors such as the probability of insolvency or signicant nancial difculties
of the debtor/issuer, default or signicant delay in payments, signicant adverse changes in the business
environment where the debtor/issuer operates and disappearance of an active market for a security. In
addition, for an investment in an equity security, a signicant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its
cost is objective evidence of impairment.
Financial assets carried at amortised cost
The Group rst assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for nancial assets
that are individually signicant, and collectively for nancial assets that are not individually signicant. If
it is determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed nancial
asset, whether signicant or not, the asset is included in a group of nancial assets with similar credit risk
characteristics and that group of nancial assets is collectively assessed for impairment. Financial assets that
are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised
are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing
of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for managements judgement as to whether current
economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested
by historical trends.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and receivables or held-to-maturity investments
carried at amortised cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the
assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash ows (excluding future credit losses that
have not been incurred) discounted at the nancial assets original effective interest rate (i.e., the effective interest
rate computed at initial recognition). The carrying amount of the asset shall be reduced either directly or through
use of an allowance account. The amount of the loss shall be recognised in prot or loss.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related
objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment
loss is reversed. Any subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in prot or loss, to the extent
that the carrying value of the asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date.
148
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.7
Impairment (continued)
(i)
Non-derivative nancial assets (continued)

Financial assets carried at cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an unquoted equity instrument that is not carried
at fair value because its fair value cannot be reliably measured, or on a derivative asset that is linked to and
must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity instrument has been incurred, the amount of the loss
is measured as the difference between the assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated future
cash ows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar nancial asset. The loss recognised is
not reversed in future periods.
Available-for-sale nancial assets
If an available-for-sale nancial asset is impaired, an amount comprising the difference between its cost (net
of any principal payment and amortisation) and its current fair value, less any impairment loss previously
recognised in the income statement, is transferred from equity to prot or loss.
Reversals in respect of impairment losses on equity instruments classied as available-for-sale are recognised
in other comprehensive income. Reversals of impairment losses on debt instruments are reversed through
prot or loss, if the increase in fair value of the instrument can be objectively related to an event occurring
after the impairment loss was recognised in prot or loss.
(ii)
Non-nancial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that its non-nancial assets, other
than goodwill, inventories, work-in-progress and deferred tax assets, may be impaired. Goodwill is reviewed
for impairment, annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group makes an estimate of the assets recoverable
amount. An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its related cash-generating
unit (CGU) exceeds its estimated recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash ows are discounted to their present value using a pretax discount rate that reects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specic
to the asset or CGU. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are
grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inows from continuing use that are
largely independent of the cash inows of other assets or CGU. Subject to an operating segment ceiling test,
for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are aggregated
so that the level at which impairment testing is performed reects the lowest level at which goodwill is
monitored for internal reporting purposes. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups
of CGUs that are expected to benet from the synergies of the combination.
Impairment losses are recognised in prot or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are
allocated rst to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU or group of CGUs, and then
to reduce the carrying amounts of other assets in the CGU or group of CGUs on a pro rata basis.
149
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.7
Impairment (continued)
(ii)
Non-nancial assets (continued)

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, an assessment is made
at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses
may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated.
A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used
to determine the recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the
impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the assets carrying amount does not exceed the carrying
amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had
been recognised in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in prot or loss unless the asset is carried at
revalued amount, in which case the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase. After such a reversal, the
depreciation or amortisation charged is adjusted in future periods to allocate the assets revised carrying
amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.
Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an investment in an associate and/or joint venture is not
recognised separately, and therefore is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of
the investment in an associate and/or joint venture is tested for impairment as a single asset when there is
objective evidence that the investment in an associate and/or joint venture may be impaired.
3.8
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of past events,
it is probable that an outow of resources embodying economic benets will be required to settle the obligation
and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.
(i)
Warranties
The warranty provision represents the best estimate of the Groups contractual obligations at the balance
sheet date. Under the terms of the revenue contracts with key customers, the Group is obligated to make
good, by repair or replacement, engineering or manufacturing defects that become apparent within the
warranty period from the date of sale. The warranty obligation varies from 6 months to 10 years. The Groups
experience of the proportion of its products sold that requires repair or replacement differs from year to
year as every contract is customised to the specication of the customers. The estimation of the provision for
warranty expenses is based on the Groups past claim experience over the duration of the warranty period
and the industry average in relation to warranty exposures and represents the best estimates of the costs
expected to incur per dollar of sales. The warranty provision made as at 31 December 2015 is expected to be
incurred over the applicable warranty periods.
(ii)
Liquidated damages
Provision for liquidated damages is made in respect of anticipated claims from customers on contracts
of which deadlines are overdue or not expected to be completed on time in accordance with contractual
obligations. The utilisation of provisions is dependent on the timing of claims.
150
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.9
Employee benets
(i)
Employee equity compensation benets

The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards granted to employees is recognised as an employee
expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees unconditionally become
entitled to the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reect the number of awards for
which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount
ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and nonmarket performance conditions at the vesting date.
(ii)
Dened contribution plans

The Group participates in national pension schemes, a post employment benet, as dened by the laws of the
countries in which it has operations. In particular, the Singapore companies in the Group make contributions
to the Central Provident Fund scheme in Singapore, a dened contribution pension scheme. Contributions to
national pension schemes are recognised as an expense in the period in which the related service is performed.
(iii)
Short-term employee benets

Short-term employee benet obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the
related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under cash bonus
plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service
provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
(iv)
Economic Value Added (EVA)-based Incentive Scheme

The Group adopts an incentive compensation plan, which is tied to the creation of EVA, as well as attainment
of individual and Group performance goals for its key executives. An EVA bank is used to hold incentive
compensation credited in any year. Typically one-third of the accumulated EVA-based bonus, comprising the
EVA declared in the nancial year and the balance of such bonus brought forward from preceding years is
paid out in cash each year, with the balance being carried forward to the following year. The balances of the
EVA bank in future will be adjusted by the yearly EVA performance of the Group and the payouts made from
the EVA bank.
The Group measures the bonus payable after one year at the present value of the amount payable.
3.10 Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benets will ow to the Group and
revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable,
net of any returns, trade discounts and volume rebates.
Revenue is recognised using the following methods:
(i)
Revenue from sale of goods is recognised when persuasive evidence exists that the signicant risks and
rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the
associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management
involvement with the goods and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.
The timing of the transfer of risks and rewards usually occurs upon delivery of goods and acceptance
by customers.
151
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.10 Revenue (continued)
Revenue is recognised using the following methods: (continued)
(ii)
Revenue from rendering of services is recognised in prot or loss in proportion to the stage of completion of
the transaction at the reporting date. The stage of completion is assessed by reference to the work performed.
(iii)
Revenue from long-term contracts is recognised by reference to stage of completion, which is measured by
either:
(a)
(b)
(c)
a combination of different cost components or a single cost component that would provide the most
reliable indication of the stage of completion of a contract; or
when goods and services, representing part of a contract, are delivered; or
upon completion of designated phases of a contract.
Provision for foreseeable losses on uncompleted contracts is recognised in pro t or loss as soon as such
losses are determinable.
(iv)
Management fee income is recognised on an accrual basis over the duration upon which management services
are rendered.
(v)
Commission income in excess of the certain percentage of the total amount received is taken up in the
income statement as and when the services are performed. Where it is probable that a portion of the
commission income may not materialise, a certain percentage of the total commission received is treated as
downpayment and is deferred and taken up in the income statement only upon the discharge of specied
contractual obligations.
(vi)
Rental income from investment property is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the duration of the
lease terms.
(vii) Rental income from leasing of facilities is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.
3.11 Government grants
Government grants are recognised when the Group complies with the conditions associated with the grants. Grants
that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised in prot or loss as other income in the same
periods in which the expenses are recognised. Grants relating to depreciable assets are deferred and recognised
in prot or loss as other income over the period in which such assets are depreciated and used in the projects
subsidised by the grants.
3.12 Finance income and nance costs
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale nancial assets), dividend
income, gains on disposal of available-for-sale nancial assets, fair value gains on nancial assets at fair value
through prot or loss, gains on hedging instruments that are recognised in prot or loss. Interest income is
recognised as it accrues in prot or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognised in prot
or loss when the shareholders right to receive payment is established.
Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, losses on disposal of available-for-sale nancial assets,
fair value losses on nancial assets at fair value through prot or loss, impairment losses recognised on investments,
and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised in prot or loss.
152
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.12 Finance income and nance costs (continued)
Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying
asset are recognised in prot or loss using the effective interest method.
Foreign currency gains and losses on financial assets and financial liabilities are reported on a net basis as
either finance income or finance cost depending on whether foreign currency movements are in a net gain or
net loss position.
3.13 Finance leases
(i)
As lessee
Finance leases are those leasing agreements, which effectively transfer to the Group substantially all the risks
and benets incidental to ownership of the lease items. Assets nanced under such leases are capitalised at the
inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Any initial direct costs are also added to the amount capitalised. Lease payments are apportioned
between the nance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged to prot or loss. Assets acquired on nance lease
arrangements are depreciated in accordance with the policy set out in Note 3.4 above.
(ii)
As lessor
Leases where the Group transferred substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to legal ownership of
the leased assets, are classied as nance leases.
The leased asset is derecognised and the present value of the lease receivables (net of initial direct costs for
negotiating and arranging the lease) is recognised on the balance sheet. The difference between the gross
receivables and the present value of the lease receivables is recognised as unearned nance income.
Each lease payment received is applied against the gross investment in the nance lease receivables to reduce
both the principal and the unearned nance income. The nance income is recognised in prot or loss on a
basis that reects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the nance lease receivables.
Initial direct costs incurred by the Group in negotiating and arranging finance leases are added to finance
lease receivables and recognised as an expense in profit or loss over the lease term on the same basis as
the leased income.
3.14 Operating leases

Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all the risks and benets of ownership of the leased asset,
are classied as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in prot or loss on a
straight-line basis over the lease term.
The aggregate benet of incentives provided by the lessor is recognised as a reduction of rental expense over the
lease term on a straight-line basis.
153
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.15 Income taxes
(i)
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to
be recovered from or paid to the tax authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are
those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Current taxes are recognised in prot or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly
in other comprehensive income or in equity.
(ii)
Deferred tax
Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the tax
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for nancial reporting purposes. Deferred tax is
not recognised for temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction
that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable prot or loss and taxable
temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using the tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at
the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary
differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the
foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax
assets and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable prot will be available against
which the deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses can
be utilised.
At each balance sheet date, the Group re-assesses unrecognised deferred tax assets and the carrying amount
of deferred tax assets. The Group recognises a previously unrecognised deferred tax asset to the extent that
it has become probable that future taxable prot will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered. The Group
conversely reduces the carrying amount of a deferred tax asset to the extent that it is no longer probable that
sufcient taxable prot will be available to allow the benet of part or all of the deferred tax asset to be utilised.
Deferred income tax relating to items recognised outside prot or loss is recognised in correlation to the
underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity and deferred tax arising
from a business combination is adjusted against goodwill on acquisition.
Deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists
to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred income taxes relate
to the same taxable entity and the same tax authority.
154
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.16 Earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share data for its ordinary shares. Basic earnings per share is
calculated by dividing the prot or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, adjusted for own shares held. Diluted earnings per
share is determined by adjusting the prot or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for own shares held, for the effects of all dilutive potential
ordinary shares, which comprise share plans granted to employees.
3.17 Operating segments
For management purposes, the Group is organised on a worldwide basis into four major operating segments. The
management of the Company reviews the segments operating results regularly in order to allocate resources to the
segments and to assess the segments performance. Additional disclosures on each of these operating segments
are shown in Note 41, including the factors used to identify the reportable segments and the measurement basis of
segment information.
3.18 Signicant accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and assumptions concerning the future are made in the preparation of the nancial statements. They
affect the application of the Groups accounting policies, reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and
expenses, and disclosures made. They are assessed on an ongoing basis and are based on experience and relevant
factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
(i)
Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance
sheet date, that have a signicant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities within the next nancial year are discussed below.
Impairment of non-nancial assets
The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for all non-nancial assets at each
reporting date. Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment annually and at other times
when such indicators exist. Other non-nancial assets are tested for impairment when there are indicators
that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
When value-in-use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future cash ows
from the asset or CGU and choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash
ows. Further details of the key assumptions applied in the impairment assessment of goodwill and other
intangible assets are given in Note 16 to the nancial statements.
Impairment of loans and receivables
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any objective evidence that a nancial asset
is impaired. To determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment, the Group considers factors
such as the probability of insolvency or signicant nancial difculties of the debtor and default or signicant
delay in payments.
Where there is objective evidence of impairment, the amount and timing of future cash ows are estimated
based on historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics. The carrying amount of
the Groups loans and receivables at the balance sheet date is disclosed in Note 43 to the nancial statements.
155
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.18 Signicant accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
(i)
Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Depreciation charge
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.
Management estimates the useful lives of these property, plant and equipment to be within 2 to 60 years.
Changes in the expected level of usage and technological developments could impact the economic useful
lives and the residual values of these property, plant and equipment, and therefore future depreciation
charges could be revised.
Revenue recognition and provision for foreseeable losses
The Group has recognised revenue from long-term contracts by reference to the stage of completion. The
bases for measuring the stage of completion are described in Note 3.10(ii) and (iii). Signicant judgement based
on managements knowledge and experience is required in determining the appropriate stage of completion
and estimating a reasonable contribution margin or expected losses for revenue and costs recognition.
Allowance for inventory obsolescence and write down of nished goods to net realisable value
The allowance for inventory obsolescence is based on estimates from historical trends and expected utilisation
of inventories. The actual amount of inventory write-offs could be higher or lower than the allowance made.
Provision for warranty
The provision for warranty is based on estimates from known and expected warranty work to be performed
after completion. The warranty expense incurred could be higher or lower than the provision made.
Income taxes
The Group has exposure to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Signicant judgement is involved in
determining the group-wide provision for income taxes. There are certain transactions and computations for
which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises
liabilities for expected tax issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the nal
tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recognised, such differences
will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
In addition, certain subsidiaries of the Group have potential tax benets arising from unutilised tax losses,
unabsorbed wear and tear allowances and other temporary differences, which are available for set-off
against future taxable prots. Signicant judgement is involved in determining the availability of future
taxable prots against which the Group can utilise the tax benets therefrom. The use of the potential tax
benets is also subject to the agreement of the tax authorities and compliance with certain provisions of the
tax legislation of the respective countries in which the subsidiaries operate. Where the nal outcome of these
matters is different from the amounts that were initially recognised, such differences will impact the income
tax provision and recognised deferred tax assets relating to the potential tax benets in the period in which
such determination is made.
156
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.18 Signicant accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
(i)
Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Measurement of fair values
A number of the Groups accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for both
nancial and non-nancial assets and liabilities.
The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting
period during which the change has occurred. Further information about the assumptions made in measuring
fair values is included in Note 43 to the nancial statements.
EVA-based Incentive Scheme (EBIS)
Estimates of the Groups obligations arising from the EBIS at the balance sheet date may be affected by
future events, which cannot be predicated with any certainty. The assumptions and estimates are made
based on managements knowledge and experience and may vary from actual experience so that the actual
liability may vary considerably from the best estimates. Negative EVA will result in a clawback of EVA bonus
accumulated in previous years.
(ii)
Critical judgements made in applying accounting policies

Information about critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most signicant effect on
the amounts recognised in the nancial statements relates to assessing whether the Group has control over
its investee companies.
During the year, the Group assessed the terms and conditions of the shareholders agreement of subsidiaries
that are not wholly-owned by the Group. The Group made critical judgements over:
(a)
(b)
(c)
their ability to exercise power over its investees;

their exposure or rights to variable returns for its investments with those investees; and
their ability to use its power to affect those returns.
The Groups judgement included considerations of their power exercised at the board of the respective
investees and rights and obligations arising from board reserve of matters as agreed with the other
shareholders.
3.19 New standards and interpretations not adopted
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods
beginning after 1 January 2015, and have not been applied in preparing these nancial statements. The Group is
currently assessing the potential impact of adopting these new standards and interpretations, on the nancial
statements of the Group and the Company.
These new standards include, among others, IFRS 1 First Time Adoption of IFRS, FRS 115 Revenue from Contracts with
Customers and FRS 109 Financial Instruments which are mandatory for adoption by the Group on 1 January 2018.
157
Notes to the
31 December 2015
3.

3.19 New standards and interpretations not adopted (continued)
IFRS 1 First Time Adoption of IFRS

The Accounting Standards Council (ASC) announced on 29 May 2014 that Singapore-incorporated companies
listed on the Singapore Exchange (SGX) will apply a new nancial reporting framework identical to the
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) for nancial year ending 31 December 2018 onwards.
Singapore-incorporated companies listed on SGX will have to assess the impact of IFRS 1 First-time adoption
of IFRS when transitioning to the new reporting framework. The Group is currently assessing the impact of
transitioning to the new reporting framework on its nancial statements.
FRS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

FRS 115 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue
is recognised. It also introduces new cost guidance which requires certain costs of obtaining and fullling
contracts to be recognised as separate assets when specied criteria are met. When effective, FRS 115
replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including FRS 18 Revenue and FRS 11 Construction Contracts.
FRS 109 Financial Instruments

FRS 109 replaces most of the existing guidance in FRS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.
It includes revised guidance on classication and measurement of nancial instruments, a new expected credit
loss model for calculating impairment on nancial assets, and new general hedge accounting requirements.
As FRS 115 and FRS 109, when effective, will change the existing accounting standards and guidance applied by
the Group in accounting for revenue and nancial instruments, these standards are expected to be relevant to the
Group. The Group is currently assessing the impact upon adoption of these standards in the nancial year ending
31 December 2018. The Group does not plan to adopt these standards early.
4.
REVENUE
Revenue represents invoiced value of sales/services less returns and discounts given and billings recognised on contracts
as follows:
Group
Sale of goods
Service income
Contract revenue
158
2015
$000
2014
$000
1,939,713
3,704,189
691,121
6,335,023
2,155,395
3,322,171
1,061,867
6,539,433
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
5.
PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS

Prot from operations is arrived at:
Group
Note
After charging/(crediting)
Auditors remuneration
- auditors of the Company
- other auditors
Non-audit fees
- auditors of the Company
- other auditors
Fees and remuneration of directors
Fees paid to a rm of which a director is a member
Personnel expenses
Depreciation charges
Allowance/(write-back of allowance) for
- inventory obsolescence
- doubtful debts (trade)
- doubtful debts (related parties)
- unbilled receivables (trade)
- doubtful lease receivables
Provision for
- warranties
- liquidated damages
- foreseeable losses
Property, plant and equipment written off
Research, design and development expenses
Operating lease expenses
Amortisation of other intangible assets
(Write-back)/impairment losses on property, plant and equipment
Impairment losses on goodwill
Impairment losses on other intangible assets
(Write-back)/impairment loss on progressive payments to contractor
Other intangible assets written off
Fair value changes in embedded derivatives not designated
as hedging instruments (included in cost of sales)
- Losses
Fair value changes of forward currency contracts not designated as hedging
instruments (included in cost of sales)
- Gains
- Losses
6
12
28
28
16
12
16
16
23
16
2015
$000
2014
$000
2,783
3,192
1,690
2,375
1,205
997
8,589
695
1,174
5,231
388
1,819,045
170,394
436
1,749,364
154,318
53,417
9,663
(280)
5
2,743
102,671
5,546
(792)
9,872
31,970
6,608
32,808
6,216
114,163
47,811
16,898
(212)
4,000
942
(283)
143
39,076
12,928
24,758
885
96,940
44,425
16,188
1,087
10,829
3,210
7,109
6,420
24,199
(13,067)
8,020
(27,577)
4,578
Includes share-based payment expense of $434,128 (2014: $492,421).
159
Notes to the
31 December 2015
6.
PERSONNEL EXPENSES
Group
Wages and salaries

Contributions to dened contribution plans
Share-based payments
Other personnel expenses
*
7.
2015
$000
2014
$000
1,466,404
149,016
15,840
187,785
1,819,045
1,406,667
130,323
20,925
191,449
1,749,364
Includes directors remuneration of $4,523,914 (2014: $2,438,009).
KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION

Group
Short-term employee benets

Contributions to dened contribution plans
Other long-term benets
Share-based payments
160
2015
$000
2014
$000
34,192
567
8,491
43,250
31,082
475
3
8,287
39,847
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
8.
OTHER INCOME, NET

Group
Other income
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
Gain on disposal of an associate
Gain on disposal of a joint venture
Government grants
Grant income from Wage Credit Scheme
Commission income
Rental income
Proceeds received from insurers
Others
Other expenses
Impairment loss on an associate
Impairment loss on loan to an associate
Remeasurement loss on fair value of pre-existing interest in acquiree
Other income, net, recognised in prot or loss
2015
$000
2014
$000
1,190
59
10,529
10,815
15,283
5
6,765
11,101
55,747
1,310
519
2,797
47
5,787
9,122
398
7,345
5,023
12,827
45,175
(299)
(299)
(2,108)
(2,892)
(5,000)
55,448
40,175
161
Notes to the
31 December 2015
9.
FINANCE INCOME/(COSTS), NET

Group
Finance income
Dividend income quoted equity investments
Interest income
- bank deposits
- staff loans
- nance lease
- bonds
- others
Exchange gain, net
Gain on disposal of investments
Gain on fair value changes of investments held for trading
Net change in fair value of cash ow hedges reclassied from equity
on occurrence of forecast transactions
Fair value changes of nancial instruments
- gain on forward currency contract, cross currency interest rate swaps
and cross currency swap not designated as hedging instrument
- gain on ineffective portion of forward currency contract designated as
hedging instrument in cash ow hedges
Fair value changes of hedged items
Finance costs
Interest expenses
- bank loans and overdrafts
- bonds
- nance lease
- others
Exchange loss, net
Net change in fair value of cash ow hedges reclassied from equity
on occurrence of forecast transactions
Loss on fair value changes of forward currency contract designated
as hedging instrument
Fair value changes of hedged items
Impairment losses on unquoted investments
Finance income/(costs), net, recognised in prot or loss
162
2015
$000
2014
$000
11,580
15
413
10,366
1,125
7,331
343
15
14,327
15
310
6,921
2,056
2,640
152
739
14,615
15,822
9
10,376
56,191
566
43,550
(7,879)
(30,707)
(738)
(428)
(10,269)
(26,542)
(744)
(319)
(5,150)
(10,082)
(114)
(49,948)
(796)
(739)
(638)
(45,197)
6,243
(1,647)
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
10.
TAXATION
Group
2015
$000
Current income tax

Current year
Overprovision in respect of prior years
Deferred income tax
Current year
Underprovision in respect of prior years
Effect of reduction in tax rate
2014
$000
102,326
(15,533)
86,793
122,606
(15,122)
107,484
4,289
7,351
226
11,866
2,699
3,796
(286)
6,209
98,659
113,693
Deferred income tax related to items charged to other comprehensive income:

Group
2015
$000
Net change in fair value of derivative nancial instruments designated

in cash ow hedges
(93)
2014
$000
(10,770)
163
Notes to the
31 December 2015
10.
TAXATION (continued)
A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting prot multiplied by the applicable corporate tax rate
for the year ended 31 December is as follows:
Group
11.
2015
$000
2014
$000
630,302
650,683
Taxation at statutory tax rate of 17% (2014: 17%)

Adjustments:
Income not subject to tax
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Different tax rates of other countries
Overprovision in prior years, net
Effect of change in tax rates
Effect of results of associates and joint ventures presented net of tax
Tax incentives
Deferred tax assets not recognised
Deferred tax assets previously not recognised now utilised
Deferred tax assets previously not recognised now recognised
Tax credits claimed during the year
Others
107,151
110,616
(3,560)
24,894
(8,553)
(8,182)
226
(9,918)
(4,364)
16,620
(3,421)
(9,437)
(2,797)
98,659
(4,442)
34,257
(4,736)
(11,326)
(286)
(9,721)
(3,536)
9,755
(2,133)
(1,000)
(3,755)
113,693
EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share
The calculation for basic earnings per share is based on:
Group
Prot attributable to shareholders
164
2015
$000
2014
$000
529,039
531,952
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
11.
EARNINGS PER SHARE (continued)

Basic earnings per share (continued)
The weighted average number of ordinary shares is arrived at as follows:
Group
Number of shares
Issued ordinary shares at beginning of the year

Effect of treasury shares held
Weighted average number of ordinary shares issued during the year
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
2015
000
3,120,005
(20,509)
3,976
3,103,472
2014
000
3,105,904
(75)
12,034
3,117,863
Diluted earnings per share

When calculating diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted for the effect
of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The number of unissued shares under option granted under the ESOP and their
exercise prices are set out in Note 34. The average fair value of one ordinary share during the nancial year ended
31 December 2015 was $3.27 (2014: $3.71) per share. The weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the
unissued shares under option is as follows:
Group
Number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares

(used in the calculation of basic earnings per share)
Weighted average number of unissued shares under option
Number of shares that would have been issued at fair value
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)
2015
000
3,103,472
13,980
(12,850)
3,104,602
2014
000
3,117,863
25,761
(21,089)
3,122,535
The weighted average number of ordinary shares takes into account the weighted average effect of changes in treasury shares transactions
during the year.
As at 31 December 2015, 5,383,061 (2014: nil) share options were excluded from the diluted weighted average number of
ordinary shares calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
165
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Valuation/Cost
Arising from
acquisition of DeconsolidDisposals/
interest in a
ation of a
As at
subsidiary
subsidiary
1.1.2014 Additions *1 write-off
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Reclassi- Translation
As at
cations difference 31.12.2014
$000
$000
$000
The Group
At Valuation
Leasehold land and
buildings
Wharves and
slipways
Syncrolift and
oating docks
Plant and machinery
Furniture, ttings,
ofce equipment
and computers
At Cost
Freehold land and
buildings
Leasehold land and
buildings
Improvements to
premises
Wharves and
slipways
Syncrolift and
oating docks
Boats and barges
Plant and machinery
Production tools and
equipment
Furniture, ttings,
ofce equipment
and computers
Transportation
equipment and
vehicles
Aircraft and aircraft
engines
Construction-inprogress
*1
166
1,919
1,919
1,490
1,490
4,603
1,694
4,603
1,694
279
279
64,683
403
(1,746)
305
2,602
66,247
977,310
15,618
(12,805)
41,329
72,297
10,789
(3,507)
(451)
13,455
337
92,920
41,532
1,608
1,629
597
45,366
86,831
10,411
733,549
185
2,152
45,781
(18,575)
102
168,462
(12,390)
759
50
4,866
87,877
181,075
753,231
280,679
22,953
(5,662)
(1,858)
96
3,613
299,821
234,898
33,643
(11,363)
24
(3,136)
5,670
2,270
262,006
17,608
1,110
(1,245)
(101)
25
166
17,563
211,450
996
2,492
214,938
252,955 105,256
2,994,188 240,494
(584)
(55,487)
24
(5,546)
(239,235)
(20,552)
Includes $16,258,000 by way of non-cash government grant.
8,293 1,029,745
2,005
120,397
28,050 3,181,171
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Valuation/Cost
Disposals/
As at
1.1.2015 Additions *2 write-off
$000
$000
$000
Arising from
acquisition
of interest in
subsidiaries
$000
Reclassi- Translation
cations difference
$000
$000
As at
31.12.2015
$000
The Group
At Valuation
Leasehold land and buildings
Plant and machinery
Furniture, ttings, ofce equipment
and computers
1,919
1,490
4,603
1,694
(173)
10
(11)
1,919
1,317
4,613
1,683
279
285
(637)
(17,883)
(5,676)
(18,587)
(6,313)
638
412
6,987
2,349
160
72,077
28,253
292
1,143
19
21,539
(4)
4,514
13,525
2,827
1,271
1,329
88
11,777
7,898
73,457
1,104,440
128,239
46,949
90,349
181,182
820,467
323,141
(14,039)
379
4,792
4,645
281,237
5
35
(20,792)
189 (128,930)
10,959 (21,584)
277
4,556
4,296
57,003
17,503
346,299
32,453
3,455,533
At Cost
Freehold land and buildings
66,247
3,173
1,029,745
6,338
92,920
9,503
45,366
20
87,877
Boats and barges

181,075
Plant and machinery

753,231 45,520
299,821 19,390
Furniture, ttings, ofce equipment
and computers
262,006 23,454
Transportation equipment and
vehicles
17,563
1,369
214,938 147,597
Construction-in-progress
120,397 36,508
3,181,171 292,872
*2
(1,746)
(7)
(64,888)
Includes $1,733,000 by way of non-cash government grant.
167
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

Accumulated depreciation
As at
1.1.2014
$000
Depreciation
charge/
impairment
losses *3 Disposals/
for the year
write-off
$000
$000
Deconsolidation of a
subsidiary
$000
Reclassications
$000
Translation
As at
difference 31.12.2014
$000
$000
The Group
Plant and machinery
Furniture, ttings, ofce
equipment and computers
At Cost
Boats and barges
Plant and machinery
Production tools and
equipment
Furniture, ttings,
ofce equipment and
computers
Transportation equipment and
vehicles
168
1,919
1,490
4,603
1,694
1,919
1,490
4,603
1,694
279
279
21,196
408,199
43,189
25,508
69,173
5,830
393,025
1,309
37,497
7,639
1,166
1,244
6,634
39,795
(1,505)
(4,339)
(3,495)
(10,781)
(356)
36,455
(1)
961
3,606
496
153
70
50
4,831
21,961
444,963
47,473
26,827
70,487
48,969
426,869
200,402
13,821
(5,214)
(1,583)
3,901
211,329
186,040
34,683
(11,207)
(2,924)
2,122
208,715
13,374
61,408
36,455
1,473,784
1,862
9,755
155,405
(1,185)
(37,726)
(101)
(4,964)
(2)
(36,455)
142
14,092
817
71,978
17,149 1,603,648
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

As at
1.1.2015
$000
Depreciation
charge/
impairment
losses *3 Disposals/
for the year
write-off
$000
$000
Reclassications
$000
Translation
difference
$000
As at
31.12.2015
$000
The Group
Plant and machinery
Furniture, ttings, ofce equipment and
computers
At Cost
Boats and barges
Plant and machinery
Furniture, ttings, ofce equipment and
computers
*3
1,919
1,490
4,603
1,694
(173)
10
(11)
1,919
1,317
4,613
1,683
279
285
21,961
444,963
47,473
26,827
70,487
48,969
426,869
211,329
1,755
41,042
8,778
1,318
1,611
6,517
45,192
14,530
(580)
(9,081)
(5,613)
(11,306)
(6,339)
71
173
(10)
(107)
(8)
1,581
6,112
1,445
291
160
88
9,071
6,528
24,717
483,036
52,154
28,609
72,248
55,574
469,719
226,040
208,715
14,092
71,978
1,603,648
35,420
1,507
12,545
170,215
(13,990)
(1,465)
(48,374)
(77)
(9,652)
(9,778)
3,910
225
1,632
31,043
233,978
14,359
76,503
1,746,754
In the prior year, due to continued losses of a subsidiary, the Group performed an impairment assessment and recognised an impairment loss
of $1,087,000 on certain plant and equipment. The recoverable amounts of these plant and equipment were determined based on the fair
market value of the plant and equipment, net of selling costs. During the year, based on an independent party valuation report with reference to
replacement costs for these plant and equipment, the Group reversed the impairment loss recognised of $179,000. Additionally, an impairment
loss of $33,000 made in relation to plant and equipment previously was derecognised subsequent to the disposal of the assets during the year.
169
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

Net book value
31.12.2015
$000
31.12.2014
$000
1.1.2014
$000
48,740
621,404
76,085
18,340
18,101
125,608
350,748
97,101
47,259
3,144
269,796
32,453
1,708,779
44,286
584,782
45,447
18,539
17,390
132,106
326,362
88,492
53,291
3,471
142,960
120,397
1,577,523
43,487
569,111
29,108
16,024
17,658
4,581
340,524
80,277
48,858
4,234
150,042
216,500
1,520,404
The Group
At Valuation
Plant and machinery
At Cost
Boats and barges
Plant and machinery
Due to changes in the use of assets,
170
(a)
Plant and machinery with net book value amounting to $11,806,000 (2014: $20,552,000) were reclassied to
inventories; and
(b)
Inventories amounting to $12,510,000 (2014: nil) were reclassied to property, plant and equipment.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.
Leasehold land
and buildings
$000
Furniture,
ttings, office
equipment
and computers
$000
Transportation
equipment
and vehicles
$000
Total
$000
2,841
2,841
2,841
4,153
1,546
(767)
4,932
446
5,378
525
525
525
4,678
4,387
(767)
8,298
446
8,744
165
165
282
447
3,147
981
(765)
3,363
631
3,994
97
105
202
104
306
3,244
1,251
(765)
3,730
1,017
4,747
2,394
2,676
1,384
1,569
1,006
219
323
428
3,997
4,568
1,434
The Company
Cost
As 1.1.2014
Additions
Disposal/write-off
As at 31.12.2014
Additions
As at 31.12.2015
As 1.1.2014
Depreciation charge for the year
Disposal/write-off
As at 31.12.2014
Depreciation charge for the year
As at 31.12.2015
Net book value
As at 31.12.2015
As at 31.12.2014
As at 1.1.2014
171
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

(a)
Property, plant and equipment at valuation

Certain property, plant and equipment, which are shown at valuation are stated at values arrived at by an
independent rm of professional valuers on 30 November 1972, on the basis of open market value for existing use.
As the property, plant and equipment were subject to a one-time revaluation prior to 1984, the Group is exempted
from having a regular frequency of revaluation in subsequent years. These property, plant and equipment have
been fully depreciated as at 31 December 2015 and 2014.
(b)
Property, plant and equipment pledged as security

Property, plant and equipment of certain overseas subsidiaries of the Group with a carrying value of $190,743,000
(2014: $86,778,000) are pledged as security for bank loans.
(c)
Property, plant and equipment under lease obligations

Included in the above are property, plant and equipment acquired under nance lease obligations with a net book
value of:
Group

172
2015
$000
2014
$000
17,588
74
961
18,623
17,059
242
17,301
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

(d)
Major properties
(i)
Location
Description
Land
area
(sq. m.)
Net book value

2015
2014
$000
$000
USA
13442 Emerson Road, Kidron, Ohio Industrial buildings
68,351
1,036
1,022
300 Hackney Ave, Independence,

Kansas
Industrial buildings
117,358
4,920
4,718
400 Hackney Ave, Washington,

North Carolina
39,942
1,600
1,541
914 Saegers Station Drive,

Montgomery, Pennsylvania
122,659
4,432
4,383
7801 Trinity Drive, Escatawpa,

Mississippi
Shipyard and buildings
839,564
4,121
3,856
5801 Elder Ferry Road,

Moss Point, Mississippi
227,151
4,435
4,146
900 Bayou Casotte Parkway,

Pascagoula, Mississippi
331,803
21,163
20,486
2810 Lousie Street, Pascagoula,

Mississippi
25,252
3,119
3800 Richardson Road South,

Hope Hull, Alabama
Production facility
8,361
2,542
2,655
Ofce building and training classrooms
7,714
1,249
1,364
Australia
2 Bowral Place, Ballarat, Victoria
173
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

(d)
Major properties (continued)

(ii)
Leasehold land, buildings and improvements
Location
Land
area
(sq. m.)
Net book value

2015
2014
$000
$000
Description
Tenure
501 Airport Road
Factory and
ofce building
10.6 years
from 1.6.2013
23,899
5,507
4,085
503 Airport Road
Factory and
ofce building
10.6 years
from 1.6.2013
7,175
784
411
505 Airport Road
Jet engine test cell
2 years from 1.7.2014
5,317
16,617
16,380
8 Changi North Way
Hangar and
ofce building
30 years
from 1.1.1992
75,713
25,064
27,457
Hangar and
ofce building
22.5 years
from 16.6.1999
14,860
1,937
2,079
Hangar and
ofce building
16.3 years
from 20.8.2005
9,764
8,891
9,331
102 Gul Circle
Factory and
ofce building
30 years
from 17.7.2012
6,857
7,621
7,903
51 Loyang Drive
Leasehold land for

factory building
30 years
from 1.1.1992
6,045
613
540 Airport Road
Hangars and
ofce building
2 years
from 1.7.2014
52,212
17,096
19,625
Seletar West Camp
Hangars and
ofce building
31.7 years lease

from 5.1.2009
25,200
29,650
30,987
Seletar West Camp
New Aero Centre
28.4 years lease

from 1.4.2012
23,094
10,087
10,200
24 Ang Mo Kio Street 65
Industrial and
commercial buildings
30 years
from 1.12.2012
23,970
4,123
4,545
100 Jurong East Street 21
Industrial and
30 years from
1.11.1988, renewable
to 2048
11,232
5,922
6,170
1 Ang Mo Kio
Electronics Park Road
Industrial and
30 years
from 1.11.2011
20,000
64,224
68,165
Singapore
174
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

(d)

(ii)
Leasehold land, buildings and improvements (continued)
Location
Land
area
(sq. m.)
Net book value

2015
2014
$000
$000
Description
Tenure
6 Ang Mo Kio Electronics

Park Road
Industrial and
30 years
from 1.12.2011
5,000
18,048
19,228
33 Tuas Avenue 2
Factory and ofce

building
30 years from
1.4.1996
to 31.3.2026
6,669
1,662
1,817
16 Benoi Crescent
Industrial and
30 years from
16.7.1989
to 15.7.2019
6,981
1,609
1,761
249 Jalan Boon Lay
Industrial and
commercial
buildings
27 years from
1.10.2001
to 31.12.2028,
renewable
to 10.10.2065
206,031 117,211
125,238
16 Tuas Avenue 7
30 years from
16.8.2013 to
15.8.2043
12,029
241
186
601 Rie Range Road
Renewable every
year
556,074
5,275
4,554
15 Chin Bee Drive
60 years from
1.8.1973
to 31.7.2033
39,137
18,652
20,327
16 Benoi Road
Administrative ofces
and workshop
56 years
from 1.6.1969
20,224
5,796
6,119
7 Benoi Road
Buildings, foreshore
and workshops
56 years
from 1.6.1969
103,802
15,624
16,091
60 Tuas Road
Buildings, foreshore
and workshops
30 years
from 1.12.1992
137,739
3,427
4,039
30/36 Kian Teck Avenue
Workers dormitory
30 years from
1.9.1995
3,908
2,825
3,117
Singapore
175
Notes to the
31 December 2015
12.

(d)

(ii)
Leasehold land, buildings and improvements (continued)
Location
Land
area
(sq. m.)
Net book value

2015
2014
$000
$000
Description
Tenure
2100 Aerospace Drive

Brookley Complex,
Mobile, Alabama
Hangar and ofce

building
29 years
from 1.11.2012
103,825
28,723
27,579
9800 John Saunders Road,

San Antonio, Texas
Hangar and ofce

building
16.6 years
from 1.6.2002
255,121
22,674
22,045
38,618
50,216
50,207
USA
Peoples Republic of China
176
No 2, Huayu Road, Huli District, Leasehold land for

Xiamen 361006, Fujian
factory building
50 years
from 20.11.2008
97 Zhong Cao Road, Guiyang,

Guizhou
Leasehold land,
industrial and
50 years from
26.2.2008 to
21.2.2058
242,662
21,628
21,773
66 Xin Cheng Rui Shandong

Road, Dantu, Zhenjiang,
Jiangsu
Leasehold land,
industrial and
50 years from
30.11.2012 to
30.11.2062
51,576
14,673
12,812
68 Xin Cheng Rui Shandong

Road, Dantu, Zhenjiang,
Jiangsu
Leasehold land,
industrial and
50 years from
31.05.2013 to
31.05.2063
200,120
71,173
12,688
This relates to buildings constructed by subsidiaries on properties rented from the Ministry of Defence Singapore on leases which
are renewable from one to three years. In view of the relationship between the landlord and the subsidiaries, the cost of the
buildings is depreciated over the period of intended use, i.e. 30 years.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
SUBSIDIARIES
Company
2015
$000
Unquoted shares, at cost:

Singapore Technologies Aerospace Ltd
Singapore Technologies Electronics Limited
Singapore Technologies Marine Ltd
Singapore Technologies Dynamics Pte Ltd
FusionTech Pte. Ltd.
Kaz-ST Engineering Bastau Limited Liability Partnership
Impairment in subsidiaries
Carrying amount after impairment in subsidiaries
Capital contribution 2
*1
2
2014
$000
358,626
358,626
26,982
26,982
211,938
211,938
56,000
56,000
422,301
422,301
6,000
6,000
4,656
4,656
1,000
1,000
578
578
*1
*1
1
*
*1
1,088,081
1,088,081
(7,000)
(7,000)
1,081,081
1,081,081
113,718
116,635
1,194,799
1,197,716
Amount less than $1,000.

The amount relates mainly to capital contribution in the form of share options, performance shares and restricted shares issued to employees of
subsidiaries.
177
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
SUBSIDIARIES (continued)
Details of the subsidiaries are as follows:
Effective equity interest
held by the Group
(a)
178
2015
%
2014
%
Singapore Technologies Aerospace Ltd and its subsidiaries
100
100
ST Aerospace Engineering Pte Ltd and its subsidiaries:

ST PAE Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries a
Aerospace Engineering Services Pty Ltd a
Aerospace Engineering Services Pty Ltd Unit Trust 1 a
Pacic Flight Services Pte Ltd
Pacic Flight Services Pty Ltd a
ST Aerospace Academy Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
Aviation Training Academy Australia Pty Ltd a and its subsidiary:
ST Aerospace Academy (Australia) Pty Ltd a
ST Aerospace Engines Pte Ltd and its subsidiary:
ST Aerospace Technologies (Xiamen) Company Limited a
ST Aerospace Systems Pte Ltd and its subsidiary
Singapore Precision Repair and Overhaul Pte Ltd 2
ST Aerospace Supplies Pte Ltd and its subsidiaries:
iShopAero Pte Ltd
ST Aerospace Guangzhou Aero-Technologies & Engineering Co Ltd. a
ST Aerospace International Structures Pte Ltd
ST Aviation Resources Pte Ltd
ST Aerospace Services Co Pte. Ltd.
Singapore Technologies Engineering (Europe) Ltd a
Singapore Aerospace K.K. #
Visiontech Engineering Pte Ltd
ST Aerospace Solutions (Europe) A/S a and its subsidiary:
Airline Rotables (UK Holdings) Limited a and its subsidiary:
Airline Rotables Limited a
ST Aerospace Panama, Inc. 3
ST Aerospace Rotables Pte. Ltd.
Precision Products Singapore Pte Ltd
ST Aerospace Resources Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
Keystone Holdings (Global) Pte. Ltd. 4 and its subsidiaries:
Keystone Leasing (UK) Limited 4
Keystone 1 Limited 4
Keystone Capital (Ireland) Limited 4
ST Aerospace Aircraft Seats Pte. Ltd. 5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
50
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
Details of the subsidiaries are as follows: (continued)
held by the Group
(b)
Singapore Technologies Electronics Limited and its subsidiaries

SEEL Electronic & Engineering Sdn Bhd
ST Electronics (Info-Software Systems) Pte. Ltd.and its subsidiaries:
INFA Systems Limited
ST Electronics (Software Services) Limited 6
ST Electronics (e-Services) Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
Knowledge Alive Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
COMAT Training Services Pte Ltd
ST Electronics (Data Centre Solutions) Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
PMB Project Management Business Sdn Bhd 7
ST Electronics (Wuxi) Co., Ltd.
ST Electronics (Training & Simulation Systems) Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
Antycip Simulation Limited and its subsidiary:
Antycip Simulation SAS
ST Education & Training Private Limited and its subsidiaries:
STET Homeland Security Services Pte. Ltd.
STET Maritime Pte. Ltd.
ST Electronics (Enterprise 1) Pte. Ltd.
ST Electronics (Info-Comm Systems) Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
ST Electronics (Info-Security) Pte. Ltd.
STELCOMMS Pte. Ltd.
Telematics Wireless Ltd. and its subsidiary:
Telematics Wireless USA Corp #
ST Electronics (Satcom & Sensor Systems) Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
iDirect Asia Pte. Ltd.
OrisTel Systems Pte. Ltd.
ST Electronics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd and its subsidiary:
ST Electronics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd
iTS Technologies Pte Ltd
ST Electronics (Taiwan) Limited
ST Electronics (Thailand) Limited
ST Electronics do Brasil Servios e Solues em Sistemas Eletronics Ltda #
GFM Electronics S.A. de C.V.
STELOP Pte. Ltd. 8
2015
%
2014
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
93
93
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
50.05
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
93
93
70
70
70
100
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
50.05
179
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
held by the Group
(c)
2015
%
2014
%
100
100
100
99.2
100
100
100
100
100
94.36
100
100
75.3
75.3
100
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
100
51
51
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
100
99.2
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
75.3
75.3
100
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
100
51
51
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
Singapore Technologies Marine Ltd and its subsidiaries
100
100
STSE Engineering Services Pte Ltd and its subsidiaries:

STSE (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
STSE Engineering Services (B) Sdn Bhd
Hovertrans Solutions Pte. Ltd.
ST Marine (Wuhan) Engineering Design Consultancy Co. Ltd.
100
100
100
51
100
100
100
100
51
100
Singapore Technologies Kinetics Ltd and its subsidiaries

SDG Kinetics Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
LeeBoy India Construction Equipment Private Limited
LeeBoy Brazil Equipamentos De Construo Ltda. # a
Mobility Systems Pte Ltd and its subsidiaries:
Silvatech Global Systems Limited # a
Silvatech Systems Corporation Pte Ltd and its subsidiary:
Kinetics Drive Solutions Inc. # a
Technicae Projetos e Servios Automotivos Ltda. # a
STA Inspection Pte Ltd
Singapore Commuter Private Limited and its subsidiaries:
Jiangsu Huatong Kinetics Co., Ltd.
Jiangsu Huaran Kinetics Co., Ltd.
Securedge Pte. Ltd.
STA Investment Pte Ltd 10
ST Kinetics International Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
VT Hackney, S.A. de C.V.
SDDA Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary:
Kinetics Link Services Sdn. Bhd.
ST Kinetics Integrated Engineering Pte. Ltd.
Singapore Test Services Private Limited
Advanced Material Engineering Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
Advanced Pyrotechnic Materials Private Limited
SMART Systems Pte Ltd
Unicorn International Pte Limited
Allied Ordnance of Singapore (Pte) Limited 6
Ordnance Development and Engineering Company of Singapore (1996) Private Limited
Autonomous Technology Pte Ltd and its subsidiaries:
Guizhou Jonyang Kinetics Co., Ltd.
Kinetics Automotive & Specialty Equipment Co., Ltd a
Kinetics Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
(d)
180
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
held by the Group
(e)
(f)
2015
%
2014
%
Vision Technologies Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries
100
100
Vision Technologies Aerospace, Incorporated # and its subsidiaries:

VT Mobile Aerospace Engineering, Inc. # a
DalFort Aerospace GP, Inc. 9
DalFort Aerospace, L.P. 9
VT San Antonio Aerospace, Inc. # a
VT DRB Aviation Consultants, Inc. 11 #
EcoServices, LLC # a
Aviation Academy of America, Inc. #
VT Volant Aerospace, LLC # a
VT Aviation Services, Inc. # a
Vision Technologies Electronics, Inc. # and its subsidiary:
VT iDirect, Inc. # a and its subsidiaries:
iDirect UK Limited and its subsidiary:
Parallel Limited
iDirect Italy S.r.l. # a
iDirect International, Inc. # a
iDirect Government Technologies, Inc. # a
VT iDirect Canada, Inc. # a
VT iDirect Solutions Limited
Vision Technologies Kinetics, Inc. # and its subsidiaries:
Miltope Corporation # a and its subsidiary:
IV Phoenix Group, Inc. #
MK Technologies, Inc. # a
Vision Technologies Land Systems, Inc. # and its subsidiaries:
VT Dimensions, Inc. #
VT LeeBoy, Inc. # a
VT Hackney, Inc. # a
Vision Technologies Marine, Inc. # and its subsidiary:
VT Halter Marine, Inc. # a
VT Systems International, LLC # and its subsidiary
VT Systems Participaes Ltda. #
100
100
100
100
100
50.1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
97
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50.1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
97
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Singapore Technologies Dynamics Pte Ltd and its subsidiary
100
100
Innosparks Pte. Ltd.
100
100
181
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
held by the Group
182
2015
%
2014
%
(g)
100
100
(h)
FusionTech Pte. Ltd.
100
100
(i)
Kaz-ST Engineering Bastau Limited Liability Partnership
51
51
(j)
100
100
(k)
100
100
*1
The company ceased operations in November 2008.
*2
The company has been reclassied from an associate to a subsidiary following the acquisition of additional equity interest during the year.
*3
The company completed its deregistration during the year.
*4
These companies were incorporated during the year and were not audited for the purpose of consolidation in the year.
*5
The Company was incorporated on 23 March 2015.
*6
These companies are under members voluntary liquidation.
*7
The company completed its liquidation during the year.
*8
During the year, the Group gained control of the company as a result of changes made to the shareholders agreement, and the company was
reclassied from a joint venture to a subsidiary.
*9
These companies ceased operations in October 2003.
*10
This company has applied to Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority to strike off its name from the Register.
*11
This company merged with and into VT San Antonio Aerospace, Inc. pursuant to Section 10.151 of the Texas Bureau Organisation Code during
the year.
Not required to be audited under the law in the country of incorporation.
Audited by member rms of KPMG International for consolidation purposes.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
All subsidiaries that are required to be audited under the law in the country of incorporation are audited by KPMG LLP,
Singapore and other member rms of KPMG International, except for the following:
Name of subsidiary
Name of auditing rm
GFM Electronics S.A. de C.V.
Deloitte Mexico
LeeBoy India Construction Equipment Private Limited
B S R R & Co., Bangalore
Kinetics Automotive & Specialty Equipment Co., Ltd
Khin Su Htay & Associates, Myanmar
(a)
During the nancial year, the Group incorporated the following companies:
Equity
interest
held
%
Name of company
Country of incorporation/
place of business
Keystone Holdings (Global) Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100
Keystone Leasing (UK) Limited
United Kingdom
100
Keystone 1 Limited
United Kingdom
100
Keystone 2 Limited
United Kingdom
100
Keystone Capital (Ireland) Limited
Ireland
100
Keystone 3 Limited
Ireland
100
ST Aerospace Aircraft Seats Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
VT iDirect Solutions Limited
Ireland
90
100
183
Notes to the
31 December 2015
13.
(b)
During the nancial year, the Group acquired additional equity interests in the following companies:
Interest
acquired
%
Interest
after
acquisition
%
Consideration
$000
Carrying
value of net
identiable
assets
acquired
$000
Singapore Precision Repair and Overhaul Pte Ltd
50
100
8,150
18,679
ST Education & Training Private Limited and its subsidiaries
30
100
4,600
2,419
STELCOMMS Pte. Ltd.
49
100
3,000
2,775
4.36
94.36
3,013
3,013
Name of company
Technicae Projetos e Servios Automotivos Ltda.
(c)
During the nancial year, the Group made additional capital contribution in the following companies:
Capital
contribution
$000
Equity interest
before capital
contribution
%
Equity interest
after capital
contribution
%
18,643
100
100
ST Aerospace Aircraft Seats Pte. Ltd.
5,292
90
90
Aviation Academy of America, Inc.
2,770
100
100
740
93
93
1,343
100
100
Name of company
Keystone Holdings (Global) Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries
Antycip Simulation SAS

VT Aviation Services, Inc.
184
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.
ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

Group
2015
$000
Unquoted shares, at cost

Goodwill on acquisition written off, net
Share of net assets acquired
Impairment in associates and joint ventures
Share of post-acquisition reserves
Represented by:
Interest in associates
Interest in joint ventures
Company
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
17,657
17,657
108,632
461,560
373,307
(110)
373,197
(7,222)
112,377
478,352
422,672
38,888
461,560
437,385
40,967
478,352
357,496
(110)
357,386
(4,458)
During the year, the Group sold its entire 26% stake in CJS Aviation Pte. Ltd. to Caterhamjet Holdings Pte Ltd. Consequently, the carrying amount
of the investment, comprising the cost of investment of $3,379,000, less share of post-acquisition reserves of $615,000 and impairment loss of
$2,764,000 previously made, was derecognised.
In the prior year, an impairment loss of $2,108,000 was recognised in an associate due to sustained losses and expiry of the contract on repair
and overhaul of A320 landing gears.
185
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.
ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES (continued)

(a)
Details of associates are as follows:

held by the Group
2015
2014
%
%
Name of associate
Principal activities
Airbus Helicopters Southeast

Asia Private Limited
Selling, maintaining and

overhauling of helicopters
Singapore
25
25
Provision of scheduled
premium class jet services
Singapore
26
Composite Technology
International Pte Ltd
Repairing and rebuilding

helicopter rotor blades
Singapore
33.33
33.33
Elbe Flugzeugwerke GmbH
Germany
Conversion of used Airbus
passenger aircraft to freighter
as well as the production
of aircraft components and
equipment, including supply for
Airbus production of new and
converted aircraft
35
35
Madrid Aerospace
Services S.L. 2
Repair and overhaul of aircraft

landing gears and its related
components
Spain
50
50
Shanghai Technologies
Aerospace Company Limited
Aircraft and component

maintenance, repair,
overhaul and other related
maintenance business
Peoples Republic
of China
49
49
ST Aerospace (Guangzhou)
Aviation Services
Company Limited
Aircraft and component

maintenance, repair,
overhaul and other related
maintenance business
Peoples Republic
of China
49
49
Turbine Coating
Services Pte Ltd
Repair, refurbishment and

Singapore
upgrading of aircraft jet engine
turbine blades and vanes
24.5
24.5
Turbine Overhaul
Services Pte Ltd
Repair and service of gas and

steam turbine components
49
49
CJS Aviation Pte. Ltd.
186
Country of
incorporation/
place of business
Singapore
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.

(a)
Details of associates are as follows: (continued)

Country of
incorporation/
place of business
Name of associate
NEC STEE Cloud

Services Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
Providing cloud computing
services, computing
infrastructure for cloud
computing services, systems
integration and systems
migration services in relation
to cloud computing services,
customisation of SAP software
or other customised software
for use in conjunction with or
in relation to cloud computing
services
WizVision Pte. Ltd.
Providing information
technology services and
trading of computer
accessories
CityCab Pte Ltd

held by the Group
2015
2014
%
%
40
40
Singapore
22.8
22.8
Rental of taxis and provision

of premier bus service, charge
card facilities and travel
related services
Singapore
46.5
46.5
Timoney Holdings Limited
Design and prototyping

services and component
supply for the automotive and
aerospace engineering sectors
Republic of Ireland
27.68
27.68
NanoScience Innovation
Pte Ltd
Research and development of

ultra ne structure, especially
nano-scale, materials, devices,
equipment and intellectual
properties
Singapore
21.6
21.6
Experia Events Pte. Ltd.
Organising and management

of conferences, exhibitions
and other related activities,
including the biennial
Singapore Airshow event
Singapore
33
33
Singapore Airshow & Events

Pte. Ltd. 4
Dormant
Singapore
33
33
187
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.

(b)
Details of joint ventures are as follows:
Name of associate
Country of
incorporation/
place of business
Total Engine Asset

Management Pte. Ltd.
Leasing of engines
Singapore
50
50
Acquisition, ownership and

management of aircraft
Singapore
50
50
ST Electronics (Satellite
Systems) Pte. Ltd.
Design and development,

system integration,
manufacturing and sale of
satellite equipment
Singapore
51
51
ATREC Pte. Ltd.
Research and technology

Singapore
development in advanced
materials for both defence and
commercial applications
50
50
Takata CPI Singapore Pte Ltd
Manufacture of pyrotechnic
Singapore
components for seatbelts and
air bags used in motor vehicles
49
49
WingStar Pte. Ltd.
188

held by the Group
2015
2014
%
%
First Response Marine Pte. Ltd. Ship and boat leasing with
operator (including chartering)
Singapore
50
50
Fortis Marine Solutions

Pte. Ltd.
Provide design and systems

engineering services and
maintenance of specialised
naval vessels
Singapore
51
51
Halter-Bollinger Joint Venture,

L.L.C. 4
To bid and secure US boat

fabrication contracts for its
shareholders
USA
50
50
Joint Shipyard Management

Services Pte Ltd
Construction and managing

workers dormitories
Singapore
30
30
Nova Star Cruises Limited
Provision of ferry services
Canada
10
10
*1
This entity was sold in 2015.
*2
This entity was placed under members voluntary liquidation.
*3
This entity will commence members voluntary winding up in 2016.
*4
Not required to be audited under the law in the country of incorporation.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.

(b)
Details of joint ventures are as follows: (continued)

All associates and joint ventures that are required to be audited under the law in the country of incorporation are
audited by KPMG LLP, Singapore and other member rms of KPMG International, except for the following:
Name of associate/joint venture
Name of auditing rm
Composite Technology International Pte Ltd
Ernst & Young LLP, Singapore
Shanghai Technologies Aerospace Company Limited
Ernst & Young Hua Ming, LLP, Shanghai Branch
ST Aerospace (Guangzhou) Aviation Services

Company Limited
BDO Shu Lun Pan Certied Public Accountants LLP,

Guangdong Branch
Turbine Coating Services Pte Ltd
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Singapore
Turbine Overhaul Services Pte Ltd
Total Engine Asset Management Pte. Ltd.
WizVision Pte. Ltd.
R Chan & Associates PAC
CityCab Pte Ltd
Deloitte and Touche LLP, Singapore
Takata CPI Singapore Pte Ltd
Fortis Marine Solutions Pte. Ltd.
Nova Star Cruises Limited
Grant Thornton LLP, Canada
NanoScience Innovation Pte Ltd
NSC & Associates Pac
CJS Aviation Pte. Ltd.
189
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.

Associates
The following table summarises the information of each of the Groups material associates, based on their respective
nancial statements prepared in accordance with FRS, modied for fair value adjustments on acquisitions and differences
with the Groups accounting policies. The summarised nancial information is not adjusted for percentage ownership held
by the Group.
Name of associate
Elbe
Flugzeugwerke
GmBH
$000
Shanghai
Technologies Turbine
Aerospace Coating
Company Services
Limited Pte Ltd
$000
$000
Turbine
Overhaul
Services
Pte Ltd
$000
Experia
CityCab Events Immaterial
Pte Ltd Pte. Ltd. associates
$000
$000
$000
Total
$000
2015
Percentage of interest
35%
49%
24.5%
Revenue
Prot for the year
Total comprehensive income
Attributable to NCI
Attributable to investees
shareholders
310,366
7,690
(35,434)
(27,744)
76,041
569
3,629
4,198
42,892
20,096
3,204
23,300
(27,744)
4,198
23,300
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Net assets
Attributable to NCI
shareholders
366,642
201,262
(2,325)
(218,921)
346,658
94,450 32,406
30,186 106,932 60,859
60,588 23,768 205,071 208,368 37,448
(62,096) (3,214)
(19,053) (8,174) (88,328) (27,748) (39,531)
135,985 48,000 146,929 225,456 55,562
1,366
346,658
135,985
48,000
134,747
65,901
11,441
61,876
98,452 24,305
1,091
280
4,923
27,192
13,190
(2,668)
3,760 47,768
(12,409)
(11,318)
1,777
2,057
785
5,708
4,483
31,675
13,190
(2,668)
96 (5,268)
3,856 42,500
(2,099)
(1,328)
(5,389)
(21,556)
(7,440) (3,301)
(4,244) (45,357)
121,330
66,630
11,760
Groups interest in net assets

of investee at beginning of
the year
Groups share of:
- Prot/(loss) for the year
- Total other comprehensive
income
Dividends received
during the year
Disposal of an associate
during the year
Carrying amount of interest
in investee at
end of the year
190
49%
46.5%
33%
267,147 348,460
55,499 28,609
9,145
64,644 28,609
244
6,982
(8,090)
(8,090)
64,644
28,365
(8,090)
146,929 224,090 55,562
40,663 437,385
(11,856) (11,856)
71,995 104,202 18,336
28,419 422,672
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.
Name of associate
Elbe
Flugzeugwerke
GmBH
$000
Shanghai
Technologies Turbine
Turbine
Aerospace Coating Overhaul
Company Services Services
Limited
Pte Ltd
Pte Ltd
$000
$000
$000
CityCab
Pte Ltd
$000
Experia
Events Immaterial
Pte. Ltd. associates
$000
$000
Total
$000
2014
35%
49%
Revenue
Prot for the year
Attributable to NCI
shareholders
301,488
4,564
(39,074)
(34,510)
60,182
744
1,880
2,624
(34,510)
2,624
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Net assets
Attributable to NCI
shareholders
386,114
158,459
(2,498)
(157,083)
384,992
95,668 27,899 27,738 200,022 64,083

49,123 26,954 183,575 104,395 41,065
(26,467) (3,330)
(10,299) (8,157) (85,036) (64,972) (28,165)
134,492 46,696 126,277 212,978 73,653
1,253
384,992
134,492
147,657
Groups interest in net assets

of investee at beginning
of the year
Groups share of:
- Prot/(loss) for the year
- Total other comprehensive
income
Dividends received
during the year
Impairment of an associate
Carrying amount of interest
in investee at
end of the year
24.5%
49%
46.5%
33%
47,600 241,944 334,933

17,932 55,076 24,664
1,796
4,902
19,728 59,978 24,664
167
52,926
16,622
16,622
19,728
16,622
59,978
24,497
46,696 126,277 211,725
73,653
64,619
11,554
52,276
96,361
18,821
44,970 436,258
766
364
4,392
26,989
11,391
5,486
(68) 49,320
(13,676)
(12,910)
918
1,282
442
4,834
2,400
29,389
11,391
(2)
5,484
422
354
(4,947) (19,789)
(9,300)
(2,553) (36,589)
(2,108) (2,108)
134,747
65,901
98,452
24,305
40,663 437,385
11,441
61,876
(9,496)
39,824
191
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.

Joint venture
The following table summarises the information of each of the Groups material joint ventures, adjusted for any differences
in accounting policies and reconciles the carrying amount of the Groups interest in joint ventures and the share of prot
and other comprehensive income of equity-accounted investment (net of tax). The summarised nancial information is
not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the Group.
Name of joint venture
Total Engine
Asset
Management
Pte Ltd.
$000
STELOP
Pte. Ltd.
$000
Fortis Marine
Solutions
Pte. Ltd.
$000
50%
50.05%
51%
15,642
4,360
2,608
6,968
23,758
(973)
(973)
24,809
8,467
8,467
6,763
3,200
529
443
227
1,358
193,264
7,213
(156,223)
(2,182)
42,072
20,692
(8,517)
12,175
7,142
9,619
156,223
1,147
17,552
3,484
9,335
(487)
21,036
Immaterial
joint
ventures
$000
Total
$000
5,971
4,318
8,109
4,884
40,967
12,199
(8,242)
(606)
(4,080)
(1,350)
(8,242)
(6,036)
6,209
11,643
38,888
2015
Revenue
Prot/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income a
a
Includes:
- Depreciation and amortisation of:
- Interest expense of:
- Income tax expense of:
Non-current assets
Current assets b
Non-current liabilities c
Current liabilities d
Net assets
b
Includes cash and cash equivalents of:

Includes non-current nancial liabilities
(excluding trade and other payables
and provisions)
d
Includes current nancial liabilities (excluding
trade and other payables and provisions)
c
Groups interest in net assets of investee at

beginning of the year
Share of total comprehensive income
Carrying amount of interest in a joint venture
reclassied to a subsidiary
Dividends received during the year
Carrying amount of interest in investee at
end of the year
On 1 September 2015, STELOP Pte. Ltd. (STELOP) was reclassied from a joint venture to a subsidiary following
amendments to shareholders agreement. Accordingly, the information presented in the above table includes the results
of STELOP only for the period from 1 January 2015 to 1 September 2015.
192
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
14.
Name of joint venture
STELOP
Pte. Ltd.
$000
Beijing
Zhonghuan
Kinetics
Heavy Vehicles
Co., Ltd.
$000
Fortis
Marine
Solutions
Pte. Ltd.
$000
50%
50.05%
50%
51%
12,213
2,693
1,448
4,141
26,773
307
307
5,490
(3,558)
(3,558)
39,977
9,196
9,196
4,671
2,180
272
624
328
68
193
306
1,872
141,035
8,083
(112,781)
(1,233)
35,104
6,154
52,687
(6,737)
(33,453)
18,651
338
20,591
(9,221)
11,708
8,048
25,523
17,576
112,781
675
14,859
2,071
622
154
4,403
(1,920)
10,432
Total Engine
Asset
Management
Pte Ltd.
$000
Immaterial
joint
ventures
$000
Total
$000
1,281
4,690
5,338
3,808
25,881
8,803
622
10,432
(37)
(37)
(1,251)
(2,483)
(1,000)
(2,483)
(2,251)
17,552
9,335
5,971
8,109
40,967
2014
Revenue
Prot/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income a
a
Includes:
- Depreciation and amortisation of:
- Interest expense of:
- Income tax expense of:
Non-current assets
Current assets b
Non-current liabilities c
Current liabilities d
Net assets
b
Includes cash and cash
equivalents of:
c
Includes non-current nancial liabilities
and provisions)
d
Includes current nancial liabilities
and provisions)
Groups interest in net assets of
investee at beginning
of the year
Share of total comprehensive income
Groups contribution during the year
Carrying amount of interest in a
joint venture deconsolidated
as a subsidiary
Carrying amount of interest in a
joint venture reclassied
to a subsidiary
Disposal of joint ventures during
the year
Dividends received during the year
Carrying amount of interest in
investee at end of the year
193
Notes to the
31 December 2015
15.
INVESTMENTS
Group
Quoted investments
Equity shares, at fair value (Available-for-sale)
Note
2015
$000
2014
$000
43
189
378
9,902
3,963
Unquoted investments
Equity shares (Available-for-sale)
Non-related corporations, net of impairment losses
Bonds, at fair value (Available-for-sale)
Interest rate: 1.5% to 4.95% (2014: 1.5% to 4.95%) per annum
Maturity: 18.3.2016 to 19.1.2026 (2014: 28.1.2015 to 18.3.2020)
43
318,581
122,858
Venture capital funds and limited partnership, at fair value
43
12
12
Total unquoted investments
328,495
126,833
Total investments, net of impairment losses
328,684
127,211
Unquoted equity investments where the fair value cannot be reliably estimated are classied as available-for-sale
investments. The Group has no intention to dispose these investments at the balance sheet date.
194
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
16.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(a)
Goodwill
Group
Note
Cost
At beginning of the year
Acquisition of a subsidiary
Finalisation of purchase price allocation
Disposal of subsidiaries
Translation difference
At end of the year
Impairment
Impairment losses for the year ^
At end of the year
2015
$000
2014
$000
497,205
1,732
32,228
531,165
480,397
489
(1,732)
476
17,575
497,205
43,622
4,000
955
48,577
31,995
10,829
798
43,622
Group
Net book value
31.12.2015
$000
31.12.2014
$000
1.1.2014
$000
482,588
453,583
448,402
^ For the purpose of annual impairment testing, the recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on their value-in-use
calculations.
The recoverable amount of a CGU (2014: three CGUs) was determined to be lower than the carrying value and impairment loss of
$4,000,000 (2014: $10,829,000) was recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.
195
Notes to the
31 December 2015
16.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

(b)
Note
Dealer
network
$000
Development
expenditure
$000
23,566
(1,391)
156
22,331
1,656
287
24,274
17,763
29,094
184
47,041
37,512
2,515
87,068
9,868
1,488
7,522
3,518
340
11,696
1,354
564
13,614
82
11,122
4,435
487
16,044
10,660
10,635
13,698
71,024
35,919
10,241
The Group
Cost
At 1.1.2014
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Finalisation of purchase price allocation
At 31.12.2014 and 1.1.2015
Additions
Write-off
At 31.12.2015
Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses
At 1.1.2014
Amortisation for the year
Impairment losses +
At 31.12.2014 and 1.1.2015
Impairment losses +
At 31.12.2015
Net book value
At 31.12.2015
At 31.12.2014
At 1.1.2014
196
5
5
5
5
Amortisation charge of $16,898,000 (2014: $16,188,000) is recognised in the income statement as part of:
- Other operating expenses of $5,947,000 (2014: $6,172,000); and
- Cost of sales of $10,951,000 (2014: $10,016,000)
During the year, the Group assessed that certain licenses and commercial and intellectual property rights are impaired as these
intangible assets are not expected to be generating future economic benets for the Group. Hence, impairment losses of $942,000
(2014: $3,210,000) were recognised during the year.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
Commercial and
intellectual
property rights
$000
Film cost
inventory
$000
Licenses
$000
Technology
agreement
$000
Authorised
repair centre
agreement
$000
Brands
$000
Others
$000
Total
$000
68,058
2,000
650
(749)
1,987
71,946
324
2,982
75,252
11,803
11,803
11,803
76,332
2,903
79,235
5,319
84,554
42,313
12,024
996
(87)
55,246
876
(143)
(189)
55,790
31,982
1,355
33,337
2,365
35,702
5,914
5,914
10,979
53
11,032
290
10
11,332
282,796
43,118
1,049
(741)
(749)
6,498
331,971
38,388
8,184
(143)
13,289
391,689
47,299
4,369
11,803
9,013
1,294
886
1,154
2,024
2,432
4,375
1,933
92,790
16,188
1,900
(175)
1,662
55,055
4,221
2,972
62,248
11,803
11,803
261
10,568
1,315
619
12,502
1,310
(11)
3,339
807
942
(106)
4,982
186
4,642
2,642
399
7,683
(1)
6,307
2,124
8,431
3,210
(175)
2,519
114,532
16,898
942
4,935
137,307
13,004
16,891
20,759
72,052
68,667
67,319
50,808
51,907
41,427
28,019
28,695
29,958
5,914
2,901
4,725
6,604
254,382
217,439
190,006
197
Notes to the
31 December 2015
16.

(c)
Total intangible assets

Group
Net book value
31.12.2015
$000
31.12.2014
$000
1.1.2014
$000
736,970
671,022
638,408
Impairment testing of goodwill

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the Groups business divisions. The aggregate
carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to each CGU within the business divisions are as follows:
Group
2015
$000
2014
$000
14,940
14,665
2,262
11,527
12,940
3,986
Electronics
Communication & Sensor Systems Group
255,685
28,420
236,985
27,353
Land Systems
Automotive
130,108
126,702
36,508
482,588
34,090
453,583
Aerospace
Aircraft Maintenance & Modication
Component/Engine Repair & Overhaul
Engineering & Material Services
Others
198
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
16.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on value-in-use calculations, using cash ow projections
derived from the nancial budgets approved by management for the next ve years. The key assumptions used in the
calculation of recoverable amounts are as follows:
Pre-tax
discount rate
Terminal value
growth rate
2015
%
2014
%
2015
%
2014
%
9.2 12.1
10.8
6.5
9.2 12.1
8.9 10.8
6.5 12.5
0 4.6
3.0
1.3
0 4.6
3.0
1.3 2.4
Electronics
Communications & Sensor Systems Group
12.7 14.6
10.9 18.0
10.6 12.0
9.6 17.7
4.0 5.0
2.0 3.0
4.0 5.0
2.0 3.0
Land Systems
Automotive
10.1 22.2
11.8 15.0
5.0 6.0
5.0
12.8
12.7
3.0
3.0
Aerospace
Aircraft Maintenance & Modication
Component/Engine Repair & Overhaul
Engineering & Material Services
Others
The discount rate used is estimated based on past experience and the industry weighted average cost of capital.
The long-term terminal value growth rate has been determined based on either the nominal GDP rates for the country
in which the CGU is based or the long-term compound annual growth rate estimated by management by reference to
forecasts included in industry reports and expected market development.
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions:
(a)
Following the impairment in one (2014: three) of the CGUs within the business divisions, the recoverable amount in
this CGUs is approximately equal to the carrying amounts. Therefore, any adverse movement in a key assumption
would lead to a further impairment in this CGU.
(b)
Management has identied the following key assumption for which a change as set out below could cause the
carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount.
Change required for
carrying amount to equal the
recoverable amount
(c)
Business Divisions
Assumption
Others
Sales growth rate

(average of next 5 years)
2015
%
2014
%
0.9
1.8
No sensitivity analysis was disclosed for the remaining CGUs as the Group believes that any reasonable possible
change in the key assumptions is not likely to materially cause the recoverable amount to be lower than its carrying
amount.
199
Notes to the
31 December 2015
17.
LONG-TERM RECEIVABLES
Group
Long-term trade receivables

Housing and car loans and advances to staff
Loans to third parties
Receivable:
Within 1 year
After 1 year
2015
$000
2014
$000
5,011
507
176
5,694
887
617
12,606
14,110
354
11,375
5,340
2,735
5,694
14,110
Long-term receivables are carried at amortised cost and are subject to impairment.
Included in the loans to third parties is an interest-free loan of $176,000 (2014: nil) reclassied from amounts due from associates (non-trade)
(Note 22) following the disposal of an associate during the year. The loan is unsecured and repayable on demand.
Included in the loans to third parties in the prior year is an amount of $12,606,000 relating to instalment payment plans granted to customers.
These loans were unsecured, repayable over a period of 7.5 years from 2008. The interest rates on these loans were LIBOR with margins at
0.63% per annum. The interest rate was 0.96% (2014: 0.95% to 0.98%) per annum, which was also the effective interest rates. The interest
rates were repriced every six months. The loans were fully repaid during the year.
200
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
18.
FINANCE LEASE RECEIVABLES

The Group entered into nance lease arrangements with customers with terms ranging from 1 to 2.5 years
(2014: 1 to 5 years) and effective interest rates ranging from 1.15% to 14.93% (2014: 3.95% to 23.38%) per annum.
Unearned
interest
$000
Present
value of
minimum
lease
receivables
$000
Allowance
for doubtful
lease
receivables
$000
Net
investment
in nance
lease
$000
17,409
530
17,939
(43)
(7)
(50)
17,366
523
17,889
(14,193)
(14,193)
3,173
31,067
2,553
33,620
(517)
(283)
(800)
30,550
2,270
32,820
(23,678)
(1,297)
(24,975)
Gross
investment
in nance
lease
$000
The Group
2015
Within 1 year
Between 1 and 5 years
2014
Within 1 year
523
3,696
6,872
973
7,845
Group
Net investment in nance lease

Not past due and not impaired
Past due and not impaired
Individually assessed
Doubtful lease receivables
Allowance for doubtful lease receivables
2015
$000
2014
$000
2,336
1,360
3,696
2,984
4,861
7,845
14,193
(14,193)
24,975
(24,975)
201
Notes to the
31 December 2015
19.
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Unrecognised temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries
As at 31 December 2015, a deferred tax liability of $130,921,000 (2014: $134,818,000) for temporary difference of
$463,803,000 (2014: $475,213,000) related to undistributed earnings of certain subsidiaries was not recognised as the
Group has determined that the undistributed prots of its overseas subsidiaries will not be remitted to Singapore in the
foreseeable future, but be retained for organic growth and acquisitions.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:
Group
Tax losses
Deductible temporary differences
Unabsorbed wear and tear allowance and investment allowance
2015
$000
2014
$000
480,729
24,551
3,533
508,813
429,119
7,370
7,575
444,064
The tax benets have not been recognised in the nancial statements due to the uncertainty over the sufciency of
future taxable prots to be generated in the foreseeable future. The use of these potential tax benets is subject to the
agreement of the tax authorities and compliance with certain provisions of the tax legislation of the respective countries
in which the subsidiaries operate.
202
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
19.
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
Assets
2015
$000
Liabilities
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
(119)
(3,196)
(28,861)
(130,291)
(24)
(712)
(25,724)
(131,624)
113,609
82,455
98,615
71,987
(23,143)
(21,002)
130
(5,010)
(9,466)
(200,086)
94,535
(105,551)
(4,788)
(9,310)
(193,184)
86,866
(106,318)
162
32,994
229,350
(94,535)
134,815
172
24,575
195,350
(86,866)
108,484
The Group
Intangible assets
Allowance for doubtful debts
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
Provisions and accruals
Unabsorbed capital allowances and unutilised
tax losses
Fair value of derivative nancial instruments
designated as cash ow hedges
Other items
Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities
Set off of tax
Net deferred tax (assets)/liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
(4,973)
(7,392)
307
149
(1,181)
(6,154)
1,454
(4,700)
(7,392)
392
(7,000)
1,147
1,454
(1,454)
243
392
(392)
The Company
Unabsorbed capital allowances and unutilised
tax losses
Other items
Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities
Set off of tax
Net deferred tax assets
203
Notes to the
31 December 2015
19.
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)
Movement in deferred tax balances during the year:
Deconsolidation
of a subsidiary/
nalisation
of purchase
price allocation
$000
Utilisation
of tax
losses
$000
As at
1.1.2014
$000
Recognised
in prot
or loss
$000
Recognised
in other
comprehensive
income
$000
84,904
69,655
(1,688)
(18,882)
(130,425)
13,024
50
1,023
(6,270)
(912)
(79)
(252)
25
412
(643)
646
(24,700)
63
4,175
6,131
14,238
(767)
36
(805)
6,209
(10,770)
(10,770)
106
1,507
5,685
As at
1.1.2014
$000
Recognised
in prot
or loss
$000
As at
31.12.2014
$000
Recognised
in prot
or loss
$000
As at
31.12.2015
$000
167
(7,639)
(18)
247
149
(7,392)
158
2,419
307
(4,973)
272
(7,200)
(29)
200
243
(7,000)
(1,181)
904
2,300
(1,181)
1,147
(4,700)
The Group

Intangible assets
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
Unabsorbed capital allowances and
unutilised tax losses
Fair value of derivative nancial instruments
designated as cash ow hedges
Other items
The Company
Unabsorbed capital allowances and
unutilised tax losses
Other items
204
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
Recognised
in other
comprehensive
income
$000
Acquired
in business
combinations
$000
Utilisation
of tax
losses
$000
Exchange
difference
$000
As at
31.12.2015
$000
Exchange
difference
$000
As at
31.12.2014
$000
Recognised
in prot
or loss
$000
1,385
2,534
(47)
(597)
(1,344)
98,591
71,987
(712)
(25,724)
(131,623)
10,083
4,859
(2,407)
(1,597)
2,771
1,286
1,336
(13)
(458)
3,530
4,273
(77)
(1,527)
(981)
113,490
82,455
(3,196)
(28,861)
(130,291)
(540)
(21,002)
(8,985)
89
7,377
(492)
(23,013)
(13)
325
1,703
(4,616)
15,265
2,166
(123)
7,265
11,866
(93)
(93)
2,240
3,534
10,911
(16)
(2,536)
2,174
(4,848)
23,528
29,264
205
Notes to the
31 December 2015
20.
INVENTORIES AND WORK-IN-PROGRESS

Group
Inventories of equipment and spares

Work-in-progress in excess of progress billings
Work-in-progress, including prots recognised
Progress billings
Total inventories and work-in-progress at lower of cost and
net realisable value
Work-in-progress, including prots recognised
Progress billings
2015
$000
2014
$000
767,200
847,574
5,037,344
(3,861,540)
1,175,804
4,184,535
(3,230,036)
954,499
1,943,004
1,802,073
4,676,497
(5,245,072)
(568,575)
4,318,592
(5,043,939)
(725,347)
In 2015, raw materials, consumables and changes in nished goods and work-in-progress recognised as cost of sales
amounted to $4,697,107,000 (2014: $4,952,789,000).
Allowances for inventory obsolescence and foreseeable losses
As at 31 December 2015, the inventories are stated after allowance for inventory obsolescence of $349,120,000
(2014: $302,931,000) and work-in-progress in excess of progress billings is stated after provision for foreseeable losses
of $23,570,000 (2014: $15,567,000).
206
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
21.
TRADE RECEIVABLES
Group
Not past due and not impaired

Past due and not impaired
Collectively assessed
Gross receivables
Individually assessed
Gross receivables
Unbilled receivables
Allowance for unbilled receivables
Trade receivables, net
2015
$000
2014
$000
573,376
333,412
906,788
596,894
430,723
1,027,617
5,560
(5,560)
4,310
(4,310)
47,559
(47,559)
50,378
(50,378)
414,196
(1,270)
292,726
(1,242)
1,319,714
1,319,101
Trade receivables denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the Company and its subsidiaries as
at 31 December are as follows:
$232,273,000 (2014: $264,484,000) denominated in USD

$25,882,000 (2014: $51,779,000) denominated in Euro
Trade receivables amounting to $13,136,000 (2014: $30,092,000) are arranged to be repaid through letters of credit
issued by reputable banks.
A subsidiary within the Group has not recognised $17,513,000 (2014: $17,600,000) of trade receivable due from one of
its customers in view of uncertainty over the collectability of the debts. The amount would be recognised in the nancial
statements upon receipt.
207
Notes to the
31 December 2015
22.
AMOUNTS DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES

Group
Trade:
Subsidiaries
Associates
Joint ventures
Related corporations
Non-trade:
Subsidiaries 1
Associates 2
Joint ventures
Receivable:
Within 1 year
After 1 year
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
11,871
3,326
24,803
40,000
22,383
3,090
40,568
66,041
5,982
44
6,026
6,592
43
6,635
18,771
4,955
23,726
3,049
5,279
8,328
832,940
832,940
547,416
547,416
(2,338)
(3,181)
(13,562)
(6,981)
61,388
71,188
825,404
547,070
56,582
4,806
61,388
66,382
4,806
71,188
470,376
355,028
825,404
497,070
50,000
547,070
There were no signicant amounts due from related parties denominated in currencies other than the functional
currencies of the Group as at 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014.
Amounts due from related parties denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Company as at
31 December are as follows:
208
*1
Included in the amounts due from subsidiaries (non-trade) are:

(a) loans of $814,280,000 (2014: $532,724,000) bearing interest at rates ranging from 1.20% to 2.45% (2014: 1.30% to 4.18%) per annum.
The loans are unsecured and repayable from 25 February 2016 to 31 May 2019; and
(b) interest-free loans of $13,562,000 (2014: $6,981,000), which are unsecured and not repayable in the foreseeable future. The loans are
fully impaired.
*2
Included in the amounts due from associates (non-trade) are:

(a) a loan of $2,321,000 (2014: $2,892,000) whereby interest is charged at EURIBOR + 1% per annum (2014: EURIBOR + 1% per annum) and
is repriced every three months (2014: three months). The effective interest rate on the loan is 0.87% (2014: 1.08%) per annum. The loan
has been fully provided since 2014 in view of the associate entering into members voluntary liquidation; and
(b) an interest-free loan of $157,000 in 2014, which is unsecured and repayable on demand. Following the disposal of an associate during the
year, the loan was reclassied to loan to third parties (Note 17).
*3
Included in the amounts due from joint ventures (non-trade) are:

(a) a loan of $4,806,000 (2014: $4,806,000) bearing interest at 6.38% (2014: 6.38%) per annum, which is the effective interest rate. The loan
is unsecured and repayable by 2029; and
(b) an unsecured loan of $272,000 bearing interest at LIBOR + 0.75% per annum in 2014 that was previously impaired was fully repaid during
the year.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
23.
ADVANCES AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Group
Note
Deposits
Interest receivables
Other recoverables
Non-trade receivables
Prepayments
Derivative nancial instruments
24.
43
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
27,275
7,853
36,361
31,327
166,519
57,956
6,520
333,811
22,604
13,098
30,543
37,642
341,503
83,737
1,171
530,298
66
946
3,725
29
428
105
5,299
63
1,432
2,035
43
24
3,597
In the prior year, the Group made progressive payments to a contractor of $7,109,000 for the development of intellectual property rights
relating to the design and prototype of a construction and mining equipment. The Group issued a notice for breach of contract to the
contractor as they were unable to full their contractual obligations to complete the development. The Group assessed that the progressive
payments made were not recoverable and the intellectual property developed to date had no economic value. As such, the Group fully
impaired the progressive payments made in relation to the intellectual property rights being developed up to 31 December 2014. During the
year, the Group recovered progressive payments of $283,000 from the contractor and the remaining progressive payments of $6,826,000
were written off.
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
Group
Quoted investments
Equity shares, at fair value (Fair value through prot or loss)
Unquoted investments
Bonds, at fair value (Available-for-sale)
Interest rate 1.5% to 4.95% (2014: 2.67% to 4.95%) per annum
Maturity: 18.3.2016 to 1.10.2025 (2014: 26.1.2015 to 7.11.2024)
Note
2015
$000
2014
$000
43
369
359
43
182,600
118,920
182,969
119,279
209
Notes to the
31 December 2015
25.
BANK BALANCES AND OTHER LIQUID FUNDS

Group
2015
$000
Fixed deposits with nancial institutions

Cash and bank balances
Deposits pledged
Cash and cash equivalents
610,002
341,492
951,494
(7,375)
944,119
Company
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
1,134,657
336,066
1,470,723
(8,111)
1,462,612
70,303
11,788
82,091
82,091
316,033
88,843
404,876
404,876
Fixed deposits with nancial institutions mature at varying periods within 12 months (2014: 10 months) from the nancial
year-end. Interest rates range from 0% to 5% (2014: 0.04% to 3.8%) per annum, which are also the effective interest rates.
Cash and bank balances of $7,375,000 (2014: $8,111,000) have been placed with banks as security for letters of credit
issued to third parties. Cash and cash equivalents denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the
Company and its subsidiaries as at 31 December are as follows:
210

ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
26.
TRADE PAYABLES AND ACCRUALS

Group
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
822,520
165,394
1,774
901,762
16,717
24,017
1,932,184
831,020
172,779
693
897,037
18,396
21,410
1,941,335
9,099
23,058
32,157
8,004
35,963
43,967
1,702,649
229,535
1,932,184
1,667,180
274,155
1,941,335
20,619
11,538
32,157
26,961
17,006
43,967
Note
Trade payables
Non-trade payables 1
Accrued operating expenses 2
Accrued interest payable
Payable:
Within 1 year
After 1 year
43
Company
Trade payables denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the Company and its subsidiaries as at

*1
The non-trade payables include an amount of $74,727,000 (2014: $101,352,000) for its obligation to perform engineering development work
as part of the consideration for the acquisition of an associate.
*2
Included in the accrued operating expenses is an amount of $400,183,000 (2014: $415,810,000) for its obligations under its employee
compensation schemes.
211
Notes to the
31 December 2015
27.
AMOUNTS DUE TO RELATED PARTIES

Group
Trade:
Subsidiaries
Associates
Joint ventures
Non-trade:
Subsidiaries 1
Joint ventures 2
Payable:
Within 1 year
After 1 year
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
2,433
3,841
9,420
15,694
5,625
3,117
22,488
31,230
1,736
6
1,742
1,882
3
1,885
5,004
1
5,005
5
5
644,274
644,274
602,516
602,516
20,699
31,235
646,016
604,401
20,553
146
20,699
29,364
1,871
31,235
1,742
644,274
646,016
196,988
407,413
604,401
There were no signicant amounts due to related parties denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies
of the Group as at 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014.
Amounts due to related parties denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Company as at
212
*1
Included in the amounts due to subsidiaries (non-trade) are loans of $628,472,000 (2014: $562,959,000) bearing interest at 4.75% (2014: 4.18%)
per annum. The loans are unsecured and repayable on 16 July 2019.
*2
Included in the amounts due to joint ventures (non-trade) is an unsecured loan of $5,000,000 (2014: nil), bearing interest at 1.46% (2014: nil)
per annum, which is the effective interest rate.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
28.
PROVISIONS
Group
Provisions for:
Warranties
Liquidated damages
Foreseeable losses
(a)
2015
$000
2014
$000
206,084
24,926
26,514
257,524
200,355
20,710
24,007
245,072
Movements in provision for warranties are as follows:

Group
Note

Charge to prot or loss
Provision utilised
At end of the year
(b)
2015
$000
200,355
31,970
(29,532)
843
2,448
206,084
2014
$000
186,212
39,076
(25,924)
(854)
1,845
200,355
Movements in provision for liquidated damages are as follows:

Group
Note

Provision utilised
At end of the year
(c)
2015
$000
20,710
6,608
(2,702)
326
(16)
24,926
2014
$000
10,890
12,928
(1,861)
(1,241)
(6)
20,710
Movements in provision for foreseeable losses are as follows:

Group
2015
$000

Provision utilised
At end of the year
24,007
16,372
(13,774)
(91)
26,514
2014
$000
21,808
14,939
(12,769)
29
24,007
213
Notes to the
31 December 2015
29.
BORROWINGS
Group
Note
Non-current
Bonds
Long-term bank loans
Lease obligations
Other loans
Current
Long-term bank loans
Lease obligations
Other loans
Total borrowings
Total borrowings comprise:
Unsecured xed rate bonds
Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Lease obligations
Other loans
(a)
(a)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2015
$000
2014
$000
705,567
293,962
18,706
310
1,018,545
658,424
267,532
17,547
441
943,944
65,647
106,531
730
1,778
174,686
29,820
43,590
1,126
148
74,684
1,193,231
1,018,628
705,567
103,642
362,498
19,436
2,088
1,193,231
658,424
46,809
294,133
18,673
589
1,018,628
Unsecured xed rate bonds

Group
2015
$000
Principal
Unamortised discount
Unamortised discount:
2014
$000
707,300
(1,733)
705,567
660,450
(2,026)
658,424
2,026
(424)
131
1,733
2,317
(372)
81
2,026
On 16 July 2009, the Group issued US$500 million 4.80% Notes due 2019 under its US$1.2 billion Multicurrency
Medium Term Note Programme. The bonds bear interest at a xed rate of 4.80% per annum and interest is payable
every six months from the date of issue. The bonds are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Company.
At the reporting date, the Company does not consider it probable that a claim will be made against the Company
under the guarantee.
214
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
29.
BORROWINGS (continued)
(b)
Secured and unsecured bank loans
Bank loans
Group
Effective
interest rate
%
Maturity
2015
$000
2014
$000
0.73% to 10%
2016 to 2020
466,140
340,942
Bank loans denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries as at
Included in the bank loans are:

(i)
Loans amounting to $17,440,000 (2014: $17,040,000) which are secured by land and buildings of a subsidiary;
(ii)
Loans amounting to $79,379,000 (2014: $29,769,000) which are secured over certain property, plant and
equipment of subsidiaries; and
(iii)
Loans amounting to $6,823,000 (2014: nil), which are secured by a subsidiarys land use right.
215
Notes to the
31 December 2015
29.
BORROWINGS (continued)
(c)
Lease obligations
A subsidiary leases certain land, buildings and equipment from a foreign Airport Authority under a nance lease
arrangement until 31 October 2041, with an option to terminate the lease at any time with a 36-month written
notice. The leased assets are pledged as collateral against the lease.
The obligations under the nance leases to be paid by the subsidiaries are as follows:
The Group
2015
Within 1 year
After 5 years
Total
Minimum
lease payment
$000
Interest
$000
Present value
of payment
$000
1,424
5,241
31,496
38,161
(694)
(2,878)
(15,153)
(18,725)
730
2,363
16,343
19,436
Repayable:
Within 1 year
After 1 year
2014
Within 1 year
After 5 years
Total
730
18,706
19,436
1,818
4,550
30,543
36,911
(692)
(2,718)
(14,828)
(18,238)
Repayable:
Within 1 year
After 1 year
1,126
1,832
15,715
18,673
1,126
17,547
18,673
Lease terms do not contain restrictions concerning dividends, additional debt or further leasing.
(d)
Other loans
Included in the other loans are:
216
(i)
US dollar denominated term notes of $371,000 (US$261,000) (2014: $468,000 (US$354,622)) and $102,000
(US$72,000) (2014: $121,000 (US$91,248)) owing to the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority and
the Industrial Properties Corporation, respectively, by a US entity of the Group. These notes are secured
by land and buildings of the entity and bear interest, respectively, at 2.75% and 4% (2014: 2.75% and 4%)
per annum, which are also the effective interest rates, and are payable through 1 July 2019 and 28 June 2019,
respectively; and
(ii)
A RMB denominated loan of $1,615,000 (RMB7,410,000) (2014: nil) from a non-controlling shareholder of
a subsidiary. This loan is unsecured, bears interest at 9% (2014: nil) per annum, which is also the effective
interest rate, and is repayable by 19 April 2016.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
30.
DEFERRED INCOME
Group
Government compensation
Government grants
Deferred rents
2015
$000
2014
$000
31,820
52,326
7,906
92,052
41,507
47,876
9,376
98,759
Government compensation and grants relate mainly to grants received:
31.
(a)
for subsidising the costs incurred in the acquisitions of plant and equipment for new product development and
production activities, and for the relocation of a subsidiarys manufacturing facility in the Peoples Republic of
China; and
(b)
to share the cost for purchase of plant and machinery, and yard facility upgrades in the US operation.
OTHER LONG-TERM PAYABLES

Group
After 1 year
2015
$000
2014
$000
700
1,000
The other long-term payables of $700,000 (2014: $1,000,000) is payable to a previous non-controlling shareholder of a
subsidiary for the purchase of remaining shareholdings of the subsidiary. The amount payable is unsecured, interest-free
and repayable within seven years from 2010.
217
Notes to the
31 December 2015
32.
SHARE CAPITAL
Group and Company
2015
$000
Issued and fully paid

3,120,004,716 (2014: 3,105,903,530) ordinary shares
Issued during the year
2,490,481 (2014: 14,101,186) ordinary shares
At end of the year
3,122,495,197 (2014: 3,120,004,716) ordinary shares
2014
$000
889,426
852,611
6,500
36,815
895,926
889,426
Included in share capital is a special share issued to the Minister for Finance. The special share enjoys all the rights
attached to the ordinary shares. In addition, the special share carries the right to approve any resolution to be passed
by the Company, either in general meeting or by its Board of Directors, on certain matters specied in the Companys
Constitution. The special share may be converted at any time into an ordinary share.
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by the Company. All ordinary
shares carry one vote per share without restriction.
33.
TREASURY SHARES
Group and Company
2015
$000

Purchased during the year
Reissue of treasury shares pursuant to share plans
At end of the year
(6,529)
(89,776)
29,435
(66,870)
2014
$000
(6,529)
(6,529)
Treasury shares relate to ordinary shares of the Company that are held by the Company.
During the nancial year, the Company purchased 27,616,900 (2014: 2,034,000) of its ordinary shares by way of
on-market purchases. The total amount paid to purchase the shares was $89,776,000 (2014: $6,529,000). The shares,
held as treasury shares, were included as deduction against shareholders equity.
The Company reissued 3,192,638 (2014: nil) treasury shares pursuant to its share option plans at a weighted average
exercise price of $2.68 (2014: nil) each. The cost of treasury shares re-issued pursuant to the share option plans
amounted to $10,800,000 (2014: nil). In addition, 3,962,072 (2014: nil) and 1,529,222 (2014: nil) treasury shares, at a cost
of $13,443,000 (2014: nil) and $5,192,000 (2014: nil), were reissued pursuant to its RSP and PSP respectively.
218
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
34.
SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

The Singapore Technologies Engineering Share Option Plan (ESOP), the Singapore Technologies Engineering Performance
Share Plan (PSP2000) and the Singapore Technologies Engineering Restricted Stock Plan (RSP2000) of the Company
(collectively referred to as the Old Share Plans) were approved by the members of the Company at an Extraordinary
General Meeting held on 23 November 2000.
Current share plan comprising the Singapore Technologies Engineering Performance Share Plan 2010 (PSP2010) and
the Singapore Technologies Engineering Restricted Share Plan 2010 (RSP2010) was approved by the members of the
Company at the Annual General Meeting held on 21 April 2010 (together, the Current Share Plans). The Old Share Plans
were terminated following the adoption of the Current Share Plans. However, all options and awards granted under the
Old Share Plans prior to its termination will continue to be valid and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Old
Share Plans.
ESOP
The Company ceased to grant options under the ESOP with effect from 2007. Information regarding ESOP is as follows:
(a)
The exercise price of the options is equal to volume-weighted average price for the shares on the SGX over the three
consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of grant.
(b)
The options are exercisable at the end of the rst year after date of grant, in accordance with a vesting schedule to
be determined by ERCC and are settled in cash.
(c)
The options granted expire after ve years for non-executive directors and 10 years for the employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries.
During the nancial year, the Company issued and re-issued the following shares at the respective price per share upon
the exercise of options granted by the Company under ESOP:
(a)
issued 2,167,749 (2014: 6,644,956) ordinary shares for cash; and
(b)
re-issued 3,192,638 (2014: nil) treasury shares.
Grant no.
0502N
0508N
0602N
0608N
0703N
0708N
No. of ordinary
shares issued
No. of treasury
shares re-issued
1,671,693
240,615
114,107
67,211
74,123
2,330,539
321,781
376,442
125,405
38,471
Price per share

$
2.370
2.570
3.010
2.840
3.230
3.610
219
Notes to the
31 December 2015
34.
SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS (continued)

ESOP (continued)
At the end of the nancial year, outstanding options granted to eligible employees and directors of the Company are as
follows:
(i)
Options outstanding under the ESOP

Number of shares
2015
(ii)
2014
ESOP
Exercised
Lapsed
At end of the year
23,472,008
(5,360,387)
(474,880)
17,636,741
30,517,942
(6,644,956)
(400,978)
23,472,008
Exercisable at end of the year
17,636,741
23,472,008
Details of share options

2015
Details of share options to subscribe for ordinary shares pursuant to ESOP are as follows:
Balance
as at
1.1.2015
Options
lapsed
Options
exercised
7.2.2005
10.8.2005
1,735,450
2,653,569
63,757
82,415
1,671,693
2,571,154
2.370 8.2.2006 to 7.2.2015

2.570 11.8.2006 to 10.8.2015
9.2.2006
3,896,164
25,837
435,888
3,434,439
296
3.010 10.2.2007 to 9.2.2016
10.8.2006
4,063,233
29,188
443,653
3,590,392
300
2.840 11.8.2007 to 10.8.2016
15.3.2007
5,494,779
66,402
199,528
5,228,849
3.230 16.3.2008 to 15.3.2017
10.8.2007
5,628,813
23,472,008
207,281
474,880
38,471
5,360,387
5,383,061
17,636,741
486
606
Date of
Grant
220
Balance
No. of
as at holders at
31.12.2015 31.12.2015
Exercise
price
$
Exercisable period
3.610 11.8.2008 to 10.8.2017
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
34.

ESOP (continued)
(ii)
Details of share options (continued)

2014
Details of share options to subscribe for ordinary shares pursuant to ESOP are as follows:
Date of
Grant
9.2.2004
10.8.2004
7.2.2005
10.8.2005
9.2.2006
10.8.2006
15.3.2007
10.8.2007
Balance
as at
1.1.2014
Options
lapsed
1,060,256
1,589,308
2,479,376
3,509,381
4,572,311
4,723,330
6,387,216
6,196,764
30,517,942
39,873
78,260
13,320
32,408
36,442
47,104
74,600
78,971
400,978
Options
exercised
Balance
No. of
as at holders at
31.12.2014 31.12.2014
1,020,383
1,511,048
730,606
1,735,450
823,404
2,653,569
639,705
3,896,164
612,993 4,063,233
817,837
5,494,779
488,980
5,628,813
6,644,956 23,472,008
Exercise
price
$
118
193
346
345
512
638
2.090
2.120
2.370
2.570
3.010
2.840
3.230
3.610
Exercisable period
10.2.2005
11.8.2005
8.2.2006
11.8.2006
10.2.2007
11.8.2007
16.3.2008
11.8.2008
to 9.2.2014
to 10.8.2014
to 7.2.2015
to 10.8.2015
to 9.2.2016
to 10.8.2016
to 15.3.2017
to 10.8.2017
Includes one Executive Director of the Company
(iii)
Details of share options exercised

Exercise
price
$
Proceeds from
share issue
$000
Share price
$
2,300,111
1,373,711
1,660,495
26,070
5,360,387
2.37 3.23
2.57 3.61
2.57 3.23
2.84 3.23
5,712
3,794
4,342
76
3.35 3.59
3.25 3.81
2.92 3.41
2.94 3.30
3,291,672
1,709,312
1,218,411
425,561
6,644,956
2.09 3.61
2.12 3.61
2.12 3.61
2.37 3.61
8,430
4,869
2,843
1,114
3.66 3.91
3.77 3.99
3.61 3.84
3.22 3.71
No. of shares
2015
January to March
April to June
July to September
October to December
2014
January to March
April to June
July to September
October to December
The weighted average share price for options exercised during the year was $3.40 (2014: $3.80). The weighted
average remaining contractual life for these options is 0.99 years (2014: 1.68 years).
The fair value of services received in return for share options granted are measured by reference to the fair value
of share options granted. The estimate of the fair value of the services received is measured based on a binomial
model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The Company ceased to
grant options under the ESOP with effect from 2007.
221
Notes to the
31 December 2015
34.

PSP2010
Performance shares are granted on an annual basis with key performance indicator targets set for a performance period,
currently prescribed to be a 3-year performance period. The performance shares will only be released to the recipient at
the end of the performance period if the targets are met. The nal number of performance shares awarded will depend
on the level of achievement of those targets and can range from 0% to 170% of the conditional award of performance
shares. In addition, commencing with the PSP contingent awards for nancial year 2009, the nal award for performance
shares is conditional upon the performance targets for restricted shares that have the same end of performance period
being met.
Outstanding Awards under PSP2010 are as follow:
Year of grant
2015
2014
2013
Total
1,413,000
(172,358)
1,240,642
1,037,100
(152,283)
884,817
4,292,000
(336,485)
3,955,515
Number of performance shares

At grant date
Lapsed
Outstanding as at 31.12.2015
1,841,900
(11,844)
1,830,056
During the year, performance shares amounting to 1,529,222 ordinary shares were awarded in respect of grant made in
2012 under PSP2010.
The fair value of the performance shares is determined on conditional grant date using the Monte Carlo simulation model.
The signicant inputs to the model used for the conditional grants are as follows:
Year of grant
Market conditions
Volatility of Defensive Index (%)
Volatility of the Companys shares (%)
Correlation of volatility of Defensive Index/
MSCI Index vs. the Company (%)
Risk-free rate (%)
Share price ($)
Cost of equity (%)
Dividend yield
222
2015
2014
2013
9.18
14.71
9.76
15.35
10.47
14.66
57.2
51.2
52.7
1.45
0.54
0.24
3.43
3.79
4.16
7.60
6.90
7.00
(-- Managements forecast in line with dividend policy --)
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
34.

RSP2010
Restricted shares are granted on an annual basis with key performance indicator targets set for a performance period,
currently prescribed to be a 1-year performance period. The restricted shares will only be released to the recipient at the
end of the performance period if the targets are met. The nal number of restricted shares awarded will depend on the
level of achievement of those targets and range between 0% and 150% of the conditional award of the restricted shares
and will be delivered equally to recipients over a 4-year vesting period.
Prior to 2015, restricted shares were granted on a 2-year performance period with a 3-year vesting period in the ratio of
50%, 25% and 25% consecutively.
Outstanding Awards under RSP2010 are as follow:
Date of grant
Number of
restricted shares
Number of
Number of
as at restricted shares restricted shares
grant date
lapsed
released
Balance
outstanding
as at
31.12.2015
RSP2010
25 February 2011
16 March 2011
22 March 2012
22 March 2013
19 September 2013
13 March 2014
4 April 2014
28 April 2014
16 March 2015
18 March 2015
1 May 2015
15 May 2015
1 June 2015
5 June 2015
50,000
7,380,041
4,617,900
4,347,000
90,000
4,873,600
300,000
1,404,751
12,000
5,054,850
20,000
211,900
45,000
24,000
1,033,826
898,565
1,916,229
395,388
129,979
40,000
6,343,239
2,896,893
1,283,004
60,000
100,000
683,937
211,900
10,000
2,976
822,442
1,147,767
30,000
4,478,212
200,000
720,814
12,000
4,924,871
20,000
45,000
24,000
During the year, restricted shares amounting to 4,284,804 (2014: 4,250,477) ordinary shares were awarded under
RSP2010.
The fair value of the restricted shares is determined at conditional grant date using the Monte Carlo simulation model.
223
Notes to the
31 December 2015
34.

RSP2010 (continued)
The signicant inputs to the model used for the conditional grant in 2014 and 2015 are as follows:
Year of grant
2015
Volatility of the Companys shares (%)

Risk-free rate (%)
Share price ($)
Dividend yield
35.
2014
14.71
15.35
1.05 1.71
0.36 0.98
3.43
3.79
(-- Managements forecast in line with dividend policy --)
CAPITAL RESERVES
Included in capital reserves is:
224
(a)
an amount of $115,948,000 (2014: $115,948,000) relating to share premium of the respective pooled enterprises,
namely Singapore Technologies Aerospace Ltd, Singapore Technologies Electronics Limited, Singapore Technologies
Kinetics Ltd and Singapore Technologies Marine Ltd classied as capital reserve upon the pooling of interests during
the nancial year ended 31 December 1997; and
(b)
an amount of $375,000 (2014: $375,000) relating to an excess capital contribution from non-controlling shareholders
of a subsidiary in China following the additional capital injection in prior years; and
(c)
an amount of $3,073,000 (2014: nil) and $3,046,000 (2014: nil) for the Company and the Group respectively, relating
to realised loss on re-issuance of treasury shares under share-based payment arrangements of the Company.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
36.
OTHER RESERVES
Note
Statutory
reserve
$000
Fair
value
reserve
$000
Sharebased
payment
reserve
$000
Premium
paid on
acquisition
of
non-controlling
interests
$000
(160,004)
4,060
31,299
82,662
(2,668)
(44,651)
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$000
Total
$000
The Group
At 1.1.2014
Other comprehensive income:
Net fair value changes on availablefor-sale financial assets
(i)
(2,020)
(2,020)
Net fair value changes on cash

flow hedges
(ii)
(57,327)
(57,327)

cash flow hedges of an associate
(ii)
(9,891)
(9,891)
Foreign currency translation

differences
(iii)
18,330
37
121
(67)
18,422
1,336
1,336
50
50
19,716
(69,201)
121
(67)
(49,430)
Issue of shares
(19,559)
(19,559)
21,574
21,574
Disposal of a subsidiary
(4)
(4)
Transfer from retained earnings

to statutory reserve
13
13
(140,288)
4,074
(37,902)
84,798
(2,739)
(92,057)

joint ventures
Reclassification of foreign currency
translation reserve to profit
or loss arising from disposal
of foreign entities
for the year, net of tax
At 31.12.2014
225
3. 200-228.indd 225
8/3/16 11:38 am
Notes to the
31 December 2015
36.
OTHER RESERVES (continued)
Note
Fair
value
reserve
$000
Sharebased
payment
reserve
$000
Premium
paid on
acquisition of
non-controlling
interests
$000
Total
$000
4,074
(37,902)
84,798
(2,739)
(92,057)
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$000
Statutory
reserve
$000
(140,288)
The Group
At 1.1.2015
Other comprehensive income:
Net fair value changes on availablefor-sale nancial assets
(i)
(3,883)
(3,883)

cash ow hedges
(ii)
3,658
3,658

(ii)
(2,805)
(2,805)
Foreign currency translation

differences
(iii)
33,840
(5)
200
(114)
33,929
(860)
(860)
32,980
(5)
(3,022)
200
(114)
30,039
Issue of shares
(1,144)
(1,144)
16,501
16,501
Treasury shares reissued pursuant

to share plans
(17,689)
(17,689)
Acquisition of non-controlling
interests in subsidiaries
without a change in control
(2,406)
(2,406)
Transfer from retained earnings

to statutory reserve
1,261
1,261
(107,308)
5,330
(40,924)
82,666
(5,259)
(65,495)

joint ventures
for the year, net of tax
At 31.12.2015
226
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
36.

Group
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Net fair value changes on available-for-sale nancial assets:

- Net fair value changes during the year
- Reclassication adjustment to prot or loss on disposal of nancial assets
in nance costs, net
Net fair value changes on cash ow hedges:

- Net fair value changes during the year
- Reclassication adjustment to prot or loss on occurrence of
forecast transaction in nance costs, net
- Recognised in the carrying value of non-nancial assets on
occurrence of the hedged transactions
Foreign currency translation differences arising from:

- Translation of quasi equity loans forming part of net investments
in foreign entities
- Translation of foreign currency loans used as hedging instruments for
effective net investment hedges
- Translation of foreign entities
2015
$000
2014
$000
(3,546)
619
(337)
(3,883)
(2,639)
(2,020)
(12,868)
(66,601)
10,082
(739)
3,639
853
122
(67,218)
(1,727)
(8,764)
(34,980)
70,547
33,840
(14,579)
41,673
18,330
Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the nancial
statements of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currencies are different from that of the Groups presentation
currency.
As at 31 December 2015, bonds amounting to $424.4 million (US$300 million) (2014: $396.3 million (US$300 million))
have been designated as a hedge of the net investment in Vision Technologies Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(US subsidiaries) and are being used to hedge the Groups exposure to foreign exchange risk on this investment.
Exchange gain or loss on the re-translation of these bonds is transferred to other comprehensive income to offset any
exchange gain or loss on translation of the net investment in the US subsidiaries. There is no ineffectiveness in the hedge
during the year.
227
Notes to the
31 December 2015
36.

Statutory reserve
(a)
In accordance with the Foreign Enterprise Law applicable to certain wholly-owned subsidiaries in the Peoples
Republic of China (PRC), the subsidiaries are required to make appropriation to a Statutory Reserve Fund (SRF).
At least 10% of the statutory after tax prots as determined in accordance with the applicable PRC accounting
standards and regulations must be allocated to the SRF until the cumulative total of the SRF reaches 50% of the
subsidiaries registered capital. Subject to approval from the relevant PRC authorities, the SRF may be used to
offset any accumulated losses or increase the registered capital of the subsidiaries. The SRF is not available for
standard distribution to shareholders.
(b)
In accordance with the Law of the PRC on Joint Ventures Using Chinese and Foreign Investment applicable to certain
subsidiaries, appropriations from the net prots are made to the Reserve Fund and the Enterprise Expansion Fund,
after offsetting accumulated losses from prior years (if any), and before prot distributions to the investors. The
percentage to be appropriated to the Reserve Fund and the Enterprise Expansion Fund is to be determined by the
Board of Directors of the PRC entities.
Fair value reserve

Fair value reserve records the cumulative fair value changes of available-for-sale nancial assets until they are derecognised
or impaired, as well as the portion of the fair value changes on the derivative nancial instruments designated as hedging
instruments in cash ow hedges that are determined to be an effective hedge.
Share-based payment reserve
Share-based payment reserve represents the equity-settled share options, performance shares and restricted shares
granted to employees and non-executive directors. The reserve is made up of the cumulative value of services received
from employees recorded on grant of equity-settled share options, performance shares and restricted shares. The
expense for services received will be recognised over the vesting periods.
Premium paid on acquisition of non-controlling interests
The reserve represents the difference between the consideration paid on acquisition of non-controlling interests and the
carrying value of the proportionate share of the acquirees net assets acquired.
37.
RETAINED EARNINGS
Group
Retained by:
The Company
Subsidiaries
228
2015
$000
2014
$000
551,751
562,396
141,067
1,255,214
568,323
515,715
141,002
1,225,040
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
38.
DIVIDENDS
Group and Company
Final dividend paid in respect of the previous nancial year of 4.0 cents
(2014: 4.0 cents) per share
Special dividend paid in respect of the previous nancial year of 7.0 cents
Interim dividend paid in respect of the current nancial year of 5.0 cents
Additional nal dividend paid in respect of the previous nancial year
due to issue of shares before books closure date
2015
$000
2014
$000
124,864
124,295
218,512
248,591
155,519
498,895
124,774
497,660
(1,291)
497,604
1,197
498,857
The Directors propose a nal dividend of 5.0 cents (2014: 4.0 cents) per share amounting to $156.1 million
(2014: $124.9 million) and a special dividend of 5.0 cents (2014: 7.0 cents) per share amounting to $156.1 million
(2014: $218.5 million), in respect of the nancial year ended 31 December 2015. These dividends have not been recognised
as a liability as at year end as they are subject to approval of the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the
Company.
39.
RELATED PARTY INFORMATION

In addition to related party information disclosed elsewhere in the nancial statements, the Group has signicant
transactions with the following related parties on terms agreed between the parties as follows:
Group
2015
$000
2014
$000
Associates of the Group

Sales and services rendered
Purchases and services received
Dividend income
9,886
(31,671)
45,357
12,087
(22,367)
36,589
Joint ventures of the Group

Dividend income
29,391
(24,913)
6,036
27,514
(15,081)
2,251
Other related parties

Rental expense
Rental income
78,116
(17,608)
(6,539)
2,289
124,517
(23,023)
(7,180)
2,246
Other related parties refer to subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures of immediate holding company.
229
Notes to the
31 December 2015
40.
COMMITMENTS
(a)
Capital commitments
Group
Capital expenditure contracted but not provided in the

nancial statements
(b)
2015
$000
2014
$000
96,614
145,345
Leases
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Group
Third parties
Within 1 year
After 5 years
Related parties
Within 1 year
After 5 years
2015
$000
2014
$000
40,326
103,817
216,870
361,013
40,680
106,850
222,895
370,425
5,350
17,298
31,879
54,527
5,047
17,761
24,161
46,969
The Group has several operating lease agreements for leasehold land and buildings, ofce premises and computers.
The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. Lease terms do not contain restrictions on
the Group activities concerning dividends, additional debt or further leasing.
None of the operating leases is subject to contingent rent arrangements.
230
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
40.
COMMITMENTS (continued)
(c)
Operating lease commitments As lessor

The Group has entered into commercial leases on its aircraft, aircraft engines and certain property, plant and
equipment. The non-cancellable leases have lease term ranging from 1 to 15 years. The leases on the aircraft include
a clause to enable upward revision of the rental charge on an annual basis based on prevailing market conditions.
The future lease payment receivables under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Group
Within 1 year
After 5 years
2015
$000
2014
$000
25,196
51,457
15,867
92,520
17,872
27,970
15,424
61,266
None of the operating leases is subject to contingent rent arrangements.

(d)
Investments
As at 31 December 2015, the Group has outstanding commitments in respect of uncalled capital to the extent of
$0.2 million (2014: $0.7 million) in subsidiaries.
(e)
Contingent liabilities (unsecured)

(i)
The Group is a party to various claims that arise in the normal course of the Groups business. The total
liability on these matters cannot be determined with certainty. However, in the opinion of management, the
ultimate liability, to the extent not otherwise provided for, will not materially impact the consolidated nancial
statements of the Group.
(ii)
The Groups certain subsidiaries provided equipment buy-back guarantees to nancial institutions which
have extended equipment nancing to the customers for their purchase of their products. The outstanding
equipment buy-back guarantees as at 31 December 2015 amounted to $4,553,000 (2014: $10,531,000).
231
Notes to the
31 December 2015
41.
SEGMENT INFORMATION
(a)
Analysis by business segments

The Group is organised on a worldwide basis into four main reportable segments, namely:
(i)
Aerospace
Provides a spectrum of maintenance and engineering services that include airframe, engine and component
maintenance, repair and overhaul; engineering design and technical services; and aviation materials and
management services, including Total Aviation Support.
(ii)
Electronics
Delivers innovative system solutions to government, commercial, defence, and industrial customers worldwide.
It specialises in the design, development and integration of advanced electronics and communications systems,
such as broadband radio frequency and satellite communication, e-Government solutions, information
communications technologies and IT, rail and trafc management, real-time command and control, modelling
and simulation, eLearning and interactive digital media, training services, intelligent building management
and information security.
(iii)
Land Systems
Delivers integrated land systems, specialty vehicles and their related through life support for defence,
homeland security and commercial applications.
(iv)
Marine
Provides turnkey building, repair and conversion services for a wide spectrum of naval and commercial
vessels. In shipbuilding, it has the proven capabilities to provide turnkey solutions from concept denition
to detailed design, construction, on-board system installation and integration, testing, commissioning to
through-life support. It has also established a track record in providing high engineering content shiprepair
and ship conversion services for a worldwide clientele. It also provides a suite of sustainable environmental
engineering solutions.
Other operations include research and development, treasury, investment holding and provision of management,
consultancy, integrated logistics management, integrated facilities management, warehousing and other support
services. None of these segments meets any of the quantitative thresholds for determining reportable segments in
nancial years 2015 and 2014.
Management monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions
about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating
prot or loss which in certain respects, as explained in the table below, is measured differently from operating
prot or loss in the consolidated nancial statements.
Inter-segment pricing is based on terms negotiated between the parties which are intended to reect
competitive terms.
232
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
41.
SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
Aerospace
$000
Electronics
$000
Land
Systems
$000
Marine
$000
Others
$000
2,089,772
5,842
2,095,614
1,708,959
34,215
1,743,174
1,395,587
5,432
1,401,019
958,028
345
958,373
182,677
27,191
209,868
222,013
23,856
(578)
25,596
(19,157)
178,699
14,654
3,683
(6,122)
47,189
13,239
(1,645)
2,880
(13,252)
71,795
7,482
(115)
3,716
(103)
(70,129)
560,949
77,185
(103,835)
60,704
(564,433)
2,039
(56,869)
92,521
510,271
55,747
(299)
56,191
(49,948)
38,870
290,600
(56,900)
(6,981)
38
190,952
(27,191)
(761)
16,590
65,001
(14,395)
5,130
5,500
88,275
(2,558)
8
464,170
7,385
(2,658)
(468,696)
(5,000)
58,340
630,302
(98,659)
(2,604)
226,719
163,000
55,736
85,725
471,555
(473,696)
529,039
Other assets
Segment assets
2,328,622
311,473
2,640,095
1,860,634
1,397
1,862,031
1,855,080
121,781
1,976,861
994,623 4,579,005
8,229
17,657
1,002,852 4,596,662
(3,910,420) 7,707,544
1,023
461,560
(3,909,397) 8,169,104
Segment liabilities
1,874,224
1,637,723
1,713,471
810,727 2,510,204
(2,638,172) 5,908,177
219,757
71,470
5,956
52,878
39,871
23,247
38,981
4,447
393
Elimination
$000
Group
$000
2015
Revenue
External sales
Inter-segment sales
Reportable segment prot

from operations
Other income
Other expenses
Finance income
Finance costs
Share of results of associates
and joint ventures, net of tax
Taxation
Prot attributable to
shareholders
Capital expenditure
Impairment losses
Other non-cash expenses
18,866
29,609
18,244
7,404
6,335,023
(73,025)
(73,025) 6,335,023
(43)
332,992
187,292
4,447
6,359
233
Notes to the
31 December 2015
41.
Aerospace
$000
Electronics
$000
Land
Systems
$000
Marine
$000
Others
$000
2,061,225
10,239
2,071,464
1,583,288
30,791
1,614,079
1,396,880
8,252
1,405,132
1,341,084
867
1,341,951
156,956
24,069
181,025
261,471
7,059
(5,035)
11,894
(24,670)
174,371
10,402
(6)
4,867
(6,136)
38,727
14,525
(1,570)
3,124
(11,655)
100,835
12,115
(37)
3,931
(76,109)
628,530
(24)
115,809
(112,961)
55,678
(627,456)
1,672
(96,075)
110,225
554,973
45,175
(5,000)
43,550
(45,197)
32,280
282,999
(53,892)
(8,963)
470
183,968
(30,614)
(1,211)
13,050
56,201
(11,001)
5,123
5,936
122,780
(14,695)
1
555,245
(3,491)
5,446
(550,510)
12
57,182
650,683
(113,693)
(5,038)
220,144
152,143
50,323
108,086
551,754
(550,498)
531,952
Other assets
Segment assets
2,202,519
322,508
2,525,027
1,783,773
10,297
1,794,070
2,091,015
112,750
2,203,765
1,106,096 4,250,300
8,159
17,657
1,114,255 4,267,957
(3,592,749) 7,840,954
6,981
478,352
(3,585,768) 8,319,306
Segment liabilities
1,779,360
1,596,964
1,931,326
955,383 2,102,832
(2,311,169) 6,054,696
87,674
60,166
6,186
807
61,893
38,362
638
56
86,318
38,053
21,049
20
Elimination
$000
Group
$000
2014
Revenue
External sales
Inter-segment sales
Reportable segment prot

from operations
Other income
Other expenses
Finance income
Finance costs
Share of results of associates
and joint ventures, net of tax
Taxation
Prot attributable to
shareholders
Capital expenditure
Impairment losses
Other non-cash expenses
234
37,581
27,098
10,635
6,869
6,539,433
(74,218)
(74,218) 6,539,433
(42)
(1)
284,101
170,506
27,873
885
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
41.

(b)
Analysis by country of incorporation

Revenue is based on the country of incorporation regardless of where the goods are produced or services rendered.
Non-current assets, excluding derivative nancial instruments and deferred tax assets, are based on the location of
those assets.
Revenue
Asia
USA
Europe
Others
(c)
Non-current assets
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
4,695,163
1,498,855
81,354
59,651
6,335,023
4,981,137
1,420,462
75,513
62,321
6,539,433
2,095,321
878,105
175,000
98,236
3,246,662
1,785,853
781,302
194,450
101,017
2,862,622
Analysis by geographical areas

Revenue is based on the location of customers regardless of where the goods are produced or services rendered.
Revenue
Asia
USA
Europe
Others
42.
2015
$000
2014
$000
3,940,047
1,503,208
311,526
580,242
6,335,023
3,780,770
1,525,088
290,317
943,258
6,539,433
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The Group and the Company are exposed to nancial risks, namely, interest rate, foreign exchange, market, liquidity and
credit risks, arising from its operations and the use of nancial instruments. The Groups principal nancial instruments,
other than foreign exchange contracts and derivatives, comprise bank guarantees, performance bonds, bank loans
and overdrafts, nance leases and hire purchase contracts, investments, cash and short-term deposits. All nancial
transactions with the banks are governed by banking facilities duly accepted with Board of Directors resolutions, with
banking mandates, which dene the permitted nancial instruments and facilities limits. All nancial transactions require
dual signatories. The Group has various other nancial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and trade payables,
which arise directly from its operations.
It is the Groups policy not to engage in foreign exchange and/or derivatives speculation. The purpose of engaging in
treasury transactions is solely for hedging. The Groups treasury mandates allow only foreign exchange spot, forward or
non-deliverable forward, foreign exchange swap, cross currency swap, purchase of foreign exchange call, put or collar
option, forward rate agreement, interest rate swap, purchase of interest rate cap, oor or collar option (Permitted
Transactions). These instruments are generic in nature with no embedded or leverage features and any deviation from
these instruments would require specic approval from the Board of Directors. The Groups accounting policies in relation
to derivative nancial instruments are set out in Note 3.
235
Notes to the
31 December 2015
42.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (continued)

The policies for managing each of these risks are broadly summarised below.
Interest rate risk
As at reporting date, the interest rate prole of the interest-bearing nancial instruments is:
Group
2015
$000
Fixed rate instruments

Financial assets
Financial liabilities
Variable rate instruments
Financial assets
Company
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
618,504
(1,019,158)
(400,654)
1,147,308
(735,904)
411,404
70,303
70,303
316,033
316,033
501,181
(179,073)
322,108
254,541
(282,724)
(28,183)
814,280
(628,472)
185,808
532,724
(562,959)
(30,235)
The Group has cash balances placed with reputable banks and nancial institutions. The Group manages its interest
rate risk on its interest income by placing the cash balances in varying maturities and interest rate terms with due
consideration to operating cash ow requirements and optimising yield.
The Groups debts include 10-year bonds issued, bank loans and lease commitments. The Group seeks to minimise its
interest rate risk exposure through tapping different sources of funds to renance the debt instruments and/or enter
into interest rate swaps, where appropriate. Movements in interest rates will therefore have an impact on the Group.
An increase of 50 basis points in interest rate at the reporting date would lead to a reduction of the Groups prot or loss
and other comprehensive income by approximately $0.9 million (2014: $1.4 million) and $7.7 million (2014: $2.4 million)
respectively. A decrease in 50 basis points in interest rate at the reporting date would increase the Groups prot or loss
and other comprehensive income by approximately $0.9 million (2014: $1.4 million) and $7.9 million (2014: $2.6 million)
respectively. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
Fixed deposits, bonds, bank loans and other nancial instruments with interest rate xed over the contractual period are
excluded from the sensitivity analysis. Information relating to the Groups interest rate risk exposure is also disclosed in
the notes on the Groups borrowings, investments and loans receivable, where applicable.
236
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
42.

Foreign exchange risk
The Groups foreign exchange risk arises both from its subsidiaries operating in foreign countries, generating revenue and
incurring costs denominated in foreign currencies, and from operations of its local subsidiaries which are transacted in
foreign currencies. The Groups foreign exchange exposures are primarily from USD and Euro and the Group enters mainly
into forward currency contracts to hedge against its foreign exchange risk resulting from anticipated sale and purchase
transactions denominated in foreign currencies in accordance with the Groups hedging policy. The Group enters into
cross currency swap to hedge the foreign exchange risk of its loans denominated in foreign currency. The Group also uses
monetary assets and liabilities and embedded derivatives to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency uctuation.
The Companys centralised Treasury Unit (Unit) facilitates intra-group foreign exchange transactions within the Group
to net-off the foreign exchange exposures before proceeding to transact with the banks.
The Unit executes the Groups material foreign exchange transactions with proper segregation of duties between
authorised dealers and back ofce. Only authorised dealers can transact with the banks on behalf of the Group, with
back ofce conrming the deals. The dealers limits and permitted treasury instruments in the form of an authorisation
matrix and mandates are communicated to all counterparties.
No foreign exchange sensitivity analysis was disclosed as the Company had assessed that a reasonable change in the
exchange rate would not result in any signicant impact on the Groups results.
Market risk
The Group has strategic investments in quoted equity shares. The market value of these investments will uctuate with
market conditions.
The impact to the Groups prot or loss and other comprehensive income arising as a result of a 10% increase in the
fair value of the quoted investments, assuming no impairment on the quoted investments would lead to an increase
in the Groups prot or loss and other comprehensive income by approximately $0.04 million (2014: $0.04 million) and
$0.02 million (2014: $0.04 million) respectively. A 10% decrease in the fair value of the quoted investments, assuming
no impairment on the quoted investments would have an equal but opposite effect. This analysis assumes that all other
variables remain constant.
237
Notes to the
31 December 2015
42.

Liquidity risk
To manage liquidity risk, the Group monitors its net operating cash ows and maintains an adequate level of cash and
cash equivalents and secured committed funding facilities from nancial institutions. In assessing the adequacy of these
funding facilities, management reviews its working capital requirements regularly.
The table below analyses the Groups nancial liabilities and certain derivative nancial instruments that will be settled
on a gross basis into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at reporting date to the contractual
maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table below are the contractual undiscounted cash ows including estimated
interest payments and excluding impact of netting arrangements.
Contractual
cash ow
$000
Within
1 year
$000
Between
1 and 5 years
$000
More than
5 years
$000
(491,131)
(827,635)
(2,181)
(38,161)
(700)
(1,928,966)
(176,697)
(33,950)
(1,673)
(1,424)
(1,699,285)
(314,434)
(793,685)
(508)
(5,241)
(700)
(229,022)
(31,496)
(659)
(699,352)
696,823
(456,604)
453,402
(242,748)
243,421
(297)
(1,166)
869
23,593
(83,706)
1,784
(83,706)
21,809
(351,486)
(804,516)
(669)
(36,911)
(1,000)
(1,951,160)
(76,460)
(31,702)
(18)
(1,818)
(1,675,134)
(275,026)
(772,814)
(651)
(4,550)
(1,000)
(276,026)
(30,543)
(791,244)
777,387
(553,680)
541,255
(237,564)
236,132
(667)
(857)
190
24,184
(47,776)
4,381
(47,776)
19,803
The Group
2015
Bank loans
Bonds
Other loans
Lease obligations
Other long-term payables
Trade and other payables
Derivative nancial instruments:
Forward currency contracts
- gross payments
- gross receipts
Interest rate swaps
- settled net
Cross currency interest rate swaps
- settled net
Financial guarantee
2014
Bank loans
Bonds
Other loans
Lease obligations
Trade and other payables
- gross payments
- gross receipts
Interest rate swaps
- settled net
- settled net
Financial guarantee
238
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
42.

Contractual
cash ow
$000
Within
1 year
$000
Between
1 and 5 years
$000
(32,157)
(752,229)
(20,619)
(1,742)
(11,538)
(750,487)
(1,547)
1,652
(297,066)
(1,547)
1,652
(297,066)
(43,967)
(638,327)
(26,961)
(201,973)
(17,006)
(436,354)
(722)
803
(274,748)
(274,748)
(722)
803
The Company
2015
Amounts due to related parties
- gross payments
- gross receipts
Intra-group nancial guarantee
2014
- gross payments
- gross receipts
Intra-group nancial guarantee
For derivative nancial instruments, the cash inows/(outows) represent the contractual undiscounted cash ows
relating to these instruments. The amounts are compiled on a net basis for derivatives that are net-settled. Gross inows
and outows are included for derivatives that are gross-settled on a simultaneous basis. Net-settled derivative nancial
assets are included in the maturity analysis as they are held to hedge the cash ow variability of the Groups bank loans
and bonds.
Except for the cash ow arising from the intra-group nancial guarantee, it is not expected that the cash ows included in
the maturity analysis of the Group and the Company could occur signicantly earlier, or at signicantly different amounts.
At the reporting date, the Company does not consider it probable that a claim will be made against the Company under
the intra-group nancial guarantee.
239
Notes to the
31 December 2015
42.

Credit risk
Credit risk, or the risk of counterparties defaulting, is managed through the application of credit approvals, credit limits
and monitoring procedures. Where appropriate, the Company or its subsidiaries obtain collaterals from customers
or arrange master netting agreements. Cash terms, advance payments, and letters of credit or bank guarantees are
required for customers of lower credit standing.
The carrying amount of nancial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk
at the reporting date is:
Group
Investments
Long-term receivables
Finance lease receivables
Trade receivables
Amounts due from related parties
Recognised nancial assets
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
511,653
683
3,696
25,790
911,799
61,388
109,336
951,494
2,575,839
246,490
13,223
7,845
24,263
1,028,504
71,188
105,058
1,470,723
2,967,294
825,404
4,871
82,091
912,366
81
547,070
3,573
404,876
955,600
The Group limits its exposure to credit risk on investments held by investing mostly in bonds of high credit ratings.
Management actively monitors the credit ratings and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.
Derivatives are entered into with nancial institutions, which have long-term rating of A3 by Moodys, A- by Standard &
Poors or the equivalent by a reputable credit rating agency.
Cash and bank deposits are placed with reputable nancial institutions.
As at 31 December 2015, there were no signicant concentrations of credit risk, except for 34% (2014: 43%) of trade debts
relating to three major customers of the Group. The table below analyses the trade receivables by the Groups main
reportable segments.
Group
Aerospace
Electronics
Land Systems
Marine
Others
240
2015
$000
2014
$000
269,660
324,607
236,943
63,666
16,923
911,799
261,162
354,998
303,153
89,863
19,328
1,028,504
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
42.

Credit risk (continued)
The ageing of nancial assets excluding cash and cash equivalents, investments and derivative nancial instruments, net
of impairment losses, are as follows:
Group
Not past due

1 90 days
91 180 days
181 360 days
> 360 days
Company
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
684,033
264,517
58,029
51,439
22,364
1,080,382
734,236
365,265
52,347
48,839
23,960
1,224,647
830,170
830,170
550,643
550,643
The movements in allowance for impairment losses in respect of nancial assets excluding cash and cash equivalents,
intangibles and derivative nancial instruments are as follows:
Group
2015
$000

Allowance utilised
At end of the year
84,467
13,349
(22,201)
282
1,111
77,008
Company
2014
$000
2015
$000
2014
$000
76,230
17,797
(10,572)
1,012
84,467
6,981
6,440
141
13,562
4,901
2,000
80
6,981
241
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table shows an analysis of nancial instruments carried at fair value by level of fair value hierarchy.
Note
Quoted
prices
in active
markets for
identical
instruments
(Level 1)
$000
Signicant
other
Signicant
observable unobservable
inputs
inputs
(Level 2)
(Level 3)
$000
$000
Total
$000
interests
The Group
2015
Financial Assets
Available-for-sale
- Equity investments (quoted)
- Venture capital funds and limited partnership
- Bonds (unquoted)
Fair value through prot or loss
Derivatives
- Forward currency contracts
- Cross currency interest rate swaps
- Interest rate swaps
- Embedded derivatives
15
15
15, 24
189
501,181
12
189
12
501,181
24
369
369
558
9,187
22,135
117
871
533,491
12
9,187
22,135
117
871
534,061
11,716
475
23,441
35,632
11,716
475
23,441
35,632
15
15
15, 24
378
241,778
12
378
12
241,778
24
359
359
737
2,612
22,247
575
267,212
12
2,612
22,247
575
267,961
16,469
653
15,548
32,670
16,469
653
15,548
32,670
Financial Liabilities
Derivatives
2014
Financial Assets
Available-for-sale
- Venture capital funds and limited partnership
- Bonds (unquoted)
Fair value through prot or loss
Derivatives
- Cross currency interest rate swaps
Financial Liabilities
Derivatives
242
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Signicant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
$000
The Company
2015
Financial Assets
Derivatives
-Forward currency contracts
105
2014
Financial Assets
Derivatives
81
Valuation processes applied by the Group

The Group has an established approach with respect to the measurement of fair values.
The Group regularly reviews signicant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments. If third party information, such
as broker quotes or pricing services, is used to measure fair value, then the Group assesses and documents the evidence
obtained from the third parties to support the conclusion that such valuations meet the requirements of FRS, including
the level in the fair value hierarchy the resulting fair value estimate should be classied.
Fair value hierarchy
The Group classies fair value measurement using a fair value hierarchy that reects the signicance of the inputs used
in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy have the following levels:
(a)
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
(b)
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either
directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and
(c)
Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The following methods and assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of each class of nancial instruments.
Bank balances, other liquid funds and short-term receivables
The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the relatively short-term maturity of these instruments.
Quoted and unquoted investments
The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period
during which the transfer has occurred. There have been no transfer from Level 2 to Level 1 and vice versa in 2015
(2014: no transfers in either directions).
243
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

Quoted and unquoted investments (continued)
The fair values of quoted investments are determined directly by reference to their quoted bid prices for these investments
as at balance sheet date. For unquoted investments, the fair values cannot be reliably estimated because of the lack of
quoted market prices and the assumptions used in valuation models to value these investments cannot be reasonably
determined. For unquoted bonds, the investments are valued using valuation models which use market observable data.
For unquoted investments in venture capital funds and limited partnerships as stated in Note 15, the fair value is
determined by reference to valuation provided by non-related fund managers based on non-observable data. Changing
one or more of the inputs to reasonable alternative assumptions is not expected to have a material impact on the changes
in fair value.
The fair values of long-term receivables and amount due from related parties are estimated based on the expected cash
ows discounted to present value.
Long-term payables
The fair values of amount due to related parties are estimated based on present value of future principal and interest
cash ows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.
Short-term borrowings and other current payables
The carrying amounts approximate fair values because of the short period to maturity of these instruments.
Derivatives
The fair value of forward currency contracts, interest rate swaps, cross currency swap, embedded derivatives and cross
currency interest rate swaps are based on broker quotes. Similar contract are traded in an active market and the quotes
reect the actual transactions in similar instruments.
Bonds
The fair value of the US$500 million bonds as at 31 December 2015 is determined based on quoted market prices.
Movements in level 3 nancial instruments measured at fair value
The following table presents the reconciliation for all nancial instruments measured at fair value based on signicant
unobservable inputs (Level 3).
Group
Equity instruments (unquoted)

Opening balance
Total gain or loss:
- recognised in other comprehensive income
Closing balance
244
2015
$000
2014
$000
12
43
12
(31)
12
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts of all the Groups nancial instruments that are carried
in the nancial statements:
Classication of nancial instruments
Loans and
receivables
$000
Fair value
through
prot or loss
$000
Derivatives
used for
hedging
$000
Available
-for-sale
$000
Liabilities at
amortised
cost
$000
Total
carrying
amount
$000
Fair
value
$000
interests
The Group
2015
Assets
Investments
Derivative nancial
instruments
Trade receivables
Amounts due from related
parties
Advances and other
receivables
Bank balances and other
liquid funds
Liabilities
Creditors and accruals
Amounts due to related
parties
Lease obligations
Bank loans
Other loans
Bonds
Derivative nancial
instruments
683
3,696
328,684
328,684
683
3,696
328,684
683
3,696
911,799
23,006
2,784
25,790
911,799
25,790
911,799
61,388
61,388
61,388
102,816
2,129
369
4,391
182,600
109,336
182,969
109,336
182,969
951,494
2,031,876
25,504
7,175
511,284
951,494
2,575,839
951,494
2,575,839
3,439
20,578
1,908,167
1,932,184
1,921,324
20,699
19,436
466,140
2,088
700
705,567
20,699
19,436
466,140
2,088
700
705,567
20,699
18,460
466,140
2,088
664
763,849
1,639
5,078
9,976
30,554
3,122,797
11,615
3,158,429
11,615
3,204,839
245
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

Classication of nancial instruments (continued)
Loans and
receivables
$000
Fair value
through
prot or loss
$000
Derivatives
used for
hedging
$000
Available
-for-sale
$000
Liabilities at
amortised
cost
$000
Total
carrying
amount
$000
Fair
value
$000
interests
The Group
2014
Assets
Investments
Derivative nancial
instruments
Trade receivables
Amounts due from related
parties
Advances and other
receivables
Bank balances and other
liquid funds
Liabilities
Creditors and accruals
Amounts due to related
parties
Lease obligations
Bank loans
Other loans
Bonds
Derivative nancial
instruments
246
13,223
7,845
127,211
127,211
13,223
7,845
127,211
13,223
7,845
1,028,504
23,278
985
24,263
1,028,504
24,263
1,028,504
71,188
71,188
71,188
103,887
462
359
709
118,920
105,058
119,279
105,058
119,279
1,470,723
2,695,370
24,099
1,694
246,131
1,470,723
2,967,294
1,470,723
2,967,294
5,257
16,153
1,919,925
1,941,335
1,936,667
31,235
18,673
340,942
589
1,000
658,424
31,235
18,673
340,942
589
1,000
658,424
31,235
17,938
340,942
589
912
730,227
821
6,078
10,439
26,592
2,970,788
11,260
3,003,458
11,260
3,069,770
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

Classication of nancial instruments (continued)
Loans and
receivables
$000
Fair value
through
prot or loss
$000
Liabilities
at amortised
cost
$000
Total
carrying
amount
$000
Fair
value
$000
interests
The Company
2015
Assets
Liabilities
825,404
4,766
82,091
912,261
105
105
825,404
4,871
82,091
912,366
825,404
4,871
82,091
912,366
32,157
646,016
678,173
32,157
646,016
678,173
31,333
646,016
677,349
547,070
3,573
404,876
955,519
81
81
81
547,070
3,573
404,876
955,600
81
547,070
3,573
404,876
955,600
43,967
604,401
648,368
43,967
604,401
648,368
42,893
604,401
647,294
2014
Assets
Liabilities
247
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

2015
Contractual/
notional
amount
Note
$000
2014
Estimated fair value

Asset
$000
Liability
$000
Contractual/
notional
amount
$000
Estimated fair value

Asset
$000
Liability
$000
interests
Cash ow hedges
Forward currency contracts:
- to hedge conrmed sales in
foreign currencies
- to hedge rm purchase
commitments in foreign
currencies
- to hedge accounts receivable in
foreign currencies
- to hedge accounts payable in
foreign currencies
Interest rate swaps
Embedded derivatives
(a)(i)
191,950
2,310
(4,464)
275,705
1,505
(6,016)
(a)(i)
214,240
2,599
(4,708)
180,123
134
(5,528)
(a)(i)
38,104
978
(334)
4,861
(154)
(a)(i)
(b)
(a)(i)
5,564
325,358
393,595
3
117
(70)
(475)
(20,497)
2,045
231,158
433,068
(143)
(653)
(12,211)
(a)(i)
23,430
1,000
(a)(i)
173
25
742
49
(a)(i)
14,587
143
22,971
(952)
(a)(i)
190
(6)
14,060
(935)
208,163
3,905
124,025
73,620
2,117
12
22,135
871
32,310
(6,520)
25,790
(2,116)
(18)
(2,944)
(35,632)
24,017
(11,615)
230,110
52,807
246,350
249,512
462
456
22,247
575
25,434
(1,171)
24,263
(2,671)
(70)
(3,337)
(32,670)
21,410
(11,260)
Fair value hedges

- to hedge conrmed sales in
foreign currencies
- to hedge rm purchase
commitments in foreign
currencies
- to hedge accounts receivable in
foreign currencies
- to hedge accounts payable in
foreign currencies
Non-hedging instruments
- sales
(a)(ii)
- purchases
(a)(ii)
Cross currency interest rate swaps (c)
Embedded derivatives
(a)(ii)
Total
Less: Current portion
Non-current portion
248
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

(a)

(i)
As at 31 December 2015, the Group has forward currency contracts and embedded derivatives separated from
the foreign currency portion of sales contracts amounting to $881,833,000 (2014: $933,575,000) designated
as hedges of conrmed sales in foreign currencies, rm purchase commitments in foreign currencies, accounts
receivable in foreign currencies and accounts payable in foreign currencies.
The maturity dates of the forward currency contracts and embedded derivatives separated from the foreign
currency portion of the sales contracts approximate the timing of the expected cash ows of their respective
hedged items, which are on varying periods up to ve years (2014: six years) from the nancial year-end.
(ii)
(b)
As at 31 December 2015, the Group has outstanding forward currency contracts and embedded
derivatives separated from the foreign currency portion of sales contracts amounting to $285,688,000
(2014: $532,429,000). These were not designated as accounting hedges, but were used to economically
hedge conrmed sales in foreign currencies and rm purchase commitments in foreign currencies.
Interest rate swaps

As at 31 December 2015, the Group has outstanding interest rate swaps amounting to $325,358,000
(2014: $231,158,000), which are designated as cash ow hedges.
The USD interest rate swaps are being used to hedge the exposure to variability in cash ows associated with
the oating rate of the unsecured USD long-term loans. Under the USD interest rate swaps, the Group pays xed
rates of interest of 0.61% to 1.63% (2014: 0.61% to 0.77%) per annum and receives variable rates of interest equal to
the LIBOR per annum on the notional amount. The USD interest rate swaps have the same maturity terms as the
unsecured USD long-term loans with maturity periods ranging from 2016 to 2020.
(c)

As at 31 December 2015, the Group has outstanding cross currency interest rate swaps amounting to $124,025,000
(2014: $246,350,000), which are not designated as hedging instruments.
The swaps are being used to economically hedge the foreign currency exposure of the US$500 million bond
liability and convert the fixed USD bond interest rate of 4.8% (2014: 4.8%) per annum to floating SGD interest
rate at 6-month SOR plus margins. The effective SGD interest rates range from 3.2% to 3.6% (2014: 2.8% to
3.6%) per annum.
Master netting or similar agreements

The disclosures set out in the tables below include nancial assets and nancial liabilities that:
are offset in the Groups and the Companys balance sheets; or
are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement, irrespective of whether they are offset in the balance
sheets.
Financial instruments such as trade receivables and trade payables are not disclosed in the tables below unless they are
offset in the balance sheets.
The derivative transactions that the Group and the Company enter into, are not subject to master netting arrangements.
These derivative transactions are also not offset into the balance sheets as the Group and its counterparties do not
intend to settle on a net basis or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.
249
Notes to the
31 December 2015
43.

Master netting or similar agreements (continued)
The following table sets out the carrying amounts of recognised nancial instruments that are subject to the above
agreements.
Gross amount
of recognised
nancial
instruments
$000
Gross amounts
of recognised
nancial
instruments
offset in the
balance sheets
$000
Net amounts
of nancial
instruments
presented in
the balance
sheets
$000
Related
nancial
instruments
that are not
offset
$000
Net
amount
$000
interests
The Group
31 December 2015
Financial assets
Trade receivables
1,419
1,419
Trade payables
1,699
1,419
280
280
55
55
122
55
67
67
31 December 2014
Financial assets
Trade receivables
Trade payables
The gross amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities and their net amounts as presented in the balance
sheets that are disclosed in the above tables are measured amortised cost.
The amounts in the above tables that are offset in the balance sheets are measured on the same basis.
250
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
44.
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

The following table summarises the information relating to each of the Groups subsidiaries with material NCI, based on
their respective (consolidated) nancial statements prepared in accordance with FRS, modied for fair value adjustments
on acquisition and differences in Groups accounting policies. The summarised nancial information is not adjusted for
percentage ownership held by NCI.
ST
Aerospace
Services Co
Pte. Ltd.
$000
EcoServices,
LLC
$000
20%
49.9%
Revenue
Prot/(loss)
Attributable to NCI:
- Prot/(loss)
- Other comprehensive income
- Total comprehensive income
234,571
31,899
1,930
33,829
6,380
386
6,766
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Net assets
Net assets attributable to NCI
57,997
235,199
(15,981)
(82,438)
194,777
38,955
Name of NCI
2015
NCI percentage
Cash ows from operating

activities
Cash ows from investing
activities
Cash ows from nancing
activities
Net increase/(decrease) in
cash and cash equivalents
including dividends to NCI
Guizhou
Jonyang
Kinetics
Co., Ltd
$000
Jiangsu
Huatong
Kinetics
Co., Ltd
$000
49.95%
40%
24.7%
24,997
795
3,302
4,097
17,270
229
229
140,804
(8,639)
149
(8,490)
31,862
(18,103)
1,683
(16,420)
397
1,648
2,045
114
114
(3,455)
546
(2,909)
(4,471)
366
(4,105)
4,226
(99)
4,127
32,487
2,550
35,529 102,893
27,625
57,159
200,741
42,227
(8,080)
(9,379) (31,592)
(4,091) (38,422) (177,938) (70,766)
56,021
13,207
48,953
42,762
27,954
6,597
19,581
10,562
22,894
STELOP
Pte. Ltd. 6
$000
27,937
4,438
(8,149)
(23,531)
(39,938)
(30,956)
(1,240)
(236)
1,593
(51,554)
(20,636)
(2,641)
(1,218)
(19,211)
64,772
(23,655)
557
(9,603)
(41,149)
(26,720)
(6,000)
(879)
Other
individually
immaterial Intra-group
subsidiaries elimination
$000
$000
(587)
(12)
(599)
Total
$000
2,604
2,835
5,439
2,332 128,875
Due to the changes to the shareholders agreement, the Group has reclassied its investment in STELOP Pte. Ltd. (STELOP) from a joint
venture to a subsidiary with effect from 1 September 2015. The net assets of STELOP include cash and cash equivalents of $17,676,000.
251
Notes to the
31 December 2015
44.
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (continued)

ST
Aerospace
Services Co
Pte. Ltd.
$000
EcoServices,
LLC
$000
Guizhou
Jonyang
Kinetics
Co., Ltd
$000
20%
49.9%
40%
24.7%
Revenue
Prot/(loss)
Attributable to NCI:
- Prot/(loss)
- Other comprehensive income
- Total comprehensive income
269,186
42,267
(2,517)
39,750
30,038
3,853
2,221
6,074
129,717
(15,029)
895
(14,134)
54,227
(9,421)
1,360
(8,061)
8,453
(503)
7,950
1,923
1,108
3,031
(6,012)
379
(5,633)
(2,327)
296
(2,031)
3,547
(716)
2,831
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Net assets
Net assets attributable to NCI
61,034
237,244
(15,900)
(91,197)
191,181
38,236
34,452
31,384 105,789
24,299 235,131
56,907
(7,838) (41,299)
(5,065) (202,452) (62,009)
53,686
56,225
59,388
26,789
22,490
14,669
27,403
Cash ows from operating activities

Cash ows from investing activities
Cash ows from nancing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents
61,956
(19,659)
(40,000)
(1,794)
(431)
(11,793)
(7,753)
(23,364)
2,495
30,289
2,397
(15,600)
2,297
(14,018)
(28,622)
17,086
(8,000)
(3,926)
(3,706)
Name of NCI
2014
NCI percentage
including dividends to NCI
252
Jiangsu
Other
Huatong individually
Kinetics immaterial Intra-group
Co., Ltd subsidiaries elimination
$000
$000
$000
(546)
(18)
(564)
Total
$000
5,038
546
5,584
2,820 132,407
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
Notes to the
31 December 2015
45.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The primary objective of the Groups capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy
nancial metrics in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value. Capital consists of total shareholders
funds and gross debts.
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustment to it, in the light of changes in economic and nancial
market conditions. The Group may adjust the dividend payout to shareholders, buy back or issue new shares to optimise
capital structure within the Group. No major changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes during the years
ended 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014.
The Group is currently in a net cash position. The Group will continue to be guided by prudent nancial policies of which
gearing is an important aspect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to externally imposed capital
requirements other than those imposed by local regulatory bodies.
Group
Gross debt
Bank loans
Bonds
Capitalised lease obligations
Other loans
Shareholders funds
Share capital
Treasury shares
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Gross debt/equity ratio

Cash and cash equivalents
Funds under management
Gross debt (excluding bank overdrafts)
Net cash position
2015
$000
2014
$000
466,140
705,567
19,436
2,088
1,193,231
340,942
658,424
18,673
589
1,018,628
895,926
(66,870)
47,782
1,255,214
2,132,052
128,875
2,260,927
889,426
(6,529)
24,266
1,225,040
2,132,203
132,407
2,264,610
0.5
0.4
944,119
501,181
1,445,300
(1,193,231)
252,069
1,462,612
241,778
1,704,390
(1,018,628)
685,762
253
Notes to the
31 December 2015
46.
254
SUBSEQUENT EVENT
(a)
In January 2016, the Group acquired an additional 20% equity interest in Elbe Flugzeugwerke GmbH for a
consideration of Euro98,700,000 comprising of Euro3,200,000 of cash and Euro95,500,000 of A320/A321 PTF
engineering development work. Upon completion of the acquisition, the Groups interest in Elbe Flugzeugwerke
GmbH will increase from 35% to 55% and Elbe Flugzeugwerke GmbH will become a subsidiary of the Group.
(b)
In February 2016, a subsidiary, ST Aerospace Resources Pte. Ltd. (STA Resources) entered into an agreement to
divest 50% of its equity interest in a wholly-owned subsidiary, Keystone Holdings (Global) Pte. Ltd. to SJ Aviation
Capital Pte. Ltd., for a consideration estimated to be US$10,700,000. The completion of the agreement will be
subject to the customary closing conditions that will lead to the execution of a joint venture agreement. Upon
completion, STA Resources and SJ Aviation Capital Pte. Ltd. will each own a 50% shareholding in Keystone Holdings.
(c)
In February 2016, a subsidiary, Singapore Technologies Aerospace Ltd (ST Aerospace) received a Writ of Summons
issued in the Court of Toulouse, France, by a number of passenger families against a number of defendants
(including ST Aerospace) for losses arising out of an Airbus Air Asia ight from Indonesia to Singapore on
28 December 2014 (the Claim). Management asserts that neither ST Aerospace nor any of its subsidiaries were
providing line maintenance support to Air Asias eet at the time and were not therefore asked to assist the
Indonesian Accident Investigation Board when it conducted its investigation and issued its nal report in 2015.
Accordingly, ST Aerospace does not consider that the Claim against it has any merit and no provisions have been
made as at 31 December 2015.
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
SGX Listing
Manual Requirements
31 December 2015
INTERESTED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Interested person transactions carried out during the nancial year pursuant to the Shareholders Mandate obtained
under Chapter 9 of the Listing Manual of the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited (SGX) by the Group are
as follows:
Aggregate value of all
transactions excluding
transactions conducted
under a Shareholders
Mandate pursuant to
Rule 920 of the
SGX Listing Manual
Aggregate value of all

transactions conducted
under a Shareholders
Mandate pursuant to
Rule 920 of the
SGX Listing Manual
2015
$000
2014
$000
2015
$000
657
645
(178) *
4,239
4,554
31,137
591
215
190
13,236
130
120,535
2,296
4,083
45,728
4,490
141,092
2,169
8,082
180
143
2,174
180
2,599
11,977
2,775
7,048
19,976
23,036
40,387
65,704
181,479
2014
$000
Transactions for the Sale of Goods and Services

CapitaLand Limited and its Associates
SembCorp Industries Ltd and its Associates
SembCorp Marine Ltd and its Associates
Singapore Telecommunications Limited and its Associates
Singapore Airlines Limited and its Associates
SMRT Corporation Ltd and its Associates
StarHub Ltd and its Associates
Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited and its Associates
(non-listed)
Transactions for the Purchase of Goods and Services

SATS Ltd. and its Associates
SembCorp Industries Ltd and its Associates
SembCorp Marine Ltd and its Associates
Singapore Airlines Limited and its Associates
Singapore Telecommunications Limited and its Associates
SMRT Corporation Ltd and its Associates
Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited and its Associates
(non-listed)
Total Interested Person Transactions
This relates to a credit note.
255

Aerospace
31 December 2015
INCOME STATEMENT
2015
$000
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross prot
2,095,614
(1,732,054)
363,560
2,071,464
(1,664,645)
406,819
(8,355)
(114,536)
(18,656)
222,013
(10,892)
(113,731)
(20,725)
261,471
Other income
Other expenses
Other income, net
23,856
(578)
23,278
7,059
(5,035)
2,024
Finance income
Finance costs
Finance income/(costs), net
25,596
(19,157)
6,439
11,894
(24,670)
(12,776)


38,870
290,600
32,280
282,999
Taxation
Prot for the year
(56,900)
233,700
(53,892)
229,107
226,720
6,980
233,700
220,144
8,963
229,107
Attributable to:
Shareholder of the Company
256
2014
$000
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Aerospace
31 December 2015
BALANCE SHEET
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investments
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Current assets
Trade receivables
Amount due from related parties, current
TOTAL ASSETS
2015
$000
2014
$000
820,145
311,473
12
141,239
136
64
11,840
1,284,909
671,068
322,508
12
126,958
1,534
19,941
1,142,021
494,257
489,856
43,205
92,946
279
369
234,274
1,355,186
560,001
388,430
35,173
144,118
11,428
359
243,497
1,383,006
2,640,095
2,525,027
103,347
528,428
379,553
52,940
146,336
51,273
436
654
1,262,967
60,244
500,842
360,864
47,538
105,617
64,518
330
1,139,953
92,219
243,053
184,081
149,332
53,170
102,991
18,682
700
94
102,207
611,257
237,838
180,794
39,689
29,769
17,341
1,000
132,976
639,407
1,874,224
765,871
1,779,360
745,667
686,310
79,561
765,871
668,421
77,246
745,667
2,640,095
2,525,027

Current liabilities
Amount due to related parties, current
Provisions
Progress billing in excess of work-in-progress
NET CURRENT ASSETS
Long-term bank loans, non-current
Other loans, non-current
Amount due to related parties, non-current
TOTAL LIABILITIES
NET ASSETS
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
257

Aerospace
31 December 2015
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
258
2015
$000
2014
$000
350,010
257,966

Dividends from associates
Acquisition of controlling interests in a subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Investment in joint ventures
Loans to associates
Acquisition of intangible assets
Development of intangible assets
(175,280)
1,175
34,291
3
(199,059)
(4,235)
(7,455)
(60,123)
2,318
27,125
2
(65,410)
(632)
(622)
(640)
(12,024)
(10,240)

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests
Capital contribution from holding company
Proceeds from bank loans
Repayment of bank loans
Repayment of lease obligations, net
Proceeds from loans with related corporations
Repayment of loans with related corporations
Dividends paid to shareholder
Interest paid
(190,682)
588
79,936
(6,938)
(546)
77,596
(240,988)
(81,764)
(7,410)
(11,156)
(330,753)
6,772
216,000
(290,014)
(371)
290,224
(419,113)
(107,299)
(12,525)
(14,427)

(15,952)
243,497
6,729
234,274
(132,910)
382,022
(5,615)
243,497
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Aerospace
31 December 2015
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
2015
$000
2014
$000
2013
$000
2012
$000
2011
$000
2,095,614
2,071,464
2,088,105
2,025,627
1,926,800
293,483
222,013
290,600
226,720
321,637
261,471
282,999
220,144
342,022
291,828
319,442
259,214
323,320
274,306
297,840
253,242
299,886
242,114
278,198
231,794
820,145
464,764
494,257
671,068
470,953
560,001
679,552
469,284
666,523
630,709
298,485
603,391
836,777
255,096
334,451
626,286
579,149
551,883
614,346
498,591
234,643
243,856
382,226
305,219
253,904
1,262,967
611,257
1,139,953
639,407
1,519,751
703,080
1,374,363
601,082
1,082,014
629,349
368,512
(18,560)
336,358
79,561
368,512
(41,493)
341,402
77,246
152,512
(37,753)
338,557
73,321
152,512
(73,513)
341,709
55,997
152,512
(65,331)
332,843
47,432
48.39
163.47
11.2
29.2
8.9
16.9
46.99
159.16
11.1
29.2
9.1
15.7
102.65
208.56
12.7
48.0
9.7
19.6
100.29
238.35
12.7
52.0
10.5
20.1
115.90
233.73
12.3
48.8
10.8
20.1
Productivity Data
Net prot per employee ($)
Employment costs ($)
7,126
294,080
31,816
625,475
0.30
7,314
283,219
30,099
607,228
0.29
7,370
283,325
35,172
648,113
0.31
7,307
277,217
34,657
657,440
0.32
7,303
263,837
31,740
608,257
0.31
Economic Value Added ($)

173,674
11.4
24,372
162,092
10.1
22,162
217,064
14.4
29,452
189,716
14.8
25,964
180,047
14.2
24,654
1,002,326
140,658
1.60
975,569
133,384
1.61
1,035,479
140,499
1.60
1,032,108
141,249
1.57
959,184
131,341
1.58
0.64
0.48
0.72
0.47
0.79
0.50
0.83
0.51
0.63
0.50
Income Statement
Revenue
Prot
EBITDA
EBIT
PBT
Net Prot
Balance Sheet
Trade receivables, deposits and
prepayments
Bank balances and other liquid funds,
and short-term investments
Current liabilities
Share capital
Retained earnings
Return on sales (%)
Value added ($)

Value added per $ of gross property,
plant and equipment ($)
259

Electronics
31 December 2015
INCOME STATEMENT
2015
$000
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross prot
1,743,174
(1,222,376)
520,798
1,614,079
(1,125,260)
488,819
(90,657)
(162,649)
(88,793)
178,699
(82,982)
(153,706)
(77,760)
174,371
Other income
Other expenses
Other income, net
14,654
14,654
10,402
(6)
10,396
Finance income
Finance costs
Finance costs, net
3,683
(6,122)
(2,439)
4,867
(6,136)
(1,269)


38
190,952
470
183,968
Taxation
Prot for the year
(27,191)
163,761
(30,614)
153,354
163,000
761
163,761
152,143
1,211
153,354
Attributable to:
260
2014
$000
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Electronics
31 December 2015
BALANCE SHEET
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investments
Intangible assets
Long-term receivable, non-current
Deferred tax assets
Current assets
Trade receivables
Loan receivables, current
TOTAL ASSETS
2015
$000
2014
$000
185,192
1,397
9,902
335,049
913
29,726
40
562,219
179,704
10,297
3,963
304,545
187
30,023
528,719
528,333
424,681
20,743
37,476
17,139
5
271,435
1,299,812
381,322
427,564
104,178
57,776
16,976
7
277,528
1,265,351
1,862,031
1,794,070
165,549
472,571
63,263
70,243
300,451
42,201
1,114,278
169,046
387,775
26,934
78,382
375,486
48,805
1,086,428
185,534
178,923
159,172
35,683
7,040
6,645
13
314,892
523,445
182,717
42,534
4,825
8,565
271,895
510,536
1,637,723
224,308
1,596,964
197,106
217,088
7,220
224,308
191,847
5,259
197,106
1,862,031
1,794,070

Current liabilities
Provisions
NET CURRENT ASSETS
Deferred income
TOTAL LIABILITIES
NET ASSETS
261

Electronics
31 December 2015
262
2015
$000
2014
$000
65,846
88,193

Proceeds from sale of an unquoted investment
Dividends from an associate and a joint venture
Investment in unquoted investments
Acquisition of other intangible assets
Acquisition of controlling interests in a subsidiary, net of cash acquired
(33,151)
50
6
720
(32,154)
(5,281)
(14,168)
17,676
(99,367)
65
1,297
(42,574)
(3,970)
(18,854)
565
(35,896)

Repayment of a related party loans
Repayment of loans by related parties
Repayment of a joint venture loan
Repayment of lease obligations
Proceeds from related parties loans
Proceeds of a loan from a joint venture
Loans to related parties
Acquisition of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Interest paid
Deposits (pledged)/discharged
(40,633)
(2,723)
163,000
46,155
5,000
(83,000)
(7,600)
(158,059)
(2,827)
(579)
(188,171)
(50,140)
93,000
(824)
(6)
89,009
(173,000)
(143,249)
(4,005)
1,044

(7,938)
276,893
1,266
270,221
(199,345)
476,383
(145)
276,893
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Electronics
31 December 2015
2015
$000
2014
$000
2013
$000
2012
$000
2011
$000
1,743,174
1,614,079
1,682,278
1,618,717
1,516,975
218,570
178,699
190,952
163,000
212,733
174,371
183,968
152,143
194,652
165,546
170,328
137,119
185,659
158,207
152,332
119,771
169,536
145,587
136,853
108,802
185,192
377,131
528,333
179,704
348,855
381,322
170,244
315,530
280,051
104,672
329,671
306,697
79,393
360,524
393,085
499,940
606,661
489,634
421,520
406,138
271,435
277,528
478,062
398,136
371,411
1,114,278
523,445
1,086,428
510,536
1,081,005
457,767
1,035,080
372,975
990,176
475,975
52,522
15,802
148,764
7,220
52,522
(5,135)
144,460
5,259
52,522
(20,609)
150,841
11,995
52,522
(32,821)
123,022
9,918
52,522
(24,361)
103,751
12,488
155.17
213.54
9.4
46.8
8.8
23.7
144.84
187.64
9.5
47.1
8.5
22.2
130.53
185.40
8.3
43.7
8.1
23.3
114.02
145.31
7.6
43.7
7.8
24.8
103.58
137.47
7.3
41.4
6.9
23.9
Productivity Data
6,293
277,002
25,902
591,543
0.34
5,933
272,051
25,644
536,807
0.33
5,678
296,280
24,149
527,360
0.31
5,485
295,117
21,836
493,720
0.31
5,274
287,633
20,630
457,155
0.30

132,766
18.2
21,097
118,650
16.6
19,998
106,127
18.1
18,691
101,777
19.5
18,556
88,689
18.0
16,816
Value added ($)

833,641
132,471
1.41
764,967
128,934
1.43
737,285
129,849
1.40
691,904
126,145
1.40
633,677
120,151
1.39
2.13
0.48
2.12
0.47
2.23
0.44
2.69
0.43
2.84
0.42
Income Statement
Revenue
Prot
EBITDA
EBIT
PBT
Net Prot
Balance Sheet
prepayments
Bank balances and other liquid funds,
and short-term investments
Current liabilities
Share capital
Retained earnings
Return on sales (%)
263

Land Systems
31 December 2015
INCOME STATEMENT
2015
$000
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross prot
1,401,019
(1,133,748)
267,271
1,405,132
(1,140,622)
264,510
(64,989)
(111,260)
(43,833)
47,189
(69,100)
(106,692)
(49,991)
38,727
Other income
Other expenses
Other income, net
13,239
(1,645)
11,594
14,525
(1,570)
12,955
Finance income
Finance costs
Finance costs, net
2,880
(13,252)
(10,372)
3,124
(11,655)
(8,531)

16,590
65,001
13,050
56,201
Taxation
Prot for the year
(14,395)
50,606
(11,001)
45,200
55,736
(5,130)
50,606
50,323
(5,123)
45,200

Attributable to:
264
2014
$000
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Land Systems
31 December 2015
BALANCE SHEET
2015
$000
2014
$000
354,677
121,781
189
208,201
523
25,993
6,049
1,138
718,551
372,275
112,750
378
205,335
13
973
18,028
5,650
1,196
716,598
657,231
279,305
18,635
96,856
30
3,173
3,562
199,518
1,258,310
673,177
359,991
27,726
134,505
61
6,872
609
284,226
1,487,167
1,976,861
2,203,765
217,493
427,597
120,792
9,594
77,135
32,256
76
163
47,257
1,615
8,186
942,164
247,876
468,553
119,872
1,848
60,199
30,907
153
148
29,820
5,687
965,063
316,146
522,104
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investments
Intangible assets
Finance lease receivables, non-current
Deferred tax assets
Current assets
Trade receivables
Finance lease receivables, current
Derivative nancial instruments, current
TOTAL ASSETS
Current liabilities
Provisions
Long-term loans, current
Short-term loan from non-controlling interests
Derivative nancial instruments, current
NET CURRENT ASSETS
265

Land Systems
31 December 2015
BALANCE SHEET (continued)
Long-term loans, non-current
Long-term bank loan
Deferred income
TOTAL LIABILITIES
NET ASSETS
266
2015
$000
2014
$000
356,379
1,150
295,941
310
42,460
66,555
8,512
771,307
478,074
2,455
356,810
107
441
6,605
50,588
63,041
8,142
966,263
1,713,471
263,390
1,931,326
272,439
221,847
41,543
263,390
223,060
49,379
272,439
1,976,861
2,203,765
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Land Systems
31 December 2015

2015
$000
2014
$000
47,525
122,107
Cash ows used in investing activities

Proceeds from sale of an investment property
Proceeds from disposal of a subsidiary
Proceeds from disposal of quoted equity investment
Proceeds from disposal of a joint venture
Repayment of short-term loan by joint ventures
Dividends from associates
Purchase of intangible assets
(14,743)
580
272
7,652
(22,371)
(876)
(43,407)
1,834
22,000
2
1
3,280
3,887
9,418
(83,829)
(117,118)
(10,414)
(72,705)
46,752
(20,000)
20,000
(65,500)
44,100
(50,000)
(710)
(156)
40,540
(30,802)
1,615
(17,800)
(3,403)
50
1,315
(47,289)
(10,190)
(7,865)
20,000
(47,000)
50,000
(369)
28,847
(45,709)
(194)
(31,800)
(5,666)
2,596
61
(84,336)
276,750
943
193,357
31,411
244,309
1,030
276,750
Cash ows used in nancing activities

Interest paid
Repayment of short-term related party loans
Proceeds from short-term related party loans
Short-term loan to a related corporation
Repayment of short-term loan by a related corporation
Repayment of short-term immediate holding company loans
Proceeds from short-term immediate holding company loans
Proceeds from long-term immediate holding company loans
Repayment of long-term immediate holding company loans
Repayment of long-term related party loans
Repayment of short-term loans
Proceeds from short-term bank loans
Repayment of short-term bank loans
Proceeds of a short-term loan from non-controlling interest
Acquisition of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary
Capital contribution from non-controlling interests
Deposits discharged
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
267

Land Systems
31 December 2015
Income Statement
Revenue
Prot
EBITDA
EBIT
PBT
Net Prot
2014
$000
2013
$000
2012
$000
2011
$000
1,401,019
1,405,132
1,485,219
1,525,341
1,506,465
86,170
47,189
65,001
55,736
76,780
38,727
56,201
50,323
129,555
90,472
111,793
91,239
139,979
98,512
113,268
88,160
136,836
100,250
108,073
83,818
Balance Sheet
and investment property
prepayment
354,677
360,864
657,231
372,275
338,296
673,177
330,063
347,621
673,322
311,761
324,702
669,198
307,314
341,267
541,886
404,571
199,518
535,791
284,226
499,598
251,846
504,660
247,386
527,333
151,452
Current liabilities
942,164
771,307
965,063
966,263
898,168
880,972
971,044
936,491
979,820
734,291
Share capital
Retained earnings
194,445
9,630
17,772
41,543
194,445
8,655
19,960
49,379
194,445
18,204
52,837
57,824
44,445
(13,842)
67,628
51,941
44,445
(6,478)
67,606
49,568
10.60
50.08
3.6
15.1
2.6
6.3
9.57
51.80
3.2
13.6
2.1
5.2
17.35
61.47
6.2
22.2
4.4
11.6
73.12
124.56
5.9
36.1
4.4
14.1
69.52
128.68
6.0
33.3
4.8
12.2
Productivity Data
6,392
219,183
8,720
353,355
0.25
6,738
208,538
7,469
342,860
0.24
6,998
212,235
13,038
340,675
0.23
6,968
218,907
12,652
339,518
0.22
6,872
219,218
12,197
318,485
0.21

14,985
0.8
2,344
4,963
(0.4)
737
61,162
6.4
8,740
72,381
8.8
10,388
55,121
6.3
8,021
485,166
75,902
1.37
483,896
71,816
1.41
517,685
73,976
1.52
532,146
76,370
1.57
487,530
70,944
1.53
0.67
0.35
0.67
0.34
0.80
0.35
0.88
0.35
0.83
0.32
Return on sales (%)
Value added ($)

268
2015
$000
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Marine
31 December 2015
INCOME STATEMENT
2015
$000
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross prot
2014
$000
958,373
(836,564)
121,809
1,341,951
(1,187,968)
153,983
(5,979)
(35,068)
(8,967)
71,795
(8,906)
(33,150)
(11,092)
100,835
Other income
Other expenses
Other income, net
7,482
(115)
7,367
12,115
(37)
12,078
Finance income
Finance costs
Finance income, net
3,716
(103)
3,613
3,931
3,931

Share of results of joint ventures, net of tax

5,500
88,275
5,936
122,780
Taxation
Prot for the year
(2,558)
85,717
(14,695)
108,085
85,725
(8)
85,717
108,086
(1)
108,085
Attributable to:
269

Marine
31 December 2015
BALANCE SHEET
2015
$000
2014
$000
332,533
8,229
84
4,363
17,225
4,806
2,341
369,581
334,075
8,159
94
1,001
19,021
12,806
605
375,761
205,539
99,581
182,233
8,745
58,546
22
78,605
633,271
110,445
117,296
123,776
5,252
157,683
15
224,027
738,494
1,002,852
1,114,255
289,630
234,454
2,885
51,940
112,194
18,390
709,493
289,949
256,322
2,900
51,491
241,197
14,456
856,315
(76,222)
(117,821)
1,276
29,281
42,947
26,343
1,387
101,234
650
29,670
39,606
26,343
2,799
99,068
TOTAL LIABILITIES
NET ASSETS
810,727
192,125
955,383
158,872

192,093
32
192,125
158,834
38
158,872
1,002,852
1,114,255
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Joint ventures
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Current assets
Trade receivables
TOTAL ASSETS
Current liabilities
Provisions
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other long-term payables, non-current
Deferred income
270
ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Marine
31 December 2015

2015
$000
2014
$000
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities
(52,265)
112,462

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from insurance settlement
Dividends from joint ventures
(10,850)
853
(17,133)
5,430
(15,064)
39
5,220
(21,323)
1,000

Proceeds from short-term bank loan
Repayment of short-term bank loan
Proceeds from related corporation loan
Repayment of related corporation loan
Loans to related corporations
Repayment of loans by related corporations
Dividends paid to shareholders
Interest paid
(83,827)
29,354
(11,197)
2,829
(2,852)
(199,128)
156,240
(59,023)
(50)
(209,460)
(115,494)
19,814
(113,780)

(146,942)
224,027
1,520
78,605
(112,062)
333,058
3,031
224,027
271

Marine
31 December 2015
2015
$000
2014
$000
2013
$000
2012
$000
2011
$000
958,373
1,341,951
1,238,847
1,011,092
877,204
101,404
71,795
88,275
85,725
127,933
100,835
122,780
108,086
152,993
134,479
146,310
109,955
136,565
122,226
127,582
95,013
123,152
110,522
121,617
91,465
332,533
30,219
205,539
334,075
28,776
110,445
324,043
70,050
112,178
151,322
38,058
280,740
118,578
35,214
236,426
355,956
416,932
301,487
196,915
233,480
78,605
224,027
333,058
221,442
139,889
Current liabilities
709,493
101,234
856,315
99,068
846,639
103,680
624,457
139,636
574,776
73,563
Share capital
Retained earnings
50,856
9,051
132,186
32
50,856
2,494
105,484
38
50,856
28,425
111,178
38
50,856
(6,920)
80,907
(459)
50,856
2,369
62,137
(114)
43.83
98.24
8.9
39.2
8.5
41.3
55.27
81.24
8.1
58.4
9.7
42.9
56.22
97.41
8.9
50.7
9.6
63.3
48.58
63.60
9.4
62.8
10.7
74.1
46.77
58.93
10.4
64.5
12.0
50.2
Productivity Data
1,822
526,001
47,050
173,487
0.18
1,884
712,288
57,370
180,390
0.13
1,871
662,131
58,768
197,545
0.16
1,834
551,304
51,806
186,990
0.18
1,850
474,164
49,441
174,248
0.20

76,544
35.8
42,011
93,593
37.3
49,678
114,848
58.2
61,383
91,402
68.8
49,838
81,042
44.3
43,806
294,698
161,744
1.70
336,164
178,431
1.86
366,414
195,839
1.85
332,510
181,303
1.78
308,606
166,814
1.77
0.41
0.31
0.49
0.25
0.56
0.30
0.77
0.33
0.79
0.35
Income Statement
Revenue
Prot
EBITDA
EBIT
PBT
Net Prot
Balance Sheet
prepayment
Bank balances and other liquid funds and
short-term investments
Return on sales (%)
Value added ($)

272
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
As at 29 February 2016
SHARE CAPITAL
Paid-Up Capital (including treasury shares)
Number of issued ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares)
Number of ordinary shares held in treasury
Percentage of such holding against the number of issued
ordinary shares (excluding ordinary shares held in treasury)
Class of Shares
Voting Rights
:
:
:
:
S$895,925,583.405
3,100,584,160
21,911,037
0.7067%
: Ordinary Shares
One Special Share held by the Minister for Finance
: One vote per share (excluding ordinary shares held in treasury)
SHAREHOLDING HELD IN HANDS OF PUBLIC

Based on the information available to the Company as at 29 February 2016, 42.10% of the issued ordinary shares of the Company
is held by the public and therefore, Rule 723 of the Listing Manual issued by SGX-ST is complied with.
ANALYSIS OF SHAREHOLDINGS
Range of Shareholdings
1 --- 99
100 --- 1,000
1,001 --- 10,000
10,001 --- 1,000,000
1,000,001 and above
No. of
Shareholders
775
5,068
25,473
6,994
36
38,346
No. of
Shares (excluding
treasury shares)
2.02
13.22
66.43
18.24
0.09
100.00
13,960
4,294,905
117,088,125
265,910,555
2,713,276,615
3,100,584,160
0.00
0.14
3.78
8.57
87.51
100.00
No. of Shares
Substantial Shareholder
Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited

Aberdeen Asset Management PLC
Aberdeen Asset Management Asia Limited
Direct
Interest
1,554,764,574
-
Deemed
Interest
37,836,336 (1)
195,648,471 (2)
179,159,171 (3)
Total
Interest
1,592,600,910
195,648,471
179,159,171
%*
51.36
6.31005
5.77823
Notes:
(1) Includes deemed interests held through subsidiaries and associated companies.
(2)
Includes interests held by Aberdeen Asset Management PLC and its subsidiaries, including Aberdeen Asset Management Asia Limited.
(3)
Details of their deemed interests are not available.
The percentage of issued ordinary shares is calculated based on the number of issued ordinary shares of the Company (excluding ordinary shares
held in treasury).
273
As at 29 February 2016
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS LIST TOP 20
274
No.
Name
Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DBS Nominees (Private) Limited

Citibank Nominees Singapore Pte Ltd
DBSN Services Pte. Ltd.

BNP Paribas Securities Services
United Overseas Bank Nominees (Private) Limited
HSBC (Singapore) Nominees Pte Ltd
Rafes Nominees (Pte.) Limited
Vestal Investments Pte. Ltd.

Lee Pineapple Company (Pte) Limited
Bank of Singapore Nominees Pte. Ltd.
DB Nominees (Singapore) Pte Ltd
OCBC Nominees Singapore Private Limited
DBS Vickers Securities (Singapore) Pte Ltd

OCBC Securities Private Limited
Tan Pheng Hock
Philip Securities Pte Ltd
Mrs Lee Li Ming Nee Ong
NTUC Fairprice Co-Operative Ltd
Heng Siew Eng
No. of Shares held
1,554,764,574
297,051,455
252,861,652
203,289,477
110,680,442
68,171,462
66,385,845
32,702,847
28,501,000
15,000,000
14,507,227
10,043,291
7,754,243
6,218,950
5,504,435
4,892,937
3,784,094
3,500,000
2,240,000
2,214,000
2,690,067,931
%*
50.14
9.58
8.16
6.56
3.57
2.20
2.14
1.06
0.92
0.48
0.47
0.32
0.25
0.20
0.18
0.16
0.12
0.11
0.07
0.07
86.76
The percentage of issued ordinary shares is calculated based on the number of issued ordinary shares of the Company (excluding ordinary shares
held in treasury).
Contact
Information
(ST Engineering)
ST Engineering Hub
1 Ang Mo Kio Electronics Park Road
#07-01
Singapore 567710
Tel: (65) 6722 1818
Fax: (65) 6720 2293
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.stengg.com
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES AEROSPACE LTD
(ST Aerospace)
540 Airport Road Paya Lebar
Singapore 539938
Tel: (65) 6287 1111
Fax: (65) 6280 8213
Website: www.staero.aero
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES ELECTRONICS
LIMITED
(ST Electronics)
24 Ang Mo Kio Street 65
Singapore 569061
Tel: (65) 6481 8888
Fax: (65) 6482 1079
Website: www.stee.stengg.com
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES KINETICS LTD
(ST Kinetics)
249 Jalan Boon Lay
Singapore 619523
Tel: (65) 6265 1066
Fax: (65) 6261 6932
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES MARINE LTD

(ST Marine)
16 Benoi Road
Singapore 629889
Tel: (65) 6861 2244
Fax: (65) 6861 3028
Email : [email protected]
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES DYNAMICS PTE LTD
(ST Dynamics)
249 Jalan Boon Lay
Singapore 619523
Tel: (65) 6660 7060
Fax: (65) 6261 6566
ST SYNTHESIS PTE LTD
31 Harrison Road #07-03
Singapore 369649
Tel: (65) 6861 6566
Fax: (65) 6861 6676
Email: puahls@stengg,com
VISION TECHNOLOGIES SYSTEMS, INC.
(VT Systems)
99 Canal Center Plaza
Suite 220
Alexandria, Virginia 22314
United States of America
Tel: (1) 703 739 2610
Fax: (1) 703 739 2611
SINGAPORE TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING
(EUROPE) LTD
Marquis House
68 Jermyn Street
London SW1Y 6NY
United Kingdom
Tel: (44) 20 7930 8989
Fax: (44) 20 7930 7828
This annual report has been certified by the Forest Stewardship Council as an example of
environmentally responsible forestry print production. From the forest, to the paper mill and printer,
each step of this annual reports production is ceritifed according to FSC standards.
Singapore Technologies Engineering Ltd

ST Engineering Hub
1 Ang Mo Kio Electronics Park Road, #07-01
Singapore 567710
Tel: (65) 6722 1818
Fax: (65) 6720 2293
(Regn. No.: 199706274H)
www.stengg.com

ST Engineering Annual Report 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ST Engineering Annual Report 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ST Engineering Annual Report 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual

At ST Engineering, knowing what matters in

Be a global defence and

Operating and Financial Review

Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD

EaRnings Per share

dividend Per share

operating cash flow

ANNUAL REPORT 2015

net profit by sector

Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD

Left: Mr Kwa Chong Seng,

comparable to the $6.54b for 2014.

to $0.96b and $88.3m, due to weaker

ANNUAL REPORT 2015

Our capital expenditure for this

The combination of our financial

Corporation, our partner for the

Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD

electronics business continued to build

On the other hand, demand for

ANNUAL REPORT 2015

information on our robotics initiative,

The research and product development

also a member of the Audit Committee.

The ST Engineering Enabling

The Journey Onwards

As a friend and partner of the

We bade farewell to two Directors

In our Letter to you in 2014, we

kwa chong seng

Tan pheng hock

Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD

Science Applications International

Elbe Flugzeugwerke (EFW)

ANNUAL REPORT 2015

3D (The Singapore Centre for

Public Utilities Board

Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD

Our world is about to experience a technologydriven wave of change in everything from

ANNUAL REPORT 2015

My time in ST Engineering has been

Tan pheng hock

Singapore TECHNOLOGIES ENGINEERING LTD

1 Mr KWA Chong Seng

2 Mr TAN Pheng Hock

13 Dr BEH Swan Gin

ANNUAL REPORT 2015

The names of the directors holding office at the date of

listed on the SGX-ST

Mr KWA Chong Seng

Neptune Orient Lines Limited* and

Capital Ltd. Mr Kwa graduated from

Board and a Fellow of the Singapore

honoured as the Best Chief Executive

Ltd, and Advisor to Bank of China and

Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited^,

the Singapore Armed Forces (SAF) in

the Public Administration Medal (Silver)

Mr TAN Pheng Hock